sp1 de en PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 252

Super Precision Bearings

Spindle bearings
Super precision cylindrical roller bearings
Axial angular contact ball bearings
Super Precision Bearings
Spindle bearings
Super precision cylindrical roller bearings
Axial angular contact ball bearings
All data have been prepared with a great deal
of care and checked for their accuracy.
However, no liability can be assumed for any
incorrect or incomplete data. We reserve
the right to make technical modifications.

Schaeffler Technologies AG & Co. KG


Issued: 2016, June
New edition

Reproduction in whole or in part without


our authorisation is prohibited.
Preface

Market and With its forward-looking bearing solutions for main spindles,
technology leadership feed spindles, rotary tables and linear axes in machine tools,
Schaeffler with its brands INA and FAG has been at the forefront
of the world market for decades.

Precision and FAG super precision bearings for main spindles stand for very high
operational security precision and absolute operational security. Innovative FAG spindle
bearing solutions are continually raising standards in relation to
speeds, accuracy and rating life. For the main spindle system and
the overall machine tool system to be successful, however,
bearing components alone are no longer sufficient as a guarantee.
Significant increases in performance and the creation of unique
selling propositions for the customer are now achieved when
the bearing manufacturer offers advice and carries out development
work on the basis of wide-ranging system knowledge as well as
being able to provide support through a range of service functions.
It is through close partnership with the manufacturers of spindles
and machine tools and through shared knowledge, founded on
experience, of the requirements of end users and their customers
that the potential exists for achieving a leading role in the market.

added competence The competence in application engineering, advisory work and pro-
for production machinery duction technology built up by Schaeffler over more than 130 years
is always provided, together with one of the largest product port-
folios worldwide, to our customers to enhance their own know-how.
In return, the Schaeffler Group benefits from close proximity to
the actual application and from intensive contact with its partners.
This mindset of co-operative partnership in order to achieve higher
speed, better accuracy, longer life and more cost-effectiveness
in both the subsystem and the complete system is described by
the Schaeffler Business Unit Production Machinery as added
competence.

Optimised customer benefit The dominant objective of this approach is optimum benefit for the
customer. In the case of main spindle bearings too, this standard
extends well beyond the manufacture of the best products. At the
focus is the point of use and the end user together with all his
requirements. For all the areas of the company involved in the manu-
facture of FAG super precision bearings, this creates requirements
for top quality and technological leadership, maximum proximity to
the customer and the very highest cost-effectiveness for the specific
application.
The integration of important functions such as sealing, lubrication,
location, damping, anti-corrosion protection and many others
leads to a reduction in the number of interfaces as well as increased
operational security, freedom from maintenance, increased energy
efficiency, time advantages in the market and cost savings.
Customer benefit is also increased by the provision of fundamental
research, calculation programs, mounting aids and training through
a close-knit network of sales and production facilities. The reliable,
timely and local presence of Schaeffler employees secures our
greatest resource: our personal contact with you, our partners.
Preface

Figure 1

00093F88
The very highest precision and
purity in production ...

00093F25

Figure 2
... in the mounting of bearings
00093FD9
Figure 3
... in inspection

00094047

Figure 4
... in the results of production
Preface

Solutions for the main spindle The starting point and objective of all activities in the company
is proximity to and benefit for the customer. Precise knowledge of
specific application requirements and processes is the decisive
factor in selection of the technically optimum product that also
incurs the lowest system costs. This may be sourced from the fully
developed standard range of spindle bearings, which is unsur-
passed in its scope worldwide. Equally, it may lie in an individual,
application-specific solution that is provided rapidly and reliably by
the Schaeffler Group.
FAG super precision bearings set standards in machine tools, in the
textile industry, in woodworking machinery and wherever extreme
demands are placed on reliability, running accuracy and high
speeds, individually or in combination. Due to the comprehensive
product range, it is possible to achieve optimum designs for all
bearing positions and applications.

Technical and Building on principles developed in the research facilities of the


economic leadership Schaeffler Group and close contact with customers, further develop-
ment is carried out continually on existing products and the product
range is steadily expanded. FAG super precision bearings are always
a combination of the technical solution to a bearing application with
the economic solution. This is clear from the complete consideration
of the bearing arrangement system in calculation, simulation and
design as well as in distribution, mounting and service.
Schaeffler Technologies also offers proven calculation and
simulation tools, for in-house use or as a service, as well as
comprehensive training and advice events.

FAG accuracy P4S The accuracy of bearings initially appears to be sufficiently well
described in the DIN, ISO and ABEC accuracy classes. For FAG super
precision bearings, however, this is not enough. Where it is neces-
sary to achieve tolerances to P4 or better, the performance character-
istics involved are not described in the reference works.
FAG super precision angular contact ball bearings fulfil the
standard P4S. Super precision cylindrical roller bearings and axial
angular contact ball bearings (2344) are manufactured in accord-
ance with the accuracy standards SP or UP that are matched to
machine tool requirements.
About this catalogue Catalogue SP1 gives an overview of the FAG product range of super
precision bearing arrangements as well as the most important rules
covering bearing selection, bearing arrangement design and
mounting.
One function of the catalogue is to present the product range of FAG
super precision bearings for main spindles. In addition, it is also
intended as a technical compendium for the selection and design
of bearing arrangements using super precision bearings.
This catalogue brings together the most important technical prin-
ciples for the designer. It thus gives a transparent representation
of the FAG portfolio covering all components, competences and
services.
Contents

Page
Product index ......................................................................... 9
Technical principles................................................................ 14
Spindle bearings .................................................................... 118
Super precision cylindrical roller bearings ............................... 190
Axial angular contact ball bearings.......................................... 220
Customer solutions................................................................. 234
Appendix................................................................................ 245
Checklists and order forms
Addresses

8 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Product index

Page
2344 Axial angular contact ball bearings, double direction,
mounting on small taper side............................................... 222
BAX Axial bearings BAX.................................................................. 222
B70 Standard spindle bearings,
steel balls, medium series ................................................... 120
B719 Standard spindle bearings,
steel balls, light series......................................................... 120
B72 Standard spindle bearings,
steel balls, heavy series....................................................... 120
HC70 Hybrid spindle bearings with small balls,
ceramic balls, medium series............................................... 120
HC719 Hybrid spindle bearings with small balls,
ceramic balls, light series .................................................... 120
HCB70 Hybrid standard spindle bearings,
ceramic balls, medium series............................................... 120
HCB719 Hybrid standard spindle bearings,
ceramic balls, light series .................................................... 120
HCB72 Hybrid standard spindle bearings,
ceramic balls, heavy series .................................................. 120
HCN10 High speed cylindrical roller bearings,
single row, ceramic rollers, ribs on inner ring,
ribless outer ring, medium series ......................................... 192
HCRS70 Hybrid high speed spindle bearings,
ceramic balls, medium series............................................... 120
HCRS719 Hybrid high speed spindle bearings,
ceramic balls, light series .................................................... 120
HS70 Spindle bearings with small balls,
steel balls, medium series ................................................... 120
HS719 Spindle bearings with small balls,
steel balls, light series......................................................... 120

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 9
Product index

Page
N10 Cylindrical roller bearings, single row, ribs on inner ring,
ribless outer ring, medium series ......................................... 192
N19 Cylindrical roller bearings, single row, ribs on inner ring,
ribless outer ring, light series ............................................... 192
NN30 Cylindrical roller bearings, double row, ribs on inner ring,
ribless outer ring, medium series ......................................... 192
NNU49 Cylindrical roller bearings, double row, ribs on outer ring,
ribless inner ring, light series ............................................... 192
RS70 High speed spindle bearings,
steel balls, medium series ................................................... 120
RS719 High speed spindle bearings,
steel balls, light series ......................................................... 120
XC70 Hybrid spindle bearings with small balls,
Cronidur, ceramic balls, medium series ................................ 120
XC719 Hybrid spindle bearings with small balls,
Cronidur, ceramic balls, light series...................................... 120

10 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 11
00094F60 00016A75
Technical principles

00015CE8
Spindle bearings
Universal bearings
Single row
Contact angle: 15, 20, 25
With large or small balls
Rolling elements:
rolling bearing steel or ceramic
Rings:
rolling bearing steel or Cronidur

00016A70
Direct Lube

Super precision
cylindrical roller bearings
Single row
Double row
Rolling elements:
rolling bearing steel or ceramic
Cages: brass, polyamide or PEEK
Standard or thermally robust
Full or half number of rollers
00016A71

Axial angular contact ball bearings 2344,


axial bearings BAX
Double direction
Contact angle: 30, 40, 60
Rolling elements:
rolling bearing steel or ceramic
Rings:
rolling bearing steel
Cages: brass, laminated fabric
00016A72

Customer solutions
Spindle bearings
Spring preloaded non-locating
bearing unit
Thin dense chromium coating
on outside diameter
Open bearings supplied greased
Cylindrical roller bearings
Bearings with cylindrical bore and
special radial internal clearance
00096857

Appendix
Checklists and order forms
Addresses
Technical principles
Components and materials
Tolerances
Speeds
Rigidity
Load carrying capacity and operating life
Lubrication
Operating temperature
Design and examples of bearing arrangements
Mounting
Bearing monitoring
Technical principles

Page
Components and materials Steels for bearing rings and rolling elements.............................. 17
Standard rolling bearing steel 100Cr6 ................................... 17
High performance steel Cronidur 30 ...................................... 17
Materials for rolling elements .................................................... 18
Cage function and materials for cages........................................ 19
Angular contact ball bearings ................................................ 19
Cylindrical roller bearings and double direction
axial angular contact ball bearings ........................................ 19
Seal materials ........................................................................... 21
Coatings.................................................................................... 21

Tolerances Definitions and measurement principles .................................... 22


Tolerances of super precision bearings ...................................... 30
Dimensional, geometrical and positional tolerances
of spindle bearings and BAX.................................................. 30
Dimensional, geometrical and positional tolerances
of super precision cylindrical roller bearings.......................... 34
Dimensional, geometrical and positional tolerances
of axial angular contact ball bearings (2344) ......................... 41
Chamfer dimensions ............................................................. 43
Machining tolerances of adjacent parts ................................. 46
Spindle bearings................................................................... 56
Super precision cylindrical roller bearings and
axial bearings (2344) ............................................................ 58

Speeds Spindle bearings ....................................................................... 60


Super precision cylindrical roller bearings.................................. 61
Axial angular contact ball bearings ............................................ 61

Rigidity Axial rigidity .............................................................................. 62


Lift-off force............................................................................... 63
Radial rigidity ............................................................................ 63

Load carrying capacity and Operating life of super precision bearings .................................. 64
operating life Fatigue strength.................................................................... 64
Static load safety factor......................................................... 65
Equivalent static bearing load ............................................... 65

Lubrication Principles .................................................................................. 68


Selection of the type of lubrication ........................................ 68
Optimised lubricants ............................................................ 68
Lubricant viscosity ................................................................ 69
Grease lubrication ..................................................................... 70
Greases with special suitability ............................................. 71
Grease quantities.................................................................. 72
Grease operating life............................................................. 75
Grease distribution cycle....................................................... 76
Oil lubrication ........................................................................... 77
Lubrication methods ............................................................. 77
Requisite cleanliness ............................................................ 77

Operating temperature Spindle bearings ....................................................................... 80


Super precision cylindrical roller bearings.................................. 80
Axial angular contact ball bearings ............................................ 80

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 15
Technical principles

Page
Design and examples Design and applications ......................................................... 81
of bearing arrangements Preload .............................................................................. 81
Rigidity .............................................................................. 82
Bearing contact angle......................................................... 83
Bearing selection according to ball size and material .......... 83
Selection of the optimum bearing spacing .......................... 84
Sealing .............................................................................. 84
Stages in bearing arrangement design ................................ 85
Design of main spindles using BEARINX ................................ 86
Comparison of bearing arrangements ................................. 88
Comparison between different
spindle bearing arrangements ............................................ 89
Examples of bearing arrangements ..................................... 92

Mounting Handling................................................................................. 95
Provision of parts ............................................................... 95
Allocation of parts .............................................................. 95
Mounting................................................................................ 95
Guidelines for mounting ..................................................... 95
Mounting record................................................................. 96
Matching operations .......................................................... 96
Greasing ............................................................................ 96
Axial clamping of inner rings............................................... 97
Recommendations for shaft nuts ........................................ 100
Clearance adjustment of cylindrical roller bearings ............. 100
PrecisionDesk......................................................................... 104
Mounting and dismounting ..................................................... 107
Rental of tools.................................................................... 107
Devices for the mounting of super precision bearings.......... 108
Training ............................................................................. 114
Other products and services ............................................... 114

Bearing monitoring Factors in bearing monitoring.................................................. 115


Types of monitoring ................................................................ 115
Periodic monitoring ............................................................ 115
Continuous monitoring....................................................... 115
One-off monitoring ............................................................. 115
Temperature monitoring ..................................................... 116

16 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Components and materials

Steels for bearing rings and


rolling elements
Standard rolling bearing steel The bearing rings and rolling elements of FAG standard spindle
100Cr6 bearings are made in principle from the through hardening rolling
bearing steel 100Cr6. Ring made from these materials are dimen-
sionally stabilised as standard to at least +150 C. Other dimen-
sional stabilisations are available by agreement.

High performance steel For high performance applications, especially in motor spindles with
Cronidur 30 very high speeds, Schaeffler offers the bearings with rings made
from the high performance steel Cronidur 30 (X30CrMonN15-1) and
ceramic rolling elements. The material used for the rings is a highly
nitrided, corrosion-resistant steel.
Cronidur 30 has, in comparison with the normal rolling bearing
steel 100Cr6, a significantly finer structure. As a result, less heat is
generated in the bearing and the permissible contact pressure is
higher.
Tests on the material fatigue life have given life values higher by a
factor of ten compared to 100Cr6.
In the mixed friction region, Cronidur 30 has proved highly effective
in comparison with the standard material 100Cr6.
It is also significantly superior to the conventional rolling bearing
steels on the criteria of corrosion resistance and high temperature
hardness.
The longer life of Cronidur bearings compared to conventional
bearings makes a considerable contribution to reducing system
costs.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 17
Components and materials

Materials for rolling elements Standard bearings have rolling elements made from 100Cr6.
Standard and High Speed hybrid bearings (HCB, HC..) as well as
Cronidur 30 bearings are fitted with ceramic balls made from
silicon nitride (Si3N4). In comparison with steel rolling elements,
ceramic rolling elements offer many advantages:
excellent tribological behaviour in the combination of steel
and ceramic. In hybrid bearings, the strain on the material and
lubricant is significantly reduced.
lower density. Since the mass is 60% lower than steel,
the centrifugal forces on the rolling elements are reduced and
the kinematics of the bearing are improved.
a lower coefficient of thermal expansion of the ceramic rolling
elements. This has a positive effect on the change in bearing
preload in response to temperature differences in operation.
no magnetism, high current insulation.

Comparison Material characteristics at room temperature Silicon nitride Rolling bearing


of the rolling bearing steel 100Cr6 Si3N4 steel 100Cr6
with silicon nitride Si3N4 Density g/cm3 3,2 to 3,25 7,8 to 7,85
Coefficient 106 K1 3,2 11,5
of thermal expansion
Modulus of elasticity kN/mm2 315 to 320 200 to 210
Hardness HV 10 1 600 700
Flexural strength N/mm2 600, 700 2 500
Fracture toughness MN m3/2 7 20
Thermal conductivity W/mK 30 to 35 40 to 45
Specific electrical resistance  mm2m1 approx. 1 000 0,1 to 1

n/nG = speed relative to limiting speed


MR = frictional torque of bearing
 = temperature of outer ring

Relative change
in frictional torque and temperature
Steel bearing
Hybrid bearing

Figure 1
Frictional torque and
000944B3

temperature profile comparison


of steel bearing/hybrid bearing

While these bearings were originally envisaged only for the high
speed range, they are now used at significantly lower speeds too.
The reasons for this include their robust design and reliability as well
as the significantly longer grease operating life.

18 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Cage function and The cage, as an important functional part in a rolling bearing:
materials for cages keeps the rolling elements separate from each other
maintains the spacing between the rolling elements, thus giving
more uniform load distribution
guides the rolling elements in the unloaded zone of the bearing
prevents the rolling elements from falling out in bearings that can
be separated or swivelled out, thus allowing easier mounting
of the bearing.
FAG super precision bearings are fitted with various solid cages
made from laminated fabric, brass or plastic.

Angular contact ball bearings


Laminated fabric cages FAG standard and High Speed angular contact ball bearings of
P4S accuracy as well as axial bearings BAX are fitted with phenolic
resin/cotton fabric cages. They are guided on the outer ring and
have good emergency running characteristics (suffix - T - ).
This material is a high performance material with excellent tribo-
logical characteristics. In cases of lubricant starvation in particular,
the material is characterised by excellent emergency running
characteristics and is thus superior to many thermoplastics.
The maximum operating temperature of laminated fabric cages is
+100 C.

Cylindrical roller bearings and


double direction axial angular
contact ball bearings
Solid brass cages Single and double row super precision bearings of series FAG NNU49
and N10, NN30 with a bore diameter outside the range 30 to 120 mm
have solid brass cages as standard (suffix M1 with crosspiece rivets,
M for double row bearings). Furthermore, double direction axial
angular contact ball bearings of series 2344 and 2347 are fitted with
solid brass cages (suffix M).

Polyphthalamide (PPA) cages The new FAG X-life cylindrical roller bearings of series N10 and NN30
for X-life cylindrical roller bearings in the bore diameter range 30 to 120 mm are fitted with a window
cage made from the high performance plastic PPA (polyphthala-
mide). In tests, double row bearings in particular show a significantly
improved speed suitability and a temperature lower by up to 12 K
in comparison with bearings with brass cages. The lower increase in
temperature ensures that speeds up to 25% higher can be achieved
in the limiting speed test.
A further advantage of the lower running temperature is the longer
grease operating life. The basic dynamic load rating is higher by up
to 19%. Due to the use of the plastic cage (suffix TVP) with low mass
and better damping characteristics, there is a positive change in
the bearing noise the bearings run more quietly. The maximum
operating temperature of TVP cages is +100 C.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 19
Components and materials

PEEK cages for High Speed and High Speed and Thermally Robust (TR) super precision cylindrical
Thermally Robust roller bearings, specifically for motor spindles, are available with
cylindrical roller bearings a cage made from PEEK (polyether ether ketone) (suffix PVPA1).
Since displacement on the non-locating bearing side of motor
spindles only ever occurs in one direction, the cage can be guided
on one side, which leads to a more rapid grease distribution cycle
with lower maximum temperatures and subsequently to a lower
temperature level with smaller scatter, see page 61.
As a result, the non-locating bearing function is more reliable even
in the highest speed ranges. The maximum operating temperature
of PEEK cages is +150 C.

00094E91

Figure 2
Cages

20 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Seal materials Main spindle bearings sealed on both sides and greased for life
of the standard series B (with large balls, suffix - 2RSD -),
High Speed H and Cronidur bearings X (with small balls, prefix S)
and corresponding versions of the FAG axial bearings BAX have
non-contact sealing by means of sealing washers made from nitrile
butadiene rubber (NBR). Bearings for pneumatic oil lubrication
of the design DLR are each fitted with two O rings. Seals and O rings
made from NBR can be used up to a temperature of +100 C.
For temperatures at a continuously high level, seals made from FKM
materials are recommended (available by agreement).
In accordance with the REACH Directive (EC) no. 1907/2006, all seals
in FAG main spindle bearings manufactured since 1.1.2015 are free
from DEHP (bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, CAS no. 117-81-7).

Coatings Coatings are recommended in certain applications. In order to


prevent current passage, to improve anti-corrosion and/or anti-wear
protection or even to increase tribological characteristics under
unfavourable lubrication conditions, coating is a proven method that
can significantly optimise the performance capability of the bearings
or increase their life.
In particular, thin dense chromium coating is used on many
occasions in the case of main spindle bearings in order to prevent
fretting corrosion of the outer ring. This option can be added using
the suffix J24J, other coating options are available by agreement.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 21
Tolerances

Definitions and The definition of the tolerances and the associated measurement
measurement principles principles are described in the following chapter.

Symbols for nominal dimensions,

Symbol for nominal dimension1) 2)


GPS symbol and Description for radial bearings Old term
characteristics and specification specification modifier
modifiers for radial rolling bearings
in accordance with ISO 492:2014

for characteristic2)
Tolerance symbol
In accord-
Symbols in accord- In accordance with ISO 492:2014 ance with
ance with ISO 1101 (based on ISO 1101, ISO 5459 ISO 1132-1:
and ISO 14405-1 and ISO 14405-1) 2000
Width
Nominal inner ring width Nominal
B inner ring
width
Symmetrical rings
deviation of a two-point size
of inner ring width from its
nominal size
Bs = Bs B
Bs = single two-point size
of inner ring width
Asymmetrical rings, upper limit Deviation
deviation of a minimum circum- of a single
tBs
scribed size of inner ring width, inner ring
between two opposite lines, width
in any longitudinal section
which includes the inner ring
bore axis, from its nominal size
Asymmetrical rings, lower limit
deviation of a two-point size
of inner ring width from its
nominal size
Symmetrical rings
range of two-point sizes of inner
ring width
VBs = Bs max Bs min
Asymmetrical rings Variation
tVBs range of minimum circum- of inner ring
scribed sizes of inner ring width, width
between two opposite lines,
obtained from any longitudinal
section which includes the inner
ring bore axis

1) Symbols for the nominal dimension are printed bold; they indicate size
dimensions and spacings.
2) Symbols in accordance with ISO 15241 (exception: font).

22 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Symbols for nominal dimensions,

Symbol for nominal dimension1)2)


GPS symbol and Description for radial bearings Old term
characteristics and specification specification modifier
modifiers for radial rolling bearings
in accordance with ISO 492:2014
(continued)

for characteristic2)
Tolerance symbol
In accord-
Symbols in accord- In accordance with ISO 492:2014 ance with
ance with ISO 1101 (based on ISO 1101, ISO 5459 ISO 1132-1:
and ISO 14405-1 and ISO 14405-1) 2000
Width
C Nominal outer ring width Nominal
outer ring
width
Symmetrical rings
deviation of a two-point size
of outer ring width from its
nominal size
Cs = Cs C
Cs = single two-point size
of inner ring width
Asymmetrical rings, upper limit
Deviation
deviation of a minimum circum-
of a single
tCs scribed size of outer ring width,
outer ring
between two opposite lines,
width
in any longitudinal section
which includes the outer ring
outside surface axis, from its
nominal size
Asymmetrical rings, lower limit
deviation of a two-point size
of outer ring width from its
nominal size
Symmetrical rings
range of two-point sizes of outer
ring width
VCs = Cs max Cs min
Asymmetrical rings Variation
tVCs range of minimum circum- of outer ring
scribed sizes of outer ring width, width
between two opposite lines,
obtained from any longitudinal
section which includes the outer
ring outside surface axis

1) Symbols for the nominal dimension are printed bold; they indicate size
dimensions and spacings.
2) Symbols in accordance with ISO 15241 (exception: font).

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 23
Tolerances

Symbols for nominal dimensions,

Symbol for nominal dimension1)2)


GPS symbol and Description for radial bearings Old term
characteristics and specification specification
modifiers for radial rolling bearings modifier
in accordance with ISO 492:2014
(continued)

for characteristic2)
Tolerance symbol
In accord-
Symbols in accord- In accordance with ISO 492:2014 ance with
ance with ISO 1101 (based on ISO 1101, ISO 5459 ISO 1132-1:
and ISO 14405-1 and ISO 14405-1) 2000
Diameter
d Nominal bore diameter of Nominal
a cylindrical bore or at the theor- bore
etical small end of a tapered diameter
bore
Deviation of a two-point size Deviation
of the bore diameter from its of a single
tds
nominal size bore
ds = ds d diameter
Range of two-point sizes of bore Variation
diameter in any cross-section of single
tVdsp of a cylindrical or tapered bore bore diam-
Vdsp = ds max ds min eter in a
single plane
Cylindrical bore
deviation of a mid-range size
(out of two-point sizes) of bore
diameter in any cross-section
from its nominal size Deviation
dmp = (d max + d min)/2 of mean
tdmp dmp = dmp d bore diam-
eter in a
Tapered bore single plane
deviation of a mid-range size
(out of two-point sizes) of bore
diameter at the theoretical small
end from its nominal size
Range of mid-range sizes Variation
(out of two-point sizes) of bore of mean
diameter obtained from any bore
tVdmp
cross-section of a cylindrical diameter
bore
Vdmp = dmp max dmp min

1) Symbols for the nominal dimension are printed bold; they indicate size
dimensions and spacings.
2) Symbols in accordance with ISO 15241 (exception: font).

24 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Symbols for nominal dimensions,

Symbol for nominal dimension1)2)


GPS symbol and Description for radial bearings Old term
characteristics and specification specification
modifiers for radial rolling bearings modifier
in accordance with ISO 492:2014
(continued)

for characteristic2)
Tolerance symbol
In accord-
Symbols in accord- In accordance with ISO 492:2014 ance with
ance with ISO 1101 (based on ISO 1101, ISO 5459 ISO 1132-1:
and ISO 14405-1 and ISO 14405-1) 2000
d1 Nominal diameter at the theor-
etical large end of a tapered
bore
Deviation of a mid-range size
(out of two-point sizes) of bore
td1mp diameter at the theoretical large
end of a tapered bore from its
nominal size
D Nominal outside diameter Nominal
outside
diameter
Deviation of a two-point size Deviation
of outside diameter from its of a single
tDs
nominal size outside
diameter
Range of two-point sizes Variation
of outside diameter in any of outside
tVDsp cross-section diameter
in a single
plane
Deviation of a mid-range size Deviation
(out of two-point sizes) of mean
of outside diameter in any cross- outside
tDmp
section from its nominal size diameter
Dmp = (D max + D min)/2 in a single
Dmp = Dmp D plane
Range of mid-range sizes Variation
(out of two-point sizes) of mean
tVDmp of outside diameter obtained outside
from any cross-section diameter
VDmp = Dmp max Dmp min

1) Symbols for the nominal dimension are printed bold; they indicate size
dimensions and spacings.
2) Symbols in accordance with ISO 15241 (exception: font).

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 25
Tolerances

Symbols for nominal dimensions,

Symbol for nominal dimension1)2)


GPS symbol and Description for radial bearings Old term
characteristics and specification specification
modifiers for radial rolling bearings modifier
in accordance with ISO 492:2014
(continued)

for characteristic2)
Tolerance symbol
Symbols in In accordance
accordance with In accordance with ISO 492:2014 with
ISO 1101 and (based on ISO 1101, ISO 5459 ISO 1132-1:
ISO 14405-1 and ISO 14405-1) 2000
Running accuracy
Circular radial run-out of outer Radial run-out
ring outside surface of assem- of outer ring
tKea 3) bled bearing with respect to of assembled
datum, i.e. axis, established bearing
from the inner ring bore surface
Circular radial run-out of inner Radial run-out
ring bore of assembled bearing of inner ring
tKia 3) with respect to datum, i.e. axis, of assembled
established from the outer ring bearing
outside surface
Circular axial run-out of inner ring Perpendicular-
face with respect to datum, ity of inner ring
tSd 3) i.e. axis, established from the face with
inner ring bore surface respect to the
bore
Perpendicularity of outer ring Perpendicular-
outside surface axis with respect ity of outer ring
tSD to datum established from the outside surface
outer ring face with respect to
the face
Circular axial run-out of outer ring Axial run-out of
face of assembled bearing outer ring of
tSea 3) with respect to datum, i.e. axis, assembled
established from the inner ring bearing
bore surface
Circular axial run-out of inner ring Axial run-out
face of assembled bearing of inner ring
tSia 3) with respect to datum, i.e. axis, of assembled
established from the outer ring bearing
outside surface
Tapered bore
SL Taper slope: Taper slope is the
difference between nominal
diameters at the theoretical
large end and small end of a
tapered bore
SL = d1 d
SL = spacing
Deviation of taper slope of a
tapered inner ring bore from its
tSL nominal size (description based
on DIN EN ISO 1119)
SL = d1mp dmp
 Frustum angle of tapered inner
ring bore

1) Symbols for the nominal dimension are printed bold; they indicate size
dimensions and spacings.
2) Symbols in accordance with ISO 15241 (exception: font).
3) Specification modifiers for the direction of action of the mass, as well as fixed
and movable parts necessary in accordance with ISO/TS 17863.

26 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Symbols for nominal dimensions,

Symbol for nominal dimension1)2)


GPS symbol and Description for radial bearings Old term
characteristics and specification specification
modifiers for radial rolling bearings modifier
in accordance with ISO 492:2014
(continued)

for characteristic2)
Tolerance symbol
Symbols in In accordance
accordance with In accordance with ISO 492:2014 with
ISO 1101 and (based on ISO 1101, ISO 5459 ISO 1132-1:
ISO 14405-1 and ISO 14405-1) 2000
Width of assembled bearing
T Nominal assembled bearing Assembled
width bearing width
Deviation of minimum circum- Deviation
scribed size of assembled of the actual
tTs 3)
bearing width from its nominal (assembled)
size bearing width
T1 Nominal effective width of inner Effective width
subunit assembled with a master of the inner
outer ring subunit
assembled
with a master
outer ring
Deviation of minimum circum- Nominal
scribed size of effective width effective width
(inner subunit assembled with of outer ring
tT1s 3)
a master outer ring) from its assembled
nominal size with a master
inner subunit

1) Symbols for the nominal dimension are printed bold; they indicate size
dimensions and spacings.
2) Symbols in accordance with ISO 15241 (exception: font).
3) Specification modifiers for the direction of action of the mass, as well as fixed
and movable parts necessary in accordance with ISO/TS 17863.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 27
Tolerances

Symbols for nominal dimensions,

Symbol for nominal dimension1)2)


GPS symbol and Description for axial bearings Old term
characteristics and specification specification
modifiers for axial rolling bearings modifier
in accordance with ISO 199:2014

for characteristic2)
Tolerance symbol
Symbols in In accordance
accordance with In accordance with ISO 199:2014 with
ISO 1101 and (based on ISO 1101, ISO 5459 and ISO 1132-1:
ISO 14405-1 ISO 14405-1) 2000
Diameter
d Nominal assembled bearing Nominal bore
height, single-direction bearing diameter of
shaft washer
Deviation of a mid-range size Deviation
(out of two-point sizes) of shaft of mean bore
washer bore diameter in any diameter in a
tdmp cross-section from its nominal single plane
size
dmp = (d max + d min)/2
dmp = dmp d
Range of two-point sizes of shaft Variation
washer bore diameter in any of single bore
tVdsp
cross-section diameter in a
Vdsp = ds max ds min single plane
D Nominal outside diameter Nominal out-
of housing washer side diameter
of housing
washer
Deviation of a mid-range size Deviation
(out of two-point sizes) of housing of mean out-
washer outside diameter in any side diameter
tDmp cross-section from its nominal in a single
size plane
Dmp = (D max + D min)/2
Dmp = Dmp D
Range of two-point sizes Variation
of housing washer outside of outside
tVDsp diameter in any cross-section diameter
VDsp = Ds max Ds min in a single
plane
Height
T Nominal assembled bearing Nominal
height, single-direction bearing bearing height
Deviation of minimum circum- Deviation
scribed size of assembled bearing of the actual
tTs 3)
height from its nominal size, bearing height
single-direction bearing

1) Symbols for the nominal dimension are printed bold; they indicate size
dimensions and spacings.
2) Symbols in accordance with ISO 1101 and ISO 14405-1.
3) Specification modifiers for the direction of action of the mass in accordance
with ISO/TS 17863.

28 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Symbols for nominal dimensions,

Symbol for nominal dimension1)2)


GPS symbol and Description for axial bear- Old term
characteristics and specification specification modifier ings
modifiers for axial rolling bearings
in accordance with ISO 199:2014
(continued)

for characteristic2)
Tolerance symbol
In accordance with In accord-
Symbols in accordance ISO 199:2014 (based on ance with
with ISO 1101 and ISO 1101, ISO 5459 and ISO 1132-1:
ISO 14405-1 ISO 14405-1) 2000
T1 Nominal assembled
bearing height,
double-direction bearing
Deviation of minimum
circumscribed size of
tT1s 3) assembled bearing height
from its nominal size,
double-direction bearing
Axial cylindrical
roller bearings:
range of two-point sizes
of thickness between Variation
housing washer raceway in thickness
and the back face between
tSe4) housing
Axial ball bearings: washer
range of minimum spheri- raceway and
cal sizes between the back face
raceway and the opposite
back face of the housing
washer
Axial cylindrical
roller bearings:
range of two-point sizes
of thickness between shaft Variation
washer raceway and the in thickness
back face between
tSi4)
Axial ball bearings: shaft washer
range of minimum spheri- raceway and
cal sizes between the back face
raceway and the opposite
back face of the shaft
washer

1) Symbols for the nominal dimension are printed bold; they indicate size
dimensions and spacings.
2) Symbols in accordance with ISO 1101 and ISO 14405-1.
3) Specification modifiers for the direction of action of the mass in accordance
with ISO/TS 17863.
4) Valid only for axial ball bearings and axial cylindrical roller bearings with a
90 contact angle.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 29
Tolerances

Tolerances Rolling bearing tolerances are standardised in accordance with


of super precision bearings ISO 492: 2014 for radial rolling bearings and in accordance with
ISO 199: 2014 for axial rolling bearings. Definitions for the meanings
of dimensions and tolerances are regulated in DIN ISO 1132.
In order to ensure full use of the bearing performance capacity and a
high machining accuracy, the dimensional, geometrical and running
accuracy of super precision bearings is produced within very narrow
tolerance ranges.
In general super precision spindle bearings (including BAX) are
manufactured to the accuracy standard P4S. P4S means:
main deviations at least in accordance with ISO tolerance class 4;
all geometrical and running tolerances in accordance with ISO
tolerance class 2.
All cylindrical roller bearings and axial angular contact ball bearings
(2344) are manufactured in standard cases in accordance with the
Schaeffler internal accuracy requirement SP, see table, page 35 and
table, page 36. In this case, the roundness and running tolerances
correspond to at least ISO tolerance class 4. For higher accuracy
requirements, super precision cylindrical roller bearings are also
available to the accuracy class UP, see table, page 39 and table,
page 40.

Dimensional, geometrical and In order to ensure full use of the bearing performance capability and
positional tolerances a high machining accuracy, the dimensional, geometrical and
positional accuracy of FAG spindle bearings is produced within very
of spindle bearings and BAX narrow tolerance ranges. The bearing tolerances conform to P4,
the running accuracy and parallelism conform to P2.
P4S is a Schaeffler standard that is better than P4 in accordance with
DIN 620.
The radial runout tolerance of the inner ring for P4S, P4, P5 is shown
in Figure 1.
The tolerances of the inner and outer ring for tolerance class P4S are
shown in the tables from page 31 to page 32.

Kia = radial runout


d = bore diameter

Figure 1
00096CC5

Radial runout tolerances


of the inner ring with P4S, P4, P5

Restricted diameter tolerance Spindle bearings are also available by agreement with a restricted
to P4S-K5 diameter tolerance. The tolerance range is at the centre of the
diameter tolerance, while the tolerance width is 1/3 of the diameter
tolerance. The diameter tolerances stated are thus narrower than P2.
Tolerances for K5, see tables, page 33.

30 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Actual value codes and The actual value codes for the bore and the outside diameter as
actual deviation well as the actual deviation of the bearing width from the nominal
dimension are stated on the end faces of the inner and outer rings,
Figure 9 and Figure 10, page 131.
Tolerances of inner and outer ring Tolerances of the inner and outer ring in spindle bearings and BAX,
see tables.

Tolerances of the inner ring Nominal bearing Deviation Variation Width deviation
(tolerance class P4S) bore diameter of width
d tdmp1), tds tVBs tBs
mm m m m
over incl.
10 0 4 1,5 0 100
10 18 0 4 1,5 0 100
18 30 0 5 1,5 0 120
30 50 0 6 1,5 0 120
50 80 0 7 1,5 0 150
80 120 0 8 2,5 0 200
120 150 0 10 2,5 0 250
150 180 0 10 4 0 250
180 250 0 12 5 0 300
250 315 0 15 6 0 350
315 400 0 19 7 0 400
400 500 0 23 8 0 450
500 630 0 26 10 0 500
630 800 0 32 12 0 750

1) For series 719.

Tolerances of the inner ring Nominal bearing Variation Variation Radial Axial runout
(tolerance class P4S) bore diameter (out of roundness) of mean runout
continued diameter
d tVdsp tVdmp tKia tSd tSia
mm m m m m m
over incl. Series 9 Series 0,2
10 2,5 2 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5
10 18 2,5 2 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5
18 30 2,5 2 1,5 2,5 1,5 2,5
30 50 3 2,5 2 2,5 1,5 2,5
50 80 3,5 3 2 2,5 1,5 2,5
80 120 4 3 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5
120 150 5 3 3 2,5 2,5 2,5
150 180 5 4 3 3 4 5
180 250 6 4 4 4 5 5
250 315 8 5 5 5 6 7
315 400 10 6 6 7 7 9
400 500 12 8 8 8 8 11
500 630 13 10 8 9 10 13
630 800 16 10 10 10 12 15

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 31
Tolerances

Tolerances of the outer ring Nominal outside Deviation Variation (out of roundness)
(tolerance class P4S) diameter
D tDs1), tDmp2) tVDsp3)
mm m m
over incl. Series 9 Series 0,2
10 18 0 4 2,5 2
18 30 0 5 2,5 2
30 50 0 6 3 2,5
50 80 0 7 3,5 3
80 120 0 8 4 3
120 150 0 9 5 4
150 180 0 10 5 4
180 250 0 11 6 5
250 315 0 13 7 6
315 400 0 15 8 6
400 500 0 18 9 7
500 630 0 22 11 9
630 800 0 26 13 10
800 1000 0 33 17 14
The width deviation tCs is identical to tBs of the corresponding inner ring.
1) For BAX, the tolerance position is displaced by 50 m.
Example: for BAX70, the tolerance range is 50 ... 57
2) For series 719.
3) Valid for open bearings;
for sealed bearings and DLR bearings, the values apply before assembly.

Tolerances of the outer ring Nominal outside Variation Variation Radial Axial runout
(tolerance class P4S) diameter of mean of width runout
continued diameter
D tVdmp tCs tKea tSi tSe
mm m m m m m
over incl.
10 18 1,5 1,5 1,5 0,75 1,5
18 30 1,5 1,5 2,5 0,75 2,5
30 50 2 1,5 2,5 0,75 2,5
50 80 2 1,5 3 0,75 4
80 120 2,5 2,5 4 1,25 5
120 150 3 2,5 4 1,25 5
150 180 3 2,5 5 1,25 5
180 250 4 4 7 2 7
250 315 4 5 7 2,5 7
315 400 5 7 8 3,5 8
400 500 6 7 9 4 10
500 630 7 8 11 4,5 12
630 800 8 9 13 5 14
800 1000 11 11 15 6 17

32 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Tolerances of the bearing bore Nominal bearing bore diameter Deviation
(tolerance class P4S-K5)
d tDs, tDmp1)
mm m
over incl.
10 1,5 3
10 18 1,5 3
18 30 1,5 3,5
30 50 2 4
50 80 2,5 5
80 120 2,5 5,5
120 150 3 7
150 180 3 7
180 250 4 8
250 315 5 10
315 400 6 13
400 500 7 16
500 630 8 18
630 800 11 21

1) For series 719.

Tolerances of the outside diameter Nominal outside diameter Deviation


(tolerance class P4S-K5)
D tDs, tDmp
mm m
over incl.
10 18 1,5 3
18 30 1,5 3,5
30 50 2 4
50 80 2,5 5
80 120 2,5 5,5
120 150 3 6
150 180 3 7
180 250 3,5 7,5
250 315 4 9
315 400 5 10
400 500 6 12
500 630 7 15
630 800 8 18
800 1000 11 22

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 33
Tolerances

Dimensional, geometrical and Deviation of the tapered bore dmp, see Figure 2 and tables.
positional tolerances
of super precision cylindrical
roller bearings
 = inclination angle at end of taper
= 2 23 9,4
2 = taper angle at end of taper
= 4 46 18,8
B = width of inner ring
d = nominal bearing bore diameter
d1 = bore diameter
at large end of taper
dmp = deviation of bore diameter
from nominal dimension
in a single radial plane

00016C18
Figure 2
Tolerances for tapered bores

34 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Tolerances of class SP The following values are valid for the series N10, N19 and HCN10.
for single row bearings

Tolerances of the inner ring Nominal Deviation Deviation Variation Width


(tolerance class SP) bore of cylindrical bore of tapered bore of width deviation
diameter
d td, tdmp tdmp tVBs tBs
mm m m m m
over incl.
18 30 0 6 10 0 1,5 0 120
30 50 0 8 12 0 2 0 120
50 80 0 9 15 0 3 0 150
80 120 0 10 20 0 3 0 200
120 180 0 13 25 0 4 0 250
180 250 0 15 30 0 5 0 300
250 315 0 18 35 0 6 0 350
315 400 0 23 40 0 7 0 400
400 500 0 27 45 0 8 0 450
500 630 0 30 50 0 10 0 500
630 800 0 40 65 0 12 0 750

Tolerances of the inner ring Nominal Variation Variation Deviation Radial Axial
(tolerance class SP) bore (out of roundness) of mean runout runout
continued diameter diameter
d tVdsp tVdmp td1mp tKia tSd tSia
tdmp
mm m m m m m m
Bore
over incl. cylindrical tapered
18 30 3 3 3 4 0 3 3 4
30 50 4 4 4 4 0 4 3 4
50 80 5 5 5 5 0 4 4 5
80 120 5 5 5 6 0 5 4 5
120 180 7 7 7 8 0 6 5 7
180 250 8 8 8 9 0 8 6 8
250 315 9 9 9 11 0 9 7 10
315 400 12 12 12 12 0 10 9 12
400 500 14 14 14 14 0 12 11 15
500 630 15 15 15 15 0 14 13 18
630 800 20 20 20 18 0 17 15 21

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 35
Tolerances

Tolerances of the outer ring Nominal Deviation of Variation


(tolerance class SP) outside diameter outside diameter (out of roundness)
D tDs, tDmp tVDsp
mm m m
over incl.
30 50 0 7 4
50 80 0 9 5
80 120 0 10 5
120 150 0 11 6
150 180 0 13 7
180 250 0 15 8
250 315 0 18 9
315 400 0 20 10
400 500 0 23 12
500 630 0 28 14
630 800 0 35 18
800 1000 0 40 20
The width deviation tCs is identical to tBs of the corresponding inner ring.

Tolerances of the outer ring Nominal Variation Variation Radial Inclination Axial
(tolerance class SP) outside diameter of mean of width runout variation runout
continued diameter
D tVDmp tCs tKea tSi tSe
mm m m m m m
over incl.
30 50 4 2,5 5 2 5
50 80 5 3 5 2 5
80 120 5 4 6 2,5 6
120 150 6 5 7 2,5 7
150 180 7 5 8 2,5 8
180 250 8 7 10 3,5 10
250 315 9 7 11 4 10
315 400 10 8 13 5 13
400 500 12 9 15 5,5 15
500 630 14 11 17 6,5 18
630 800 18 13 20 7,5 22
800 1000 20 15 23 8,5 26

36 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Tolerances of class SP The following values are valid for the series NN30 and NNU49.
for double row
cylindrical roller bearings

Tolerances of the inner ring Nominal Deviation Deviation Variation Width


(tolerance class SP) bore of cylindrical bore of tapered bore of width deviation
diameter
d tDs, tDmp tdmp tVBs tBs
mm m m m m
over incl.
18 30 0 6 10 0 2,5 0 120
30 50 0 8 12 0 3 0 120
50 80 0 9 15 0 4 0 150
80 120 0 10 20 0 4 0 200
120 180 0 13 25 0 5 0 250
180 250 0 15 30 0 6 0 300
250 315 0 18 35 0 8 0 350
315 400 0 23 40 0 10 0 400
400 500 0 27 45 0 12 0 450
500 630 0 30 50 0 14 0 500
630 800 0 40 65 0 17 0 750

Tolerances of the inner ring Nominal Variation Variation Deviation Radial Axial
(tolerance class SP) bore (out of roundness) of mean runout runout
continued diameter diameter
d tVdsp tVdmp td1mp tKia tSd tSia
tdmp
mm m m m m m m
Bore
over incl. cylindrical tapered
18 30 3 3 3 4 0 3 4 4
30 50 4 4 4 4 0 4 4 4
50 80 5 5 5 5 0 4 5 5
80 120 5 5 5 6 0 5 5 5
120 180 7 7 7 8 0 6 6 7
180 250 8 8 8 9 0 8 7 8
250 315 9 9 9 11 0 8 8 10
315 400 12 12 12 12 0 10 10 12
400 500 14 14 14 14 0 10 12 15
500 630 15 15 15 15 0 12 14 18
630 800 20 20 20 18 0 15 17 21

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 37
Tolerances

Tolerances of the outer ring Nominal Deviation of outside diameter Variation


(tolerance class SP) outside diameter (out of roundness)
D tDs, tDmp tVDsp
mm m m
over incl.
30 50 0 7 4
50 80 0 9 5
80 120 0 10 5
120 150 0 11 6
150 180 0 13 7
180 250 0 15 8
250 315 0 18 9
315 400 0 20 10
400 500 0 23 12
500 630 0 28 14
630 800 0 35 18
800 1000 0 40 20
The width deviation tCs is identical to tBs of the corresponding inner ring.

Tolerances of the outer ring Nominal Variation Variation Radial Inclination Runout
(tolerance class SP) outside diameter of mean of width runout variation
continued diameter
D tVDmp tVCs tKea tSi tSe
mm m m m m m
over incl.
30 50 4 2,5 5 2 5
50 80 5 3 5 2 5
80 120 5 4 6 2,5 6
120 150 6 5 7 2,5 7
150 180 7 5 8 2,5 8
180 250 8 7 10 3,5 10
250 315 9 7 11 4 10
315 400 10 8 13 5 13
400 500 12 9 15 5,5 15
500 630 14 11 17 6,5 18
630 800 18 13 20 7,5 22
800 1000 20 15 23 8,5 26

38 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Tolerances of class UP The following values are valid for single and double row cylindrical
for single and double row roller bearings.
cylindrical roller bearings

Tolerances of the inner ring Nominal Deviation Deviation Variation Width


(tolerance class UP) bore of cylindrical bore of tapered bore of width deviation
diameter
d tDs, tDmp tdmp tVBs tBs
mm m m m m
over incl.
18 30 0 5 6 0 1,5 0 25
30 50 0 6 7 0 2 0 30
50 80 0 7 8 0 2,5 0 40
80 120 0 8 10 0 3 0 50
120 180 0 10 12 0 4 0 60
180 250 0 12 14 0 5 0 75
250 315 0 15 15 0 5 0 100
315 400 0 19 17 0 6 0 100
400 500 0 23 19 0 7 0 100
500 630 0 26 20 0 8 0 125
630 800 0 34 22 0 11 0 125

Tolerances of the inner ring Nominal Variation Variation Deviation Radial Axial
(tolerance class UP) bore (out of roundness) of mean runout runout
continued diameter diameter
d tVdsp tVdmp td1mp tKia tSd tSia
tdmp
mm m m m m m m
Bore
over incl. cylindrical tapered
18 30 2,5 2,5 2,5 2 0 1,5 3 3
30 50 3 3 3 3 0 2 3 3
50 80 3,5 3,5 3,5 3 0 2 4 3
80 120 4 4 4 4 0 3 4 4
120 180 5 5 5 4 0 3 5 6
180 250 6 6 6 5 0 4 6 7
250 315 8 8 8 6 0 4 6 8
315 400 10 10 10 6 0 5 7 9
400 500 12 12 12 7 0 5 8 10
500 630 13 13 13 8 0 6 9 12
630 800 17 17 17 9 0 7 11 18

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 39
Tolerances

Tolerances of the outer ring Nominal Deviation of outside diameter Variation


(tolerance class UP) outside diameter (out of roundness)
D tDs, tDmp tVDsp
mm m m
over incl.
30 50 0 5 3
50 80 0 6 3
80 120 0 7 4
120 150 0 8 4
150 180 0 9 5
180 250 0 10 5
250 315 0 12 6
315 400 0 14 7
400 500 0 17 9
500 630 0 20 10
630 800 0 25 13
800 1000 0 30 15
The width deviation tCs is identical to tBs of the corresponding inner ring.

Tolerances of the outer ring Nominal Variation Variation Radial Inclination Axial
(tolerance class UP) outside diameter of mean of width runout variation runout
continued diameter
D tVDmp tVCs tKea tSi tSe
mm m m m m m
over incl.
30 50 3 1,5 3 1 3
50 80 3 2 3 1 4
80 120 4 3 3 1,5 5
120 150 4 4 4 1,5 5
150 180 5 4 4 1,5 5
180 250 5 5 5 2 7
250 315 6 5 6 2 7
315 400 7 6 7 2,5 8
400 500 9 7 8 2,5 10
500 630 10 8 9 3 12
630 800 13 11 11 3,5 14
800 1000 15 12 12 5 17

40 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Dimensional, geometrical and The dimensional, geometrical and running tolerances correspond to
positional tolerances of axial tolerance class SP in accordance with Schaeffler Group. Bearings of
tolerance class UP are available by agreement.
angular contact ball bearings
Tolerances Nominal Deviation Variation Wall Height deviation
of the shaft locating washer bore diameter (out of thickness
(tolerance class SP) roundness) variation
d tdmp tVdsp tSi tHs
mm m m m m
over incl.
18 30 0 8 6 3 50 150
30 50 0 10 8 3 75 200
50 80 0 12 9 4 100 250
80 120 0 15 11 4 125 300
120 150 0 18 14 5 150 350
150 180 0 18 14 5 150 350
180 250 0 22 17 5 175 400
250 315 0 25 19 7 200 450
315 400 0 30 22 7 250 600
400 500 0 35 26 9 300 750

Tolerances Nominal Deviation Variation Wall Height deviation


of the shaft locating washer bore diameter (out of thickness
(tolerance class UP) roundness) variation
d tdmp tVdsp tSi tHs
mm m m m m
over incl.
18 30 0 6 5 1,5 50 150
30 50 0 8 6 1,5 75 200
50 80 0 9 7 2 100 250
80 120 0 10 8 2 125 300
120 150 0 13 10 3 150 350
150 180 0 13 10 3 150 350
180 250 0 15 12 3 175 400
250 315 0 18 14 4 200 450
315 400 0 23 18 4 250 600
400 500 0 27 20 5 300 750

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 41
Tolerances

The machining tolerances of the housing locating washer (bearings


of tolerance class SP or UP) are shown in the tables.

Tolerances Nominal Deviation of Variation Wall Width


of the housing locating washer outside diameter outside diameter (out of thickness deviation
(tolerance class SP) roundness) variation
D tDmp tVDsp tSe tCs
mm m m m m
over incl.
30 50 20 36 5 3 120
50 80 24 43 6 4 120
80 120 28 50 8 4 125
120 150 33 58 9 5 125
150 180 33 58 9 5 125
180 250 37 66 10 5 125
250 315 41 73 12 7 150
315 400 46 82 13 7 150
400 500 50 90 15 9 200
500 630 55 99 16 11 200
630 800 60 110 18 13 250

Tolerances Nominal Deviation of Variation Wall Width


of the housing locating washer outside diameter outside diameter (out of thickness deviation
(tolerance class UP) roundness) variation
D tDmp tVDsp tSe tCs
mm m m m m
over incl.
30 50 20 36 5 1,5 120
50 80 24 43 6 2 120
80 120 28 50 8 2 125
120 150 33 58 9 3 125
150 180 33 58 9 3 125
180 250 37 66 10 3 125
250 315 41 73 12 4 150
315 400 46 82 13 4 150
400 500 50 90 15 5 200
500 630 55 99 16 6 200
630 800 55 99 18 7 250

42 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Chamfer dimensions The tables describe the chamfer dimensions for:
radial bearings with a cylindrical bore
radial bearings with a tapered bore, see table, page 44
axial bearings, see table, page 45.
For rmin, r1 min, rmax r, rs max r, rmax a, r1 max a and measurement
spacing a, see Figure 3, page 45.

Chamfer dimension Bore Chamfer dimension Measurement


of radial bearings spacing
radial axial
with cylindrical bore d rmin rmax r rmax a a
r1 min rs max r r 1 max a
mm mm mm mm mm
over incl.
25 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,9
25 0,15 0,3 0,6 1,1
40 0,2 0,5 0,8 1,3
40 0,3 0,6 1 1,5
40 120 0,3 0,8 1 1,5
120 250 0,3 1 1,7 2,2
40 0,6 1 2 2,5
40 250 0,6 1,3 2 2,5
250 400 0,6 1,5 2,6 3,1
50 1 1,5 3 3,6
50 400 1 1,9 3 3,6
400 500 1 2,5 3,5 4,2
120 1,1 2 3,5 4,2
120 400 1,1 2,5 4 4,8
400 500 1,1 2,7 4,5 5,4
120 1,5 2,3 4 4,8
120 400 1,5 3 5 6
400 800 1,5 3,5 5 6
80 2 3 4,5 5,4
80 220 2 3,5 5 6
220 800 2 3,8 6 7,2
280 2,1 4 6,5 7,8
280 1200 2,1 4,5 7 8,4
100 2,5 3,8 6 7,2
100 280 2,5 4,5 6 7,2
280 800 2,5 5 7 8,4
800 1200 2,5 5 7,5 9
280 3 5 8 9,6
280 1200 3 5,5 8 9,6
1200 4 6,5 9 10,8
2000 5 8 10 12
3000 6 10 13 15,6
3000 7,5 12,5 17 20,4

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 43
Tolerances

Chamfer dimension Bore Chamfer dimension Measurement


of radial bearings spacing
radial axial
with tapered bore d rmin rmax r rmax a a
r1 min rs max r r 1 max a
mm mm mm mm mm
over incl.
25 0,05 0,15 0,25 0,8
25 0,1 0,3 0,5 1
40 0,1 0,3 0,5 1
40 0,15 0,45 0,75 1,3
40 120 0,15 0,45 0,75 1,3
120 250 0,2 0,6 1 1,5
40 0,25 0,75 1,25 1,8
40 250 0,3 0,9 1,5 2
250 400 0,35 1,05 1,75 2,3
50 0,4 1,2 2 2,5
50 400 0,45 1,35 2,25 2,8
400 500 0,5 1,5 2,5 3
120 0,5 1,5 2,5 3
120 400 0,55 1,65 2,75 3,3
400 500 0,6 1,8 3 3,5
120 0,6 1,8 3 3,5
120 400 0,7 2,1 3,5 4,2
400 800 0,7 2,1 3,5 4,2
80 0,7 2,1 3,5 4,2
80 220 0,8 2,4 4 4,8
220 800 0,9 2,7 4,5 5,4
280 0,9 2,7 4,5 5,4
280 1200 1 3 5 6
100 0,9 2,7 4,5 5,4
100 280 1 3 5 6
280 800 1,1 3,3 5,5 6,6
800 1200 1,1 3,3 5,5 6,6
280 1,2 3,6 6 7,2
280 1200 1,2 3,6 6 7,2
1200 1,5 4,5 7,5 9
2000 1,8 5,5 9 10,8
3000 2,2 6,5 11 13,2
3000 3 9 15 18

44 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Bore or outside diameter
Lateral face

00016C8D
Figure 3
Limit chamfer dimensions

Chamfer dimension Bore Chamfer dimension Measurement


of axial bearings spacing
radial axial
d rmin rmax r rmax a a
r1 min rs max r r 1 max a
mm mm mm mm mm
over incl.
25 0,1 0,2 0,2 0,7
25 0,15 0,3 0,3 0,8
40 0,2 0,5 0,5 1
120 0,8 0,8 1,3
120 250 0,3 1 1 1,5
400 0,6 1,5 1,5 2
500 2,2 2,2 2,6
500 800 1 2,6 2,6 3,1
800 1,1 2,7 2,7 3,2
1200 1,5 3,5 3,5 4,2
1200 2 4 4 4,8
1200 2,1 4,5 4,5 5,4
2 000 3 5,5 5,5 6,6
2 000 4 6,5 6,5 7,8
3 000 5 8 8 9,6
3 000 6 10 10 12
3 000 7,5 12,5 12,5 15

Legend rmin, r1 min mm


Symbol for smallest chamfer dimension in radial and axial direction
rmax r, r1 max r mm
Largest chamfer dimension in radial direction
rmax a, r1 max a mm
Largest chamfer dimension in axial direction
a mm
Measurement spacing: this spacing is used for inspection of the bore or
outside diameter tolerances.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 45
Tolerances

Machining tolerances The performance capacity of super precision bearings in relation


of adjacent parts to speed suitability and running accuracy continues to increase.
However, this increased performance capacity is only effective and
can only be used to the full if the precision of the adjacent parts is
in harmony with the precision of the bearings.
In order to facilitate better and faster selection of fits as well as
secure functioning and interchangeability of the super precision
bearing, the dimensional, geometrical and positional tolerances that
have proved effective in many applications are compiled in tables.
For spindle bearings, see page 47 and tables, page 55, for cylindri-
cal roller bearings, see page 47 to 53, for axial angular contact ball
bearings, see page 51.
The mean roughness values Ra of the bearing seats must not be
exceeded, in order that the recommended fits remain within a
restricted change (burnishing). The generally valid rules of rolling
bearing engineering that take account of the direction and action
of loading, the rotation of the inner or outer ring and changes in the
fit due to temperature and centrifugal force must also be observed.

Geometrical and positional


tolerances of the shaft

d = nominal shaft diameter


d = small taper diameter
(= d + lower deviation,
see table, page 48 and page 49)
d1 = large taper diameter
d1 = d + 1/12 L
L = taper length L = 0,95 B
(bearing width)
t1 = cylindricity tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
t2 = roundness tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
t3 = flatness tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
t4 = axial runout tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
t5 = coaxiality tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
ATD = taper angle tolerance
according to DIN 7178
Ra = mean roughness
according to DIN ISO 4768

Figure 4
00094EBA

Geometrical and positional


tolerances of the shaft

46 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Spindle bearings and
axial bearings BAX
In order to make comprehensive use of the performance capability
of spindle bearings and axial bearings BAX, the adjacent construc-
tion must be of an appropriate design.
Recommendations for the machining tolerances of the shaft are
shown in the table.

Machining tolerances Nominal Deviation for d Cylin- Flat- Axial Coaxi- Mean
of the shaft shaft diameter dricity ness runout ality rough-
ness
d
mm m m m m m m
over incl. t1 t3 t4 t5 Ra
10 2 2 0,6 0,6 1 2,5 0,2
10 18 2,5 2,5 0,8 0,8 1,2 3 0,2
18 30 3 3 1 1 1,5 4 0,2
30 50 3,5 3,5 1 1 1,5 4 0,2
50 80 4 4 1,2 1,2 2 5 0,4
80 120 5 5 1,5 1,5 2,5 6 0,4
120 180 6 6 2 2 3,5 8 0,4
180 250 7 7 3 3 4,5 10 0,4
250 315 8 8 4 4 6 12 0,8
315 400 9 9 5 5 7 13 0,8
400 500 10 10 6 6 8 15 0,8
500 630 11 11 7 7 9 16 0,8
630 800 12 12 8 8 10 18 0,8

Super precision
cylindrical roller bearings
In order to make comprehensive use of the performance capacity
of super precision cylindrical roller bearings, the adjacent construc-
tion must be of an appropriate design.
Recommendations for the machining tolerances of the cylindrical
shaft (for super precision cylindrical roller bearings of tolerance
class SP or UP) are shown in the tables.

Tolerances of the cylindrical shaft Nominal Deviation for d Cylin- Flat- Runout Coaxi- Mean
for tolerance class SP shaft diameter dricity ness ality rough-
ness
d
mm m m m m m m
over incl. t1 t3 t4 t5 Ra
18 30 3 3 1 1 1,5 4 0,2
30 50 3,5 3,5 1 1 1,5 4 0,2
50 80 4 4 1,2 1,2 2 5 0,4
80 120 5 5 1,5 1,5 2,5 6 0,4
120 180 6 6 2 2 3,5 8 0,4
180 250 7 7 3 3 4,5 10 0,4
250 315 8 8 4 4 6 12 0,8
315 400 9 9 5 5 7 13 0,8
400 500 10 10 6 6 8 15 0,8
500 630 11 11 7 7 9 16 0,8
630 800 12 12 8 8 10 18 0,8

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 47
Tolerances

Tolerances of the cylindrical shaft Nominal Deviation for d Cylin- Flat- Runout Coaxi- Mean
for tolerance class UP shaft diameter dricity ness ality rough-
ness
d
mm m m m m m m
over incl. t1 t3 t4 t5 Ra
18 30 2 2 0,6 0,6 1 2,5 0,2
30 50 2 2 0,6 0,6 1 2,5 0,2
50 80 2,5 2,5 0,8 0,8 1,2 3 0,2
80 120 3 3 1 1 1,5 4 0,2
120 180 4 4 1,2 1,2 2 5 0,2
180 250 5 5 2 2 3 7 0,2
250 315 6 6 2,5 2,5 4 8 0,4
315 400 6,5 6,5 3 3 5 9 0,4
400 500 7,5 7,5 4 4 6 10 0,4
500 630 8 8 5 5 7 11 0,4
630 800 9 9 5 5 8 12 0,4

Recommendations for the machining tolerances of the tapered shaft


(for super precision cylindrical roller bearings of tolerance class SP
or UP) are shown in the tables.

Tolerances of the tapered shaft Nominal Deviation of small taper Round- Flat- Runout Mean
for tolerance class SP shaft diameter diameter1) ness ness rough-
(bearing bore) ness
d
mm m m m m m
over incl. t2 t3 t4 Ra
18 30 +73 +64 1 1 1,5 0,2
30 40 +91 +80 1 1 1,5 0,2
40 50 +108 +97 1 1 1,5 0,2
50 65 +135 +122 1,2 1,2 2 0,2
65 80 +159 +146 1,2 1,2 2 0,2
80 100 +193 +178 1,5 1,5 2,5 0,2
100 120 +225 +210 1,5 1,5 2,5 0,2
120 140 +266 +248 2 2 3,5 0,2
140 160 +298 +280 2 2 3,5 0,2
160 180 +328 +310 2 2 3,5 0,2
180 200 +370 +350 3 3 4,5 0,2
200 225 +405 +385 3 3 4,5 0,2
225 250 +445 +425 3 3 4,5 0,2
250 280 +498 +475 4 4 6 0,4
280 315 +548 +525 4 4 6 0,4
315 355 +615 +590 5 5 7 0,4
355 400 +685 +660 5 5 7 0,4
400 450 +767 +740 6 6 8 0,4
450 500 +847 +820 6 6 8 0,4
500 560 +928 +900 7 7 9 0,4
560 630 +1008 +980 7 7 9 0,4
630 710 +1092 +1060 8 8 10 0,4

1) In relation to the nominal shaft diameter d, see page 49.

48 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Tolerances of the tapered shaft Nominal Deviation of small taper Round- Flat- Runout Mean
for tolerance class UP shaft diameter diameter1) ness ness rough-
(bearing bore) ness
d
mm m m m m m
over incl. t2 t3 t4 Ra
18 30 +73 +64 0,6 0,6 1 0,2
30 40 +91 +80 0,6 0,6 1 0,2
40 50 +108 +97 0,6 0,6 1 0,2
50 65 +135 +122 0,8 0,8 1,2 0,2
65 80 +159 +146 0,8 0,8 1,2 0,2
80 100 +193 +178 1 1 1,5 0,2
100 120 +225 +210 1 1 1,5 0,2
120 140 +266 +248 1,2 1,2 2 0,2
140 160 +298 +280 1,2 1,2 2 0,2
160 180 +328 +310 1,2 1,2 2 0,2
180 200 +370 +350 2 2 3 0,2
200 225 +405 +385 2 2 3 0,2
225 250 +445 +425 2 2 3 0,2
250 280 +498 +475 2,5 2,5 4 0,4
280 315 +548 +525 2,5 2,5 4 0,4
315 355 +615 +590 3 3 5 0,4
355 400 +685 +660 3 3 5 0,4
400 450 +767 +740 4 4 6 0,4
450 500 +847 +820 4 4 6 0,4
500 560 +928 +900 5 5 7 0,4
560 630 +1008 +980 5 5 7 0,4
630 710 +1092 +1060 5 5 8 0,4

1) In relation to the nominal shaft diameter d, see section Calculation example.

For cylindrical roller bearings, the tolerance of the tapered shaft can
be calculated according to the following example.

Calculation example Bearing bore 70 mm


Tolerance class SP
Small
taper diameter d = d + lower deviation
= 70 mm + 0,146 mm = 70,146 mm
Tolerance = upper deviation lower deviation
= 0,159 mm 0,146 mm = (+) 0,013 mm
The taper angle tolerance ATD applies vertical to the axis and is
defined as the differential diameter.
When using FAG taper gauges MGK132, the ATD values stated should
be halved (inclination angle tolerance).
For taper lengths with nominal dimensions between the values
stated in the table, the taper angle tolerance ATD is determined by
means of interpolation.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 49
Tolerances

The deviation of the taper angle of the shaft seat for super precision
cylindrical roller bearings of tolerance class SP is shown in the table.

Deviation of taper angle Nominal taper length Taper angle tolerance


L ATD
mm m
LU LO ATDU ATDO
over incl.
16 25 +2 0 +3,2 0
25 40 +2,5 0 +4 0
40 63 +3,2 0 +5 0
63 100 +4 0 +6,3 0
100 160 +5 0 +8 0
160 250 +6,3 0 +10 0

Calculation example of the taper length of a shaft seat 50 mm,


tolerance class SP.

Taper angle tolerance ATD = +4 m.

50 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Axial angular contact ball bearings
(2344)
In order to make comprehensive use of the performance capacity
of double direction axial angular contact ball bearings, the adjacent
construction must be of an appropriate design.
Recommendations for the machining tolerances of the shaft
(for axial angular contact ball bearings of tolerance class SP or UP)
are shown in the tables.

Shaft design Nominal Deviation for d Cylin- Flatness Axial Mean


for tolerance class SP shaft diameter dricity runout rough-
d ness
mm m m m m m
over incl. t1 t3 t4 Ra
18 30 0 6 1 1 1,5 0,2
30 50 0 7 1 1 1,5 0,2
50 80 0 8 1,2 1,2 2 0,4
80 120 0 10 1,5 1,5 2,5 0,4
120 180 0 12 2 2 3,5 0,4
180 250 0 14 3 3 4,5 0,4
250 315 0 16 4 4 6 0,8
315 400 0 18 5 5 7 0,8
400 500 0 20 6 6 8 0,8

Shaft design Nominal Deviation for d Cylin- Flatness Axial Mean


for tolerance class UP shaft diameter dricity runout rough-
ness
d
mm m m m m m
over incl. t1 t3 t4 Ra
18 30 0 4 0,6 0,6 1 0,2
30 50 0 4 0,6 0,6 1 0,2
50 80 0 5 0,8 0,8 1,2 0,2
80 120 0 6 1 1 1,5 0,2
120 180 0 8 1,2 1,2 2 0,2
180 250 0 10 2 2 3 0,2
250 315 0 12 2,5 2,5 4 0,4
315 400 0 13 3 3 5 0,4
400 500 0 15 4 4 6 0,4

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 51
Tolerances

Geometrical and positional


tolerances of the housing

D = nominal housing bore diameter


t1 = cylindricity tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
t3 = flatness tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
t4 = axial runout tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
t5 = coaxiality tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
Ra = mean roughness
according to DIN ISO 4768

Figure 5

00094EC3
Geometrical and positional
tolerances of the housing

Spindle bearings Recommendations for the machining tolerance of the housing are
shown in the table. The tolerances are matched to bearing tolerance
class P4S.

Tolerances Nominal Deviation for D Cylin- Flat- Axial Coax- Mean


of the housing housing bore dric- ness runout iality rough-
diameter ity ness
D
mm m m m m m m
over incl. Locating Non-locating t1 t3 t4 t5 Ra
bearing bearing
10 18 +3 2 +7 +2 1,2 1,2 2 3 0,4
18 30 +4 2 +8 +2 1,5 1,5 2,5 4 0,4
30 50 +4 3 +10 +3 1,5 1,5 2,5 4 0,4
50 80 +5 3 +11 +3 2 2 3 5 0,4
80 120 +6 4 +14 +4 2,5 2,5 4 6 0,8
120 180 +8 4 +17 +5 3,5 3,5 5 8 0,8
180 250 +10 4 +21 +7 4,5 4,5 7 10 0,8
250 315 +12 4 +24 +8 6 6 8 12 1,6
315 400 +13 5 +27 +9 7 7 9 13 1,6
400 500 +15 5 +30 +10 8 8 10 15 1,6
500 630 +16 6 +33 +11 9 9 11 16 1,6
630 800 +18 6 +36 +12 10 10 12 18 1,6
800 1000 +21 7 +42 +14 11 11 14 21 1,6

52 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Super precision Recommendations for the machining tolerances of the housing
cylindrical roller bearings and (for super precision cylindrical roller bearings and axial angular
axial angular contact ball bearings contact ball bearings (2344) of tolerance class SP or UP) are shown
in the tables.

Housing design Nominal Deviation for D Cylin- Flat- Axial Coaxi- Mean
for tolerance class SP housing bore dricity ness runout ality rough-
diameter ness
D
mm m m m m m m
over incl. t1 t3 t4 t5 Ra
30 50 +2 9 1,5 1,5 2,5 4 0,4
50 80 +3 10 2 2 3 5 0,4
80 120 +2 13 2,5 2,5 4 6 0,8
120 180 +3 15 3,5 3,5 5 8 0,8
180 250 +2 18 4,5 4,5 7 10 0,8
250 315 +3 20 6 6 8 12 1,6
315 400 +3 22 7 7 9 13 1,6
400 500 +2 25 8 8 10 15 1,6
500 630 0 29 9 9 11 16 1,6
630 800 0 32 10 10 12 18 1,6
800 1000 0 36 11 11 14 21 1,6

Housing design Nominal Deviation for D Cylin- Flat- Axial Coaxi- Mean
for tolerance class UP housing bore dricity ness runout ality rough-
diameter ness
D
mm m m m m m m
over incl. t1 t3 t4 t5 Ra
30 50 +1 6 1 1 1,5 2,5 0,2
50 80 +1 7 1,2 1,2 2 3 0,4
80 120 +1 9 1,5 1,5 2,5 4 0,4
120 180 +1 11 2 2 3,5 5 0,4
180 250 0 14 3 3 4,5 7 0,4
250 315 0 16 4 4 6 8 0,8
315 400 +1 17 5 5 7 9 0,8
400 500 0 20 6 6 8 10 0,8
500 630 0 22 7 7 9 11 1,6
630 800 0 24 8 8 10 12 1,6
800 1000 0 27 9 9 11 14 1,6

Axial bearings BAX The machining tolerances of the housing are based on the cylindrical
roller bearing used, see tables, page 53.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 53
Tolerances

Geometrical and positional


tolerances of spacer sleeves

d2 = nominal spacer
sleeve bore diameter
D2 = nominal spacer
sleeve outside diameter
t1 = cylindricity tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
t4 = axial runout tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
t6 = parallelism tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
t7 = roundness tolerance
according to DIN ISO 1101
Ra = mean roughness
according to DIN ISO 4768

Figure 6

00094ECD
Geometrical and positional
tolerances of spacer sleeves

Recommendations for the machining tolerances of the inner and


outer spacer sleeve, see tables.
Unless stated otherwise in the drawing, both spacer sleeves should
be of the same length. The end faces of both sleeves should there-
fore be finish ground in a single clamping operation.

54 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Tolerances Nominal sleeve Deviation for d2 Cylin- Axial Paral- Radial Mean
of the inner spacer sleeve bore diameter dricity runout lelism runout rough-
ness1)
d2
mm m m m m m m
over incl. t1 t4 t6 t7 Ra
10 9 0 2,5 1 1 2,5 0,4
10 18 11 0 3 1,2 1,2 3 0,4
18 30 13 0 4 1,5 1,5 4 0,4
30 50 16 0 4 1,5 1,5 4 0,4
50 80 19 0 5 2 2 5 0,4
80 120 22 0 6 2,5 2,5 6 0,8
120 180 25 0 8 3,5 3,5 8 0,8
180 250 29 0 10 4,5 4,5 10 0,8
250 315 32 0 12 6 6 12 1,6
315 400 36 0 13 7 7 13 1,6
400 500 40 0 15 8 8 15 1,6
500 630 44 0 16 9 9 16 1,6
630 800 50 0 18 10 10 18 1,6

1) Including end faces.

Tolerances Nominal sleeve Deviation for D2 Cylin- Axial Parallel- Mean


of the outer spacer sleeve outside diameter dricity runout ism rough-
ness1)
D2
mm m m m m m
over incl. t1 t4 t6 Ra
10 18 6 17 3 2 1,2 0,4
18 30 7 20 4 2,5 1,5 0,4
30 50 9 25 4 2,5 1,5 0,4
50 80 10 29 5 3 2 0,4
80 120 12 34 6 4 2,5 0,8
120 180 14 39 8 5 3,5 0,8
180 250 15 44 10 7 4,5 0,8
250 315 17 49 12 8 6 1,6
315 400 18 54 13 9 7 1,6
400 500 20 60 15 10 8 1,6
500 630 22 66 16 11 9 1,6
630 800 24 74 18 12 10 1,6
800 1000 27 83 21 14 11 1,6

1) Including end faces.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 55
Tolerances

Spindle bearings
Fit as a function of speed FAG spindle bearings are suitable for the highest speeds. If grease
lubrication is used, it is possible to achieve speed parameters
of n dm to 2 106 mm/min and, in the case of oil lubrication,
even 3 106 mm/min and higher.
These speeds induce high centrifugal forces that act on the inner
rings and cause their expansion. Such expansion of the ring leads
to the inner ring lifting off the shaft and thus to clearance between
the inner ring and shaft.
This may have the following consequences:
fretting corrosion
rotation of the ring on the shaft
poor shaft guidance with an increased tendency towards
vibration
reduced bearing performance due to possible tilting.

Calculation of the interference This can be prevented by correspondingly tight fits on the shaft.
The necessary interference can be taken from the diagram or
calculated using BEARINX, Figure 7. The values calculated in this way
will give a fit under which there will still be interference of 1 m
at the highest speed.
The value fw can be taken from the following diagrams.
For the bearing types B, HCB, RS and HCRS, see Figure 8, page 57.
For the bearing types HS, HC and XC, see Figure 9, page 57.
High interference leads, particularly in the case of rigidly adjusted
bearings, to an increase in preload. In turn, this leads to increased
temperature in the bearing arrangement and to impaired speed
capacity. The increase in preload must be compensated by means
of appropriate measures.
At values fw n2 1,2 (red area), Figure 7, page 56, it is rec-
ommended that advice should be obtained from the Application
Engineering facilities of the Schaeffler Group.

U = interference, as a function of speed


n = speed
fW = factor for determining the fit
Solid shaft
Hollow shaft 50%
Hollow shaft 75%

Figure 7
00019529

Calculation of the interference


between the shaft and inner ring

56 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
fW = factor for determining the fit
between the inner ring and shaft,
as a function of speed
d = bearing bore
B70, RS70, HCRS70
B719, RS719, HCRS719
B72, HCB72 00016B6C

Figure 8
Factor fW for B, HCB, RS, HCRS

fW = factor for determining the fit


between the inner ring and shaft,
as a function of speed
d = bearing bore
HC70, HS70, XC70
HC719, HS719, XC719
00016B6D

Figure 9
Factor fW for HS, HC, XC
Example If fw n2
1,2, the shaft dimension is calculated as follows:

Given data Spindle bearing


HCS71914-E-T-P4S-UL
Speed n
16 000 min1
Inner ring actual dimension (the deviation from the actual
dimension is indicated on the bearing ring)
70 mm 3 m = 69,997 mm
Bore of hollow shaft
35 mm ( 50% of bore diameter)
Factor for determining the fit, as a function of the speed
for bearing types HS, HC and XC, Figure 9, page 57
fW = 4,30 109.

Calculation n2 fW = 1,1
With the value 1,1 and the curve , Figure 7, page 56, the necessary
interference is calculated as 9 m.
The actual dimension of the shaft must thus be 70,006 mm, in order
that the inner ring is still firmly seated on the shaft at a speed of
n = 16 000 min1.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 57
Tolerances

Super precision
cylindrical roller bearings and
axial bearings (2344)
Radial internal clearance The values in the table are valid for single and double row cylindrical
roller bearings with a tapered or cylindrical bore.
The internal clearance groups conform to DIN 620-4.

Radial internal clearance Nominal Internal clearance group


of bearings with tapered bore bore diameter
d C11) C22) CN2) C32)
mm m m m m
over incl. min. max. min. max. min. max. min. max.
24 30 15 25 20 45 35 60 45 70
30 40 15 25 20 45 40 65 55 80
40 50 17 30 25 55 45 75 60 90
50 65 20 35 30 60 50 80 70 100
65 80 25 40 35 70 60 95 85 120
80 100 35 55 40 75 70 105 95 130
100 120 40 60 50 90 90 130 115 155
120 140 45 70 55 100 100 145 130 175
140 160 50 75 60 110 110 160 145 195
160 180 55 85 75 125 125 175 160 210
180 200 60 90 85 140 140 195 180 235
200 225 60 95 95 155 155 215 200 260
220 250 65 100 105 170 170 235 220 285
250 280 75 110 115 185 185 255 240 310
280 315 80 120 130 205 205 280 265 340
315 355 90 135 145 225 225 305 290 370
355 400 100 150 165 255 255 345 330 420
400 450 110 170 185 285 285 385 370 470
450 500 120 190 205 315 315 425 410 520
500 560 130 210 230 350 350 470 455 575
560 630 140 230 260 380 380 500 500 620
630 710 160 260 295 435 435 575 565 705
Radial internal clearance without measurement load.
1) Bearings of accuracy SP and UP have a radial internal clearance C1.
The bearing rings are not interchangeable (NA).
2) The internal clearance groups C2, CN and C3 can be ordered using suffixes
for the accuracy SP and UP.
The bearing rings are interchangeable.

58 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Radial internal clearance Nominal Internal clearance group
of bearings with cylindrical bore bore diameter
d C11) C22) CN2) C32)
mm m m m m
over incl. min. max. min. max. min. max. min. max.
24 30 5 15 0 25 20 45 35 60
30 40 5 15 5 30 25 50 45 70
40 50 5 18 5 35 30 60 50 80
50 65 5 20 10 40 40 70 60 90
65 80 10 25 10 45 40 75 65 100
80 100 10 30 15 50 50 85 75 110
100 120 10 30 15 55 50 90 85 125
120 140 10 35 15 60 60 105 100 145
140 160 10 35 20 70 70 120 115 165
160 180 10 40 25 75 75 125 120 170
180 200 15 45 35 90 90 145 140 195
200 225 15 50 45 105 105 165 160 220
220 250 15 50 45 110 110 175 170 235
250 280 20 55 55 125 125 195 190 260
280 315 20 60 55 130 130 205 200 275
315 355 20 65 65 145 145 225 225 305
355 400 25 75 100 190 190 280 280 370
400 450 25 85 110 210 210 310 310 410
450 500 25 95 110 220 220 330 330 440
500 560 25 100 120 240 240 360 360 480
560 630 30 110 140 260 260 380 380 500
630 710 30 130 145 285 285 425 425 565
Radial internal clearance without measurement load.
1) Bearing of accuracy SP and UP have a radial internal clearance C1.
The bearing rings are not interchangeable (NA).
2) The internal clearance groups C2, CN and C3 can be ordered using suffixes
for the accuracy SP and UP.
The bearing rings are interchangeable.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 59
Speeds

The achievable speeds are dependent on the overall energy balance


in the system.
The decisive factors are:
the number of bearings
the arrangement of the bearings
the internal load (preload class)
the external load
the lubrication
the heat dissipation.

Spindle bearings
The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically
preloaded single bearings and are guide values that may deviate up
or down depending on the operating conditions. However, they give
an indication of the speed capacity under relatively low load and
when using elastically preloaded single bearings with good heat
dissipation.
The data for grease lubrication are valid when using the high speed
grease in the correct quantity.

Reduction factors The speed limits stated are reduced in the case of bearings fitted
with rigid preload or high preload (in order to achieve better rigidity
of the spindle) as well as in bearing pairs and bearing groups.
The speeds in the dimension tables must therefore be multiplied
by reduction factors. The factors fr to be used here are shown
in the table.

Speed reduction Bearing arrangement Bearing preload


for spindle bearing sets
L M H
Factor fr
Bearing spacing greater than twice bearing bore
0,85 0,75 0,5

0,8 0,7 0,5

0,75 0,65 0,45

Bearing spacing 0 up to bearing bore


0,75 0,6 0,35

0,65 0,5 0,3

0,65 0,5 0,3

0,72 0,57 0,37

0,54 0,4 0,25

60 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Super precision The limiting speeds nG given in the dimension tables are valid for
cylindrical roller bearings grease lubrication or minimal quantity oil lubrication and must not
be exceeded.
In the case of cylindrical roller bearings, the radial internal clearance
after mounting must be selected in accordance with the maximum
operating speed. Guide values are shown in the table.
Speeds nG grease and nG oil, see dimension tables.

Achievable speeds Single row cylindrical roller bearings


Clearance or preload Maximum achievable speed
m min1
5 to 0
0,75 nG grease
0 (clearance-free) 0,75 to 1,0 nG grease
0 to 5 1 to 1,1 nG grease
0 to 5 1,0 nG oil
Double row cylindrical roller bearings
Clearance or preload Achievable speed
m min1
5 to 0
0,50 nG grease
2 108 dM 0,50 to 0,75 nG grease
4 108 dM 0,75 to 1,0 nG grease
1 107 dM 1,0 nG oil
dM = (d + D)/2
These values are guide values for T up to 5 K between the inner and outer ring.
For use in applications with larger temperature differentials, for example in motor
spindles, please consult Schaeffler Application Engineering.

Axial angular Double direction axial angular contact ball bearings are suitable
contact ball bearings for moderate speeds.
For higher speeds, single row angular contact ball bearings of the
design BAX with a contact angle of 30 or optionally 40, are avail-
able, see TPI 202, Axial Bearings BAX. These bearings are fitted in
pairs and subjected to axial load only.
The speeds given in the dimension tables are valid for bearing pairs
with light preload. The speed reduction factor for the preload M is
0,80.

Speed parameter
Grease lubrication
Minimal quantity oil lubrication
00096772

Figure 1
Comparison of speed suitability

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 61
Rigidity

The axial and radial rigidity of a bearing arrangement is dependent


on the arrangement of the bearings and the preload. The rigidity
of the complete system is determined not only by the rigidity of the
bearing arrangement but also significantly by the rigidity of the shaft
and housing. In the application, the rigidity can be increased by
means of the mounting and operating conditions.

Axial rigidity The axial rigidity ca is the quotient of the axial load and axial
displacement.

ca N/m
Axial rigidity
Fa N
Axial force
a m
Axial displacement.

Values for the axial rigidity, see dimension tables for spindle
bearings, starting page 132, and for axial angular contact ball
bearings, starting page 228.
The axial rigidity ca and the lift-off force KaE of a bearing set under
concentrically acting axial force is shown in the table.

Axial rigidity Bearing arrangement Axial rigidity Lift-off force


of spindle bearing sets
ca1) KaE
N/m N
ca 3 FV

1,64 ca 6 FV

2 ca 6 FV

2,24 ca 9 FV

2,64 ca 9 FV

1) Values, see dimension tables.

The deflection of a spindle bearing set is almost linear up to the


lift-off force under which a bearing becomes free of load. The values
stated in the dimension tables for the axial rigidity ca are valid
for bearing pairs in an O or X arrangement.
The radial rigidity cr can be calculated approximately from the axial
rigidity ca using the following factors:
cr 6 ca for  = 15
cr 3,5 ca for  = 20
cr 2 ca for  = 25.
In sets with more than two bearings, there is an increase in the rigid-
ity values and the lift-off force. The approximation values for the axial
rigidity and lift-off force under a concentrically acting axial force are
shown in the table Axial rigidity of spindle bearing sets.

62 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Lift-off force The lift-off force KaE corresponds to an external axial load Fa above
which the preload ceases to have an effect. In the example,
bearing 2 is relieved of load and is thus free of preload, Figure 1.

FV = preload force
Fa = axial force
Fa1 = axial load on bearing 1
a1 = deflection of bearing 1
a10 = initial deflection of bearing 1
Fa1 = axial load on bearing 2
a2 = deflection of bearing 2
a20 = initial deflection of bearing 2
KaE = lift-off force
a = axial displacement

Bearing 1
Bearing 2
Deflection
Axial load

Figure 1

00016E32
Preload force,
axial load, lift-off force
Radial rigidity

cr N/m
Radial rigidity, see dimension tables
Fr N
Radial force
r m
Radial displacement.

The radial rigidity cr for sets under a radial force acting at the centre
of the set is calculated approximately from the radial rigidity of the
bearing pair according to the following table.

Radial rigidity Bearing arrangement Radial rigidity


of spindle bearing sets
cr
N/m
cr

1,36 cr

2 cr

1,6 cr

2,72 cr

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 63
Load carrying capacity and operating life

Operating life Super precision bearings must guide machine parts with high
of super precision bearings precision and must support forces securely at very high speeds.
The bearings are therefore selected predominantly according to
the criteria of accuracy, rigidity and running behaviour.
In order that they can fulfil these tasks securely, they must run
without wear. This requires the formation of a load-bearing hydrody-
namic lubricant film at the contact points of the rolling contact part-
ners. Under these conditions, the bearings will achieve their fatigue
life in a large number of applications.
If the design is appropriate to the fatigue life, the operating life
of the bearing is normally restricted by the lubricant operating life,
see also page 75.
The decisive factors for the operating life from the perspective of
load are the Hertzian pressures occurring at the contact points and
the bearing kinematics. For high performance spindle bearings, it is
therefore advisable to design the bearing arrangement individually
using specific calculation programs.
In practice, failure due to fatigue is not significant for these bearings.
Calculation of the rating life L10 in accordance with DIN ISO 281 is
therefore not an appropriate means of determining the operating
life. If the load ratio of super precision cylindrical roller bearings is
S0* 8, this fulfils the essential precondition for fatigue strength.

Fatigue strength In order to check fatigue strength, the load ratio S0* is calculated in
accordance with the following equation:

S0*
Load ratio for fatigue strength (dynamic load safety factor)
C0 N
Basic static load rating
P0*
The equivalent load P0* is calculated from the dynamic load forces
in accordance with the equation for the equivalent static load.

The minimum value for the load ratio S0* at which the essential pre-
condition for fatigue strength is fulfilled is dependent on the bearing
type and the material used for the components, see table.

Load ratio S0* Bearing Contact angle Contact angle Contact angle  = 25
type  = 15  = 20

B/HCB 8 12 8 10
HS/HC 8 12 8 10
RS/HCRS 8 11
XC 3 4 3 4

A more precise method is individual calculation of the Hertzian


pressures, see table, page 85, and checking of the bearing kinemat-
ics using a calculation program, see page 86.

64 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
If the other preconditions for an effective separating lubricant film
(viscosity ratio 2) and very high cleanliness are fulfilled,
calculation of the rating life is not necessary.
If these preconditions are not fulfilled, the influence of lubrication
and contamination on the operating life can be estimated by carrying
out manual calculation using an expanded rating life calculation
in accordance with ISO 281 or in accordance with DIN ISO 281
Appendix 4 for computer-aided methods.

Static load safety factor In super precision bearings, static loading such as the tool ejection
force is rarely checked.
Whether the static load carrying capacity of a bearing is sufficient
for a given static load, can be checked with the aid of the static load
safety factor S0.
The parameter for static loading is the static load safety factor S0.

S0
Static load safety factor
C0 N
Basic static load rating
P0 N
Equivalent dynamic bearing load for combined load,
see section Equivalent static bearing load.

In order to utilise the high accuracy of the bearings, the static load
safety factor S0 must be as follows:
spindle bearings: S0 2
for hybrid bearings, S0 1 is only possible with an extremely
short-lived and concentrically acting axial load (tool ejection
force)
super precision cylindrical roller bearings: S0 3
axial angular contact ball bearings: S0 2,5
axial bearings BAX: S0 2.

Equivalent static bearing load The equivalent static bearing load P0 is determined from the axial
and radial loads acting on the bearing.
It induces the same load at the centre point of the most heavily
loaded contact point between the rolling element and raceway as
the combined bearing load occurring in practice. The load carrying
capacity of the most heavily loaded bearing must be checked.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 65
Load carrying capacity and operating life

Spindle bearings Universal bearings can support axial loads in one direction as well as
radial loads.
For bearings under static loading, the following applies:
Spindle bearings Load ratio Equivalent static load
with contact angle 15
P0 = F0r

P0 = 0,5 F0r + 0,46 F0a

Spindle bearings Load ratio Equivalent static load


with contact angle 20
P0 = F0r

P0 = 0,5 F0r + 0,42 F0a

Spindle bearings Load ratio Equivalent static load


with contact angle 25
P0 = F0r

P0 = 0,5 F0r + 0,38 F0a

F0a N
Axial static bearing load
F0r N
Radial static bearing load
P0 N
Equivalent static bearing load for combined load.

Super precision Super precision cylindrical roller bearings can support radial forces
cylindrical roller bearings only.
For bearings under static loading, the following applies:

P0 N
Equivalent static bearing load
F0r N
Radial static bearing load.

Axial angular contact ball bearings Axial angular contact ball bearings can support axial forces only.
For bearings under static loading, the following applies:

P0a N
Equivalent static bearing load
F0a N
Axial static bearing load.

66 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Axial bearings BAX Axial bearings BAX can support axial forces only.
For bearings under static loading, the following applies: P0 = Fa.

Contact angle Description Load Equivalent static load


Bearings with contact angle 30 Fa P0 = 0,33 Fa
Bearings with contact angle 40 Fa P0 = 0,26 Fa
Fa N
Axial bearing load
P0 N
Equivalent static bearing load for combined load.

Distribution of load Where there are several bearings at one bearing position, the exter-
over several bearings nal load is distributed over the individual bearings, see table.
The load carrying capacity of the most heavily loaded bearing must
be checked.
This must be based on the radial and axial loads acting on the
specific bearing position, which must be calculated from the exter-
nal loads and the spacings between the loading point and bearing
positions.

Distribution of load Arrangement Proportion of load


on most heavily loaded bearing
Fa Fr
% %
100 60

100 60

50 60

50 60

33 60

33 60

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 67
Lubrication

Principles Lubrication and maintenance are important in order to achieve relia-


ble function, an adequate operating life, wear-free running and a low
vibration level in super precision bearings. An essential precondition
here is the formation of a lubricant film that separates the rolling
contact partners at their contact points.
In order to achieve this:
It must be ensured that lubricant is present at all contact points
and at all times.
The lubrication method defined must be appropriate to the
required speed.
A lubricant with the correct characteristics must be selected.

Selection of the type It should be determined as early as possible in the design process
of lubrication whether bearings should be lubricated using grease or oil.
The decisive factor is the maximum operating speed required.
This catalogue states, for each bearing, the maximum speeds for the
two most important lubrication methods used with super precision
bearings, grease lubrication and minimal quantity oil lubrication,
see dimension tables. These speeds are valid for single bearings and
must be recalculated in the case of rigidly preloaded bearing
arrangements by multiplication with the reduction factors, see table,
page 60.

Criteria for grease lubrication Grease lubrication is predominantly used for super precision
bearings.
This is a simple means of providing advantages such as:
low friction
lubrication for life
very little design work required
low system costs.

Criteria for oil lubrication Minimal quantity oil lubrication is used when the spindle speed
is too high for grease lubrication. If high speed parameters are to
be applied over long intervals, it may be advisable to use minimal
quantity oil lubrication in order to achieve the required lubricant
operating life. This may also be appropriate in those cases where
grease lubrication would still be possible according to the achiev-
able speed parameter for lubrication since the achievable grease
operating life decreases with increasing speed, Figure 3, page 75.

Optimised lubricants In consideration of the bearing as a complete system, the lubricant


plays an important role. The decision between grease and oil lubri-
cation has a significant influence on the system costs.
The objective of Schaeffler is to facilitate and as appropriate drive
forward the reliable application of grease lubrication up to very high
speeds. Before a lubricant is approved for use in the bearing, it is
subjected to a very stringent approval process. The calculations and
suitability tests relating to the application-specific requirements,
such as a spindle running at high speed, are particularly important
for the temperature and running-in behaviour.
The result of this demanding process is an approved product
specification for the particular lubricant and precise compliance
with the specification is ensured by ongoing assessments.

68 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Lubricant viscosity The condition of the lubricant film is determined by the viscosity
ratio , which is defined as the quotient of the operating viscosity 
and the reference viscosity 1.


Viscosity ratio
 mm2 s1
Kinematic viscosity of the lubricant at operating temperature
1 mm2 s1
Reference viscosity of the lubricant at operating temperature.
The reference viscosity 1 is a function of the bearing size and speed.
Calculation of the value: Figure 1.

The operating viscosity is the actual viscosity of the lubricant


during operation. It is a function of the operating temperature and
the basic viscosity of the lubricant and can be determined from
the V/T diagram, Figure 2, page 70.
In the case of greases, the viscosity of the base oil is used.
For successful operation, the aim should be to achieve a viscosity
at operating temperature that is at least twice as high as the refer-
ence viscosity, = /1 2. Higher viscosity ratios do not give any
further improvement in the lubricant film but do have the effect
of increasing friction.

1 = reference viscosity
dM = mean bearing diameter
n = speed
00016C14

Figure 1
Reference viscosity 1

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 69
Lubrication

 = operating viscosity
 = operating temperature
40 = viscosity at +40 C
00016C15

Figure 2
V/T diagram
Grease lubrication Development in greases and bearings has led to an enormous
improvement in performance, principally in relation to the achieva-
ble speeds. It is now possible to achieve speed parameters n dM
of up to 2 000 000 min1 mm.
The use of spindle bearings already greased for life and sealed
brings further advantages, such as very high cleanliness, since the
interior of the bearing is protected. It also gives simplified mounting.

70 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Greases Many of the rolling bearings supplied by Schaeffler Technologies
with special suitability have a grease filling. In mechanical-dynamic tests, the greases used
have proved particularly suitable for the application. An overview
of suitable FAG greases for super precision bearings is shown in the
table.

Greases Greases Designation


for super precision bearings
L252 L055 L298
Identifier KHCP2/3K40 KPHC2N30 KPHCP3P40
according to DIN 51825
Thickener Lithium complex Lithium Polycarbamide
Base oil PAO and PAO and PAO and
ester oil mineral oil ester oil
Base oil viscosity +40 C 25 85 55
at +100 C 5 12,5 9
NLGI class 2 to 3 2 3
Maximum operating 80 80 110
temperature1)
C
Speed parameter n dM2) 2 000 000 800 000 1300 000
min1 mm
Specific mass 0,94 0,9 0,86
g/cm3
Application as high speed high pressure high tempera-
grease grease ture grease

1) Without minimisation of service life.


2) The speed parameter n dM is the product of the mean bearing diameter and
the speed (values apply for point contact).

L252 High speed greases have been developed for operation in spindles
for machine tools. This class of greases includes the FAG high speed
grease L252. This grease is the current standard grease for spindle
bearings, due to the achievable speeds and the suitability for the
typical temperature range in machine tools.

L298 L298 is a high temperature grease that, due to its higher base oil
viscosity, is used at continuous temperatures up to approx. +110 C.

L055 L055 is a high pressure grease that has proved extremely effective
in the end bearings of ball screw drives, in indexing table bearings
and for example also in tailstock lathe centre bearing arrangements.

Standard greasing In the case of sealed bearings supplied with standard greasing,
the grease grade is not stated on the packaging or on the bearing.
Open bearings supplied greased with high speed grease are ident-
ical by the application-oriented grease group GA21 on the bearing
and on the packaging. In the case of these bearings, Schaeffler
Technologies reserves the right to change the grease grade without
a change in designation on the precondition that the grease fulfils
the requirements of the application-oriented grease group GA21 in
relation to speed capacity, operating temperature and life.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 71
Lubrication

Grease quantities The individual bearing series require different grease quantities.
The recommendations are matched to the space within the bearing
that is not disturbed by rotating parts, see tables. Guidelines on
greasing, see page 95.

Recommended grease quantities Bore code Bearing series


for spindle bearings
Grease quantity
cm3
HS719 HS70 B719 B70 B72
HC719 HC70 HCB719 HCB70 HCB72
XC719 XC70 RS719 RS70
HCRS719 HCRS70
FD
6 0,12 0,04
7 0,13 0,06
8 0,17 0,11
9 0,21 0,10
00 0,17 0,26 0,09 0,17 0,26
01 0,18 0,28 0,10 0,21 0,36
02 0,28 0,46 0,17 0,32 0,48
03 0,32 0,58 0,17 0,42 0,68
04 0,58 0,98 0,36 0,76 1,12
05 0,68 1,14 0,40 0,86 1,44
06 0,92 1,72 0,42 1,12 2,10
07 1,18 2,20 0,64 1,74 3,00
08 1,62 2,60 1,36 2,35 3,80
09 2,10 3,65 1,60 3,00 4,55
10 2,35 4,00 1,74 3,30 5,45
11 3,40 5,95 2,20 4,60 6,50
12 3,60 6,40 2,50 4,95 8,00
13 3,90 6,80 2,65 5,30 9,35
14 5,80 9,20 4,35 7,10 10,80
15 6,10 9,70 4,60 7,50 12,90
16 7,00 12,80 4,90 9,65 12,30
17 8,55 13,40 6,80 10,30 18,30
18 9,40 17,70 7,10 13,30 19,10
19 9,85 18,40 7,45 13,90 26,10
20 12,80 19,20 9,70 14,60 27,20
21 13,30 24,60 10,10 15,00 36,30
22 14,70 28,20 10,40 21,90 43,90
24 17,90 30,30 14,20 23,60 38,80
26 24,00 43,70 18,10 36,10 41,90
28 25,60 46,30 19,30 38,30 58,60
30 37,80 57,10 28,40 44,70 81,30
32 39,90 69,70 30,00 58,20 102,90
34 31,70 65,30 120,40
36 47,40 94,90 125,70
38 50,00 99,10 155,40
The spindle bearings HS, HC and XC are available greased and sealed as HSS,
HCS and XCS.
The spindle bearings B719, B70 and some bearings of series B72 are also
available greased and sealed, design 2RSD, see dimension tables.

72 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Recommended grease quantities Bore code Bearing series
for spindle bearings
Grease quantity
(continued)
cm3
HS719 HS70 B719 B70 B72
HC719 HC70 HCB719 HCB70 HCB72
XC719 XC70 RS719 RS70
HCRS719 HCRS70
FD
40 70,60 118,30 187,80
44 68,30 172,60 250,10
48 73,70 185,30
52 118,20 267,00
56 126,00 283,90
60 204,50
The spindle bearings HS, HC and XC are available greased and sealed as HSS,
HCS and XCS.
The spindle bearings B719, B70 and some bearings of series B72 are also
available greased and sealed, design 2RSD, see dimension tables.

Recommended grease quantities Bore code Bearing series


for cylindrical roller bearings
Grease quantity
cm3
N10 N19 NN30 NNU49
06 0,69 0,76
07 0,91 0,95
08 1,15 1,14
09 1,44 1,61
10 1,56 0,81 1,74
11 2,25 1,05 2,55
12 2,45 1,13 2,70
13 2,60 1,20 2,85
14 3,10 2,05 4,20 2,90
15 3,30 2,20 4,45 3,10
16 4,30 2,30 6,10 3,25
17 4,50 3,15 6,40 4,50
18 5,75 3,30 7,85 4,75
19 6,00 3,45 8,20 4,95
20 6,20 4,05 8,50 6,25
21 7,75 4,25 10,60 6,50
22 8,50 4,45 13,70 6,75
24 9,05 5,85 15,90 10,10
26 14,90 7,65 21,20 13,60
28 15,70 8,05 24,10 12,10
30 19,00 12,00 29,30 21,20
32 23,00 12,60 37,20 22,40
34 30,80 13,30 48,80 23,60
36 38,30 19,10 63,50 32,70
38 55,80 20,00 67,40 34,20

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 73
Lubrication

Recommended grease quantities Bore code Bearing series


for cylindrical roller bearings
Grease quantity
(continued)
cm3
N10 N19 NN30 NNU49
40 67,90 29,70 86,70 54,50
44 72,50 32,10 110,10 59,00
48 112,50 34,50 127,50 63,60
52 119,10 52,60 177,30 109,50
56 157,70 55,90 196,70 116,60

Grease quantities only valid for greases in accordance with GA21:


Recommended grease quantities Bore code Bore diameter Bearing series
for axial bearings BAX with TPA cage
Grease quantity
and double direction axial angular
contact ball bearings cm3
BAX 2344
mm
06 30 3,90
07 35 5,00
08 40 6,10
09 45 7,80
10 50 3,26 8,35
11 55 4,84 12,20
12 60 5,22 12,20
13 65 5,6 13,30
14 70 7,34 17,80
15 75 7,78 18,90
16 80 10,76 25,60
17 85 11,3 27,80
18 90 14,14 38,90
19 95 15,1 38,90
20 100 15,76 44,40
21 105 21,1 61,10
22 110 26,3 61,10
24 120 28,35 66,70
26 130 41,5 105,60
28 140 44,25 116,70
30 150 54,7 138,90
32 160 68,2 172,20
34 170 92,3 227,80
36 180 119 316,70
38 190 124,6 311,10
40 200 166,3 411,10
44 220 522,20
48 240 622,20
52 260 833,30
56 280 850,00

74 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Grease operating life The grease operating life is the period during which the bearing
function is maintained by the lubricant introduced.
It is dependent on the following factors:
the grease quantity
the grease type
the bearing type
the speed
the temperature
the mounting, operating and environmental conditions.
The grease operating life F10 must be taken into consideration as
the decisive factor in many applications instead of the fatigue life.
The grease operating life is dependent on the bearing-specific speed
parameter kf n dM, Figure 3.

00019F20
F10 = grease operating life
kf n dM = bearing-specific
speed parameter
kf = factor for bearing type
n = operating speed or
equivalent speed
dM = mean bearing diameter
Steel bearing
Hybrid bearing
Cronidur bearing

Figure 3
Grease operating life F10

Factor kf, Bearing type Factor


as a function of bearing type kf
Spindle bearings with contact angle 15 0,75
20 0,8
25 0,9
Super precision cylindrical roller bearings Single row 1
Double row 2
Double direction axial angular contact ball bearings 2,5

Unfavourable operating and environmental conditions such as


moisture, vibrations and air flows through the bearings must be
taken into consideration as appropriate.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 75
Lubrication

Where operation is at varying speeds for known time periods,


the total grease operating life can be calculated according to
the following formula:

F10 tot h
Total grease operating life
n
Number of load cases
qi %
Time periods
F10 i h
Grease operating life for individual speeds in speed duty cycle.

If a grease operating life 3 is required, this should be discussed


with the lubricant manufacturer.

Grease distribution cycle In order to distribute the grease, start/stop operation is


recommended. This prevents high detrimental temperatures at
the contact point. During the stop phase, the temperatures of
the individual bearing components are levelled out, preventing
detrimental increases in preload.
It is recommended that the temperature should be monitored during
the grease distribution cycle as well as during the subsequent
continuous running. The temperature sensor should be mounted as
close as possible to the outer ring.
A progressive increase in temperature must be avoided at all costs.
This will occur, for example, if there is an excessive increase in
preload.

Running-in process Grease distribution is completed once a stable bearing temperature


has been achieved.
Recommendations for the grease distribution cycle of super pre-
cision bearings, Figure 4.
The running-in process comprises several cycles of start/stop oper-
ation at different speeds and for different running times, while the
stationary times after each cycle are very important. The number of
cycles required may vary according to the bearing size, the number
of bearings, the maximum speed and the bearing environment.
Further cycles should be carried out for an increased running time
and with a shortened stationary time until the equilibrium tempera-
ture is achieved.

76 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Speed
Running and stationary times
Running time
Stationary time
Time 11 min, 40 s
Time 56 min, 40 s

Figure 4
00016C1F

Grease distribution cycle for open


and sealed spindle bearings
Oil lubrication For the lubrication of super precision bearings, fully synthetic oils
with high pressure capacity are essentially suitable.
Oils in accordance with the designation ISO VG 68 + EP have proved
effective here. This means that the oil has a nominal viscosity of
68 mm2/s at +40 C and Extreme Pressure additives.

Lubrication methods
Minimal quantity oil lubrication Lubrication of FAG spindle bearings requires very little oil. Quantities
of the order of magnitude of approx. 100 mm3/h are sufficient if it
can be ensured that all the rolling and sliding surfaces are coated
with oil. Such minimal quantity lubrication gives only small friction
losses.
Minimal quantity oil lubrication is used when the spindle speed
is too high for grease lubrication. The standard method is now
pneumatic oil lubrication. Speeds achieved with minimal quantity
lubrication, see dimension tables.
Guide values for the oil quantity in pneumatic oil lubrication are
shown in Figure 5. Specific flow conditions in the bearing arrange-
ment can have a significant influence on the oil quantity. For hybrid
bearings, the upper part of the range is always more applicable,
while steel bearings tend to fall within the lower part of the range.
Oil quantities for super precision cylindrical roller bearings with
pneumatic oil lubrication are shown in Figure 6, page 78.

Q = oil quantity
d = bearing bore

Figure 5
00019D40

Oil quantity for spindle bearings


with pneumatic oil lubrication

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 77
Lubrication

Q = oil quantity
d = bearing bore
Oil quantity for cylindrical roller bearings
with ceramic rollers and ribs on inner ring
Bearing with ribs on inner ring and
n dM  106 min1 mm
Bearing with ribs on outer ring and
n dM  600 000 min1 mm

Figure 6
Oil quantity for cylindrical 00019D35
roller bearings
with pneumatic oil lubrication
Spindle bearings B, HCB, HS, HC, XC, RS and HCRS are also available
in the Direct Lube design.

Recommendations Feature Recommendation


for pneumatic oil lubrication Air cleanliness Particle size max. 1 m
Dryness of air Dew point at +2 C
Air pressure in the feed pipe 3 bar

Nozzle design Recommendation for nozzle diameter = 0,5 mm to 1 mm


Provide individual nozzles for each bearing
One nozzle per 150 mm pitch circle circumference
Feed parallel to the spindle axis between the inner ring rib and
cage bore.

Injection pitch circle diameter Injection pitch circle diameter Etk, see dimension tables
In cylindrical roller bearings with a PVPA1 cage, there are two
injection pitch circle diameters, depending on the injection side,
see page 196.

Feed pipes Inside diameter 2 mm to 2,5 mm


Flexible and transparent plastic pipe, allowing visible oil flow
on the inner wall of the pipe.

Length At least 1 m, optimally 4 m, up to approx. 10 m


Coiling with approx. five turns
Centre axis horizontal or inclined at an angle up to 30
Not more than approx. 500 mm to the nozzle
When lubrication is stopped, oil collects in the bottom
of the turns and is rapidly available at restart. As a result,
there is only a short delay when starting the spindle.

Oil outlets On both sides of each bearing


Accumulation of oil can cause hot running
In the case of vertical spindles, provide an outlet under each
bearing so that the other bearings arranged below are not
overlubricated. Diameter of outlet hole preferably 5 mm.
All outlet holes from all bearings on one spindle must be linked
to each other in order to equalise pressures.
Further information can be obtained from the manufacturers of
pneumatic oil lubrication devices.

78 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Pneumatic oil lubrication devices Oil quantities per injection cycle Injection cycles per hour
mm3
3, 5, 10, (30, 60, 100) 6 to 10 times

Requisite cleanliness In super precision bearings, cleanliness at the contact surfaces plays
an important role since contaminants strongly promote wear and
thus reduce the operating life.
Guide values for lubricant cleanliness in bearings with oil lubrication
are derived from hydraulic conditions and can be seen in the tables.
In bearings with grease lubrication, the highest level of cleanliness
is present in practice if the bearings are already greased by
the manufacturer and sealed by means of sealing washers.

Recommended oil purity classes (D d)/2 Requisite Requisite Maximum size


with point contact oil purity class filter retention rate of overrolled
in accordance with in accordance with particles1)
ISO 4406 ISO 4572
mm m
incl. 12,5 11/8 3 200 10
over 12,5 12/9 3 200 15
incl. 20
over 20 13/10 3 75 25
incl. 35
over 35 14/11 3 75 40

1) The data are correct if, in the heavily loaded raceway area, no large particles
with a hardness 50 HRC are overrolled.

Recommended oil purity classes (D d)/2 Requisite Requisite Maximum size


with line contact oil purity class filter retention rate of overrolled
in accordance with in accordance with particles
ISO 4406 ISO 4572
mm m
incl. 12,5 12/9 3 200 20
over 12,5 13/10 3 75 25
incl. 20
over 20 14/11 3 75 40
incl. 35
over 35 14/11 3 75 75

The oil purity class as an indicator of the probability of overrolling by


life-reducing particles in the bearing can be determined using speci-
mens, for example by filter manufacturers and institutes. The purity
classes are achieved when the total circulating oil quantity runs once
through the filter in a few minutes.
A filter retention rate of 3 200 means, for example, that only one
out of 200 particles 3 m passes the filter in the so-called multi-
pass test.
Filters coarser than 3 75 can have detrimental consequences
for the other subassemblies in the oil circuit.
Before mounting of the bearing arrangement, the feed lines must be
flushed in order to ensure good cleanliness.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 79
Operating temperature

Spindle bearings Spindle bearings are suitable for operating temperatures of 30 C


to +100 C, restricted by the lubricant as well as the seal and cage
material.
The FAG high performance grease for sealed spindle bearings is
suitable up to a continuous temperature of +80 C.

Super precision The bearings can be used at operating temperatures of 30 C to


cylindrical roller bearings +100 C (or higher depending on the cage design).

Axial angular contact Axial angular contact ball bearings can be used at operating tem-
ball bearings peratures of 30 C to +100 C (or higher depending on the cage
design).
Note the information on the operating temperatures of greases,
see page 68.

80 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Design and examples
of bearing arrangements

Design and applications In practical application, a large number of different spindle bearing
arrangements are used. The selection and arrangement are deter-
mined by their specific use in turning, milling and grinding or in high
frequency motor spindles. The design of the bearing arrangement is
also influenced in relation to the bearing size and bearing type by the
operating conditions. Finally, consideration of the cost-effectiveness
of various technical design possibilities also plays a major role.
The bearing arrangement must run clearance-free and normally
with preload in operation in order to fulfil the high accuracy require-
ments (P4 and above). In addition, very high speeds are required
(with grease lubrication, up to n dM = 2 106 min1 mm and with
pneumatic oil lubrication up to n dM = 3,1 106 min1 mm)
at the lowest possible operating temperatures. This requires the use
of super precision bearings and correspondingly accurate adjacent
parts.
The following guidelines are intended to assist in the selection
of bearings and bearing arrangements.
The following aspects are considered:
preload
rigidity
bearing contact angle
ball size and material
distance between the bearings
sealing
stages in bearing arrangement design
comparison of bearing arrangements
examples of bearing arrangements.

Preload Rigidly adjusted bearing arrangements, especially those with a short


spacing between the bearings, react with a high degree of sensitivity
to temperatures between the shaft and housing, since the preload
within the bearing set may increase sharply and the bearing sets may
brace against each other if the sliding seat does not function.
Radial bracing may occur in particular with spindle bearings having
a contact angle of 15. This also applies to cylindrical roller bearings
or non-locating bearing pairs with a sliding seat.
In contrast, rigid bearing arrangements with a large spacing between
the bearings, elastically adjusted bearing arrangements and
bearings with a contact angle of 20 or 25 are less sensitive.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 81
Design and examples
of bearing arrangements

Bearings with ceramic rolling elements generally have lower


operating temperatures. Furthermore, the increase in the preload
in the rigid system with increasing T is smaller in this case than
with steel balls.
For rigidly preloaded bearing arrangements, speed reduction factors
must be applied, see page 60.
In bearing arrangements adjusted by springs or hydraulic means,
the stated speeds are achieved due to the lower thermal sensitivity,
see dimension tables. In bearings with a contact angle of 15, the T
between the shaft and housing may restrict the speed.
For the springs, a preload force is selected that corresponds to at
least the mean bearing preload M, see table, page 60.

Axial angular contact ball bearings In axial angular contact ball bearings, the preload is determined by
the spacer ring arranged between the two shaft locating washers.

Rigidity The rigidity of the bearing arrangement system is influenced by the


shaft diameter, the number of bearings, the bearing size, the preload
and the contact angle.

Contact angle and rigidity The rigidity of a bearing set is dependent on the arrangement of
the bearings and the preload. The rigidity of the complete system is
determined not only by the rigidity of the bearing arrangement but
also significantly by the rigidity of the shaft and housing.
Bearings with a 15 contact angle have only 45% of the axial rigidity
of bearings with a 25 contact angle but their radial rigidity is higher
by only 10%. Calculation of the radial and axial rigidity, see page 62.
If the spindle bearing arrangement and boom is considered as a
complete system, the total rigidity of a bearing arrangement with
25 bearings is normally better in a radial direction due to the wider
support spacing than in one with 15 bearings. A bearing arrange-
ment with 20 bearings offers a good intermediate value in this case.

Rigidity The rigidity of a rigidly preloaded bearing arrangement increases


of a preloaded bearing arrangement during mounting due to the influence of fit compared with the cata-
logue data. In operation, it generally increases further due to the
expansion of the ring as a result of centrifugal force at high speeds
and due to the thermally induced radial expansion of the shaft and
inner ring.

82 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Bearing contact angle The available contact angles of the spindle bearings have different
advantages and areas of application, see table.

Contact angles, Advantages Contact angle


advantages and applications and
15 20 25
applications
Advantages Radial rigidity Good axial and Axial rigidity
Radial load radial rigidity Radial system
carrying Combined loads rigidity
capacity Very high speeds Axial load carrying
Somewhat at high T capacity
higher speed Combined axial
at small T and radial load
carrying capacity
High permissible
T between inner
ring and outer ring
Applications Grinding Milling at high Lathes
machines output Milling machines
Precision Machining Drilling machines
machining centres
Machining centres
equipment Motor spindles
Motor spindles
Bearing
arrangement
on belt side

Bearing selection Spindle bearings with a B or RS in the designation are filled with
according to ball size and large balls while the other types have small balls.
material Bearings with large balls have a higher load carrying capacity and are
therefore more suitable for high loads than bearings with small balls.
The latter should be selected in preference for high speeds.

Ceramic Bearings with ceramic rolling elements have additional speed


advantages.

Bearing rings made from Cronidur Bearings with rings made from Cronidur 30 and ceramic rolling
elements are available in the design XC with small balls.

Specifications for bearing selection Bearing selection is aided by a comparison of the specifications and
performance data of spindle bearings, see table.

Comparison of bearing designs Ball Ball size Bearing Load Speed Service life
material type carrying suitability
capacity
Steel Large B High Medium Good
Steel Large RS High High Good
Steel Small HS Medium High Better
Ceramic Large HCB Medium High Much better
Ceramic Large HCRS Medium Highest Much better
Ceramic Small HC Low Highest Best
Ceramic Small XC Premium Premium Premium

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 83
Design and examples
of bearing arrangements

Selection of the optimum In rigidly preloaded bearing arrangements, it is recommended that


bearing spacing a thermally neutral bearing spacing is selected at which the effects
of the radial and axial thermal expansion of the shaft in relation to
the influence on preload are compensated.
This thermally optimum bearing spacing L corresponds for spindle
bearings with a 25 contact angle to approx. three times and with
a 20 contact angle to four times the shaft diameter d; in bearings
with a 15 contact angle, L is approx. 5 d, where the axial thermal
expansion often takes effect too slowly due to the long bearing
spacing. Such an approach is not very advisable in practice.

Sealing Main spindle bearing arrangements must be effectively sealed,


especially at the spindle nose. If a non-contact labyrinth seal with
a protective collar, narrow radial gaps (to h8/C9), wide axial gaps
(gap width 3 mm) and outlet holes is required due to the high
speeds, complete sealing integrity against cooling lubricant,
swarf and dust must be ensured during rotation and standstill.
When using grease lubrication, sealed bearings assist the effect of
the labyrinth and prevent air flows through the bearing arrangement.
Solutions with labyrinth seals for horizontal and vertical spindles are
shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2.

Figure 1
00016C36

Labyrinth seal
for horizontal spindle

Figure 2
00016C37

Labyrinth seal
for vertical spindle

84 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Stages In the design of a spindle bearing arrangement, the following stages
in bearing arrangement design must be performed:
1. Define the operating conditions (speeds, forces, time periods,
spacings and diameters, temperatures, environmental
influences).
2. Select the arrangement of bearings on the basis of the appli-
cation and the requirements, see table, page 88.
3. Determine the lubrication, see page 68.
4. Select the bearing type and bearing size on the basis of speed
suitability, design envelope and lubrication.
5. Check the grease operating life, Figure 3, page 75.
6. Calculate the load distribution on the bearings.
7. Check the fatigue strength of the bearing arrangement,
see page 64.

Bearing design If a calculation program is available, the following stages can also be
using a calculation program performed:
Calculate the bearing kinematics (spin/roll ratio, ball advance
and retardation) and pressures (p0) and compare with the design
limits.
Assess the rating life taking account of lubrication and
cleanliness.
Calculate the bending line, deflections and rigidity.
Calculate the natural frequencies or critical whirling speeds.
Optimise the bearing arrangement.
Schaeffler also offers calculations by agreement as a service. It is
advisable in this case to submit the complete bearing arrangement
data using the template for bearing arrangement calculations in the
appendix of the catalogue. This form is also available for download
at www.fag.de

Design limits Criteria Limit values


Spin/roll ratio max. 0,5
Maximum ball advance and Dependent on the internal design of the bearing
ball retardation
Hertzian pressures Fatigue strength limits:
Point contact with 100Cr6: 2 000 MPa
with Cronidur 30: 2 500 MPa
Line contact with 100Cr6: 1 500 MPa
with Cronidur 30: 1 900 MPa

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 85
Design and examples
of bearing arrangements

Design of main spindles


using BEARINX
Assistance As early as the development phase, Schaeffler offers its customers
in rolling bearing design the support they require for the reliable application of super pre-
cision bearings.
A key component in design work is the design of the rolling bearings.
For this purpose, Schaeffler has been successfully using calculation
programs for more than thirty years.
The computer-aided examination of rolling bearing behaviour under
realistically modelled operating conditions in the design phase
helps to speed up development work and contributes to higher oper-
ational security.

BEARINX a leading In BEARINX, Schaeffler Technologies has developed one of the leading
calculation program programs for the calculation of rolling bearings. It facilitates the
detailed analysis of rolling bearing arrangements, from individual
bearings to complex shaft systems, transmissions and linear guid-
ance systems. The complete calculation is carried out in a consistent
calculation model. Even for extensive applications, the contact
pressure at each individual rolling element is included in the
calculation.
The current version of BEARINX includes a special module for calcu-
lation of spindle bearings. The functional scope of BEARINX incorpo-
rates the influences of centrifugal force on load distribution and
the running behaviour of rolling elements in angular contact ball
bearings.
BEARINX takes account of factors including:
the non-linear elastic deflection behaviour of the bearings
the elasticity of shafts and axes
the influence of fit, temperature and speed on the operating
clearance or preload of the bearings and on their contact angle
the profiling of rollers and raceways and raceway osculations
load-induced displacements in contact angle in ball bearings and
angular contact ball bearings
the influence of lubrication conditions, contamination and actual
contact pressure on the fatigue life.
BEARINX offers the option of determining the actual load on spindle
bearings.

86 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Spindle calculation Spindle calculation by means of BEARINX, Figure 3 and Figure 4,
using BEARINX offers:
recommendations for mounting fits as a function of the specified
speed
calculation of design parameters for contact pressure and
kinematics in the bearing
kinematic bearing frequencies for vibration analyses
calculation of the rigidity of the bearing arrangement at the
operating point taking account of all relevant influences
diagrammatic shaft responses such as shaft deflection and
shaft inclination
critical whirling speeds and the diagrammatic representation
of the natural mode
calculation of the fatigue life in accordance with DIN ISO 281
Appendix 4
many other pieces of additional information.

00016E8C
Figure 3
Deflection of the shaft

00016E8E

Figure 4
Calculation of the load distribution

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 87
Design and examples
of bearing arrangements

Comparison The data are guide values, based on a spindle with:


of bearing arrangements shaft diameter d = 70 mm
bearing spacing L = 3 d
boom A = L/2.

Comparison of applications and


performance data

Bearing arrangement Typical application Speed System rigidity Load carrying Temperature behaviour
suitability capacity
front rear % % % Load
axial radial axial radial Operating Sensitivity
temperature
== == Universal 50 100 100 60 100 + +

== Grinding 72 65 100 75 50 ++ ++

== Turning 65 44 86 75 47 + ++


Turning, grinding 65 44 84 75 44 ++ +

= Wood, motor 75 32 79 35 42 +++ +++


Drilling, motor 75 32 77 35 40 +++ +++

Milling, drilling 85 30 62 35 22 +++++ +++++++

Milling, drilling, 80 61 95 75 44 ++++ ++++++


universal

Milling, drilling, 75 76 98 100 46 +++ +++++


universal

Motor 100 23 60 30 27 +++++++ +++++++

Motor 100 46 92 60 52 ++++++ ++++++

Motor 100 25 89 25 60 ++++++ +++++++

= Motor 80 23 82 30 46 ++++++ ++++

Motor 100 46 93 50 65 ++++++ +++++

Motor 100 48 98 48 65 ++++ +++++


100 Optimum
+ Very unfavourable
+++++++ Very good

Spindle bearing
= Single row cylindrical roller bearing
== Double row cylindrical roller bearing
 Double direction axial angular contact ball bearing
Spring

88 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Comparison between different A comparison is presented of three different spindle bearing
spindle bearing arrangements arrangements in relation to radial and axial rigidity, see page 90,
and speed suitability, see page 91.

Design of bearing arrangements Bearing combination and arrangement:


four spindle bearings in a tandem-O-tandem arrangement and
a double row cylindrical roller bearing, Figure 5
one double direction axial angular contact bearing and two
double row cylindrical roller bearings, Figure 6
two axial bearings and two double row cylindrical roller bearings,
Figure 7.

Spindle bearing B7014-E-T-P4S-UL


Cylindrical roller bearing NN3011-AS-K-
M-SP

Figure 5

00016B3A
Bearing arrangement
with spindle bearings B70

Cylindrical roller bearing NN3014-AS-K-


M-SP
Double direction axial angular
contact ball bearing 234414-M-SP
Cylindrical roller bearing
NN3011-AS-K-M-SP

Figure 6
Bearing arrangement
00016B3B

with axial angular contact


ball bearing 2344

Cylindrical roller bearing


NN3014-AS-K-M-SP
Axial bearing BAX70-F-T-P4S-DBL
Cylindrical roller bearing
NN3011-AS-K-M-SP

Figure 7
00016B3C

Bearing arrangement
with axial bearings BAX

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 89
Design and examples
of bearing arrangements

Axial and radial rigidity The bearing arrangement in machine tools is subjected to frequently
changing requirements. In order to achieve the highest possible
machining accuracy, the aim must be to achieve high basic rigidity
values.

Increased radial rigidity When cylindrical roller bearings NN30 are used, this gives
the arrangement with an axial angular contact ball bearing 2344
and the arrangement with axial bearings BAX a rigidity that is
approx. 2,5 times higher than in the case of four spindle
bearings B70 of the same size, Figure 8.

Consistent axial rigidity The axial rigidity with axial bearings BAX is at the level of the bearing
arrangement variants with the spindle bearings.
The advantage when using the double direction axial angular contact
ball bearings is 60%, Figure 8.

Rigidity
Axial
Radial

Figure 8
00096769

Axial and radial rigidity


of bearing combinations

90 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Speed suitability In order that machine tools can achieve high cutting output,
the bearing arrangement of the main spindle must be suitable
for high speeds.

Increased maximum speed The bearing design with axial bearings (NN30 + BAX70) gives,
in comparison with the bearing design with the axial angular contact
ball bearing (NN30 + 2344), significantly higher maximum speeds.
This is valid in the case of grease lubrication as well as in the case
of minimal quantity oil lubrication.
In comparison with the design with spindle bearings (4B70),
the maximum speed of the bearing design with axial bearings
(NN30 + BAX70) with grease lubrication is at a higher level. If mini-
mal quantity oil lubrication is used, the achievable speed capacity
is comparatively lower. This is due to the lower speed suitability
of the cylindrical roller bearings NN30, Figure 9.

Speed
Grease
Minimal oil quantity

Figure 9
00096760

Maximum speeds
of bearing combinations

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 91
Design and examples
of bearing arrangements

Examples
of bearing arrangements

Machining centre

Figure 10

00016C38
Milling spindle
for high loads

00016C39

Figure 11
Turning spindle

Machining centre

Figure 12
00016C3A

Milling spindle
for high speeds

92 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Machining centre

Figure 13

00016C3B
Milling spindle
for very high speeds

00016C3C

Figure 14
Grinding spindle

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 93
Design and examples
of bearing arrangements

00086E2B
Figure 15
High frequency motor spindle

Spring-preloaded non-locating
bearing unit SPP
00016C3E

Figure 16
High frequency motor spindle

Cylindrical roller bearing


N10..-K-TR-PVPA1-SP
000948E4

Figure 17
High frequency motor spindle

94 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Mounting

Handling and use FAG super precision bearings are manufactured in extremely clean
conditions, closely inspected and protected by high quality packag-
ing. In order to maintain the full performance capacity of the bear-
ings, they must be handled with great care during mounting. This can
best be achieved by the use of a separate, clean room for mounting
purposes.

Provision of parts Only approved parts should be used for mounting. Depending on the
part, approval comprises dimensional inspection, optical inspection
or even prebalancing.

Allocation of parts Fits have a major influence on the function of a bearing arrangement.
It is advisable in certain cases to allocate bearings to the spindle
or housing diameter. Spindle bearings are subdivided by bore and
outside diameter tolerance into groups whose mean deviation is
indicated on the packaging and the bearing. The width of a spindle
bearing is also marked on the bearing as a deviation from the nom-
inal dimension. These indications are, depending on the size of the
bearing, subject to tolerances.

Mounting
Guidelines for mounting The following guidelines must always be taken into account:
Keep the mounting area clean and free from dust.
Protect bearings from dust, contaminants and moisture.
Contaminants have a detrimental influence on the running
and operating life of rolling bearings.
Before mounting work is started, familiarise yourself with
the design by means of the final assembly drawing.
Before mounting, check whether the bearing presented
for mounting corresponds to the data in the drawing.
Check the housing bore and shaft seat for dimensional,
geometrical and positional accuracy and cleanliness.
Check that no edges are present which could hamper the
mounting of bearing rings on the shaft or in the housing bore.
A lead chamfer of 10 to 15 is advantageous in this case.
Wipe away any anti-corrosion protection from the seating and
locating surfaces.
Rub cylindrical seating surfaces of the bearing rings with a very
thin layer of Arcanol mounting paste.
Do not cool the bearings excessively. Moisture due to conden-
sation can lead to corrosion in the bearings and bearing seats.
After mounting, supply the rolling bearings with lubricant.
Observe the values for axial clamping by means of precision nuts.
Use appropriate tools for this purpose. Always tighten the retain-
ing screws of the precision locknuts fully in accordance with the
manufacturer's data.
The covers used for clamping must be matched to the bearings.
Check the correct functioning of the bearing arrangement.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 95
Mounting

Mounting record In order to ensure quality, it is recommended that measurement


values are recorded, such as:
seat diameter, interference
differences in intermediate ring dimensions
equilibrium temperatures
radial and axial runout.
The use of a checklist may be helpful here. The appendix to the cat-
alogue includes a specimen and a template, which are also available
to download from the Internet at www.fag.de.

Matching operations In order to maintain optimum performance or achieve precise pos-


itioning of the spindle in relation to the housing, it is often necessary
to carry out special matching operations on the components.
This applies, for example, to the covers used to clamp the bearings.
Before clamping, a gap should be present, Figure 1.
Matching of the intermediate rings may be advisable in the case
of high speed spindles in order to compensate the influence of fit
and ring expansion on the preload.

Bearing bore d  100 mm:


0,01 to 0,02 mm
Bearing bore d 100 mm:
0,015 to 0,03 mm
Gap before tightening
of the end cover fixing screws

Figure 1

00016C69
Matching end cover
(recommendation)
Greasing The preservative applied to FAG super precision bearings is such that
it is not necessary to wash out the bearings before greasing. Suitable
rolling bearing greases and grease quantities see page 71 to
page 74. The setting of the grease quantity places high requirements
on the greasing and measurement equipment used. It is recom-
mended that bearings already greased and sealed from Schaeffler
are used.
Greasing must be carried out under extremely clean conditions.

Test run and grease distribution In bearings with grease lubrication, a grease distribution cycle must
be carried out on the bearings before the test run on the spindle.
Information on the grease distribution cycle, see Figure 4, page 77.
The information on the grease distribution cycle is available for
download at www.fag.de and can also be ordered from Schaeffler as
a laminated overview card.

96 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Axial clamping of inner rings Values for axial clamping of inner rings on the shaft using a precision
nut, see tables and table Recommended clamping forces for axial
angular contact ball bearings, page 99.
In order to eliminate or reduce settling effects, the nut should first be
tightened to three times the stated torque, loosened and then finally
tightened to the nominal torque. The retaining screws should then
be fully tightened in accordance with the manufacturers data.

Spindle bearings For spindle bearings B, HS, HC and XC of diameter series 719, 70 and
72, the applicable values are in accordance with the tables.
The stated values correspond to an end face pressure of approx.
10 MPa.

Recommended clamping forces and Bore/ Clamping force Tightening torque Thread
nut tightening torques bore code kN Nm
for spindle bearings 719 70/BAX 72 719 70/BAX 72
6 1,49 1,52 M60,5
7 1,51 1,70 M70,5
8 1,53 1,89 M80,75
9 1,55 2,09 M90,75
00 0,66 1,58 1,36 0,96 2,30 1,99 M100,75
01 0,71 1,64 1,45 1,19 2,75 2,43 M121
02 0,79 1,75 1,60 1,60 3,52 3,23 M151
03 0,86 1,84 1,73 1,93 4,11 3,87 M171
04 0,99 1,99 1,96 2,54 5,13 5,04 M201
05 1,24 2,32 2,45 3,87 7,25 7,65 M251,5
06 1,55 2,73 3,07 5,96 10,0 11,3 M301,5
07 1,91 3,22 3,83 8,10 13,6 16,2 M351,5
08 2,34 3,79 4,74 11,2 18,2 22,7 M401,5
09 2,82 4,45 5,79 15,1 23,8 31,0 M451,5
10 3,36 5,19 7,00 19,8 30,6 41,3 M501,5
11 3,96 6,02 8,36 25,6 38,9 54,0 M552
12 4,62 6,94 9,88 32,4 48,6 69,3 M602
13 5,34 7,94 11,6 40,4 60,1 87,5 M652
14 6,12 9,04 13,4 49,7 73,4 109 M702
15 6,95 10,2 15,4 60,3 88,7 134 M752
16 7,85 11,5 17,6 72,4 106 163 M802
17 8,81 12,9 20,0 86,2 126 195 M852
18 9,82 14,3 22,5 102 148 233 M902

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 97
Mounting

Recommended clamping forces and Bore/ Clamping force Tightening torque Thread
nut tightening torques bore code kN Nm
for spindle bearings 719 70/BAX 72 719 70/BAX 72
continued
19 10,9 15,9 25,2 119 173 275 M952
20 12,0 17,5 28,1 138 201 322 M1002
21 13,2 19,3 31,2 159 231 374 M1052
22 14,5 21,1 34,4 182 265 433 M1102
24 17,2 25,0 41,5 235 342 567 M1202
26 20,1 29,4 49,3 297 434 729 M1302
28 23,3 34,1 57,9 370 541 920 M1402
30 26,7 39,1 67,3 454 666 1144 M1502
32 30,4 44,6 77,4 550 808 1402 M1603
34 34,3 50,5 88,4 659 971 1699 M1703
36 38,4 56,8 100,2 781 1154 2 036 M1803
38 42,8 63,4 112,7 918 1360 2 417 M1903
40 47,4 70,5 126,2 1070 1589 2 845 M2003
44 57,5 85,8 155,5 1423 2125 3 853 Tr2204
48 68,4 103 1847 2 773 Tr2404
52 80,4 2 349 Tr2604
56 93,4 2 935 Tr2804
60 107 3 612 Tr3004

98 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies
Axial angular contact ball bearings For double direction axial angular contact ball bearings 2344,
the applicable values are in accordance with the table.

Recommended clamping forces for Bore Bore code Clamping force Tightening torque Thread
axial angular contact ball bearings mm kN Nm
over incl. over incl.
25 05 1,2 2,5 3,8 7,8 M251,5
30 06 1,4 2,8 5,2 10,3 M301,5
35 07 1,7 3,1 7,2 13,1 M351,5
40 08 2,4 3,8 11,3 18,2 M401,5
45 09 2,3 3,7 12,3 19,8 M451,5
50 10 2,6 4,0 15,3 23,6 M501,5
55 11 3,0 4,3 19,4 27,8 M552
60 12 3,3 4,7 23,1 32,9 M602
65 13 3,7 5,1 28,0 38,6 M652
70 14 4,1 5,4 33,3 43,8 M702
75 15 4,4 5,8 38,2 50,3 M752
80 16 4,8 6,2 44,3 57,2 M802
85 17 5,3 6,6 51,9 64,6 M852
90 18 5,7 7,1 58,9 73,4 M902
95 19 6,1 7,5 66,5 81,7 M952
100 20 6,5 7,9 74,4 90,5 M1002
105 21 7,0 8,4 84,0 101 M1052
110 22 7,4 8,8 92,9 111 M1102
120 24 8,4 9,8 115 134 M1202
130 26 9,3 10,8 137 160 M1302
140 28 10,3 11,8 164 188 M1402
150 30 11,3 12,8 192 218 M1502
160 32 12,4 13,8 225 250 M1603
170 34 13,4 14,9 258 286 M1703
180 36 14,5 16,0 295 325 M1803
190 38 15,7 17,2 337 369 M1903
200 40 16,8 18,3 379 413 M2003
220 44 19,2 20,7 476 513 Tr2204
240 48 21,6 23,3 583 629 Tr2404
260 52 24,2 25,8 707 754 Tr2604
280 56 26,8 28,4 842 893 Tr2804
300 60 29,5 31,1 993 1047 Tr3004
320 64 32,2 33,9 1155 1216 Tr3205
340 68 35,0 36,8 1333 1402 Tr3405
360 72 37,9 39,7 1528 1600 Tr3605
380 76 40,9 42,7 1739 1816 Tr3805
400 80 32,9 45,8 1472 2 050 Tr4005

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 99
Mounting

Recommendations Spindle bearing sets are generally clamped on the shaft using shaft
for shaft nuts nuts. Nuts with axial holes are to be used in preference over locknuts
for tightening on the shaft, since they minimise the air turbulence
that occurs at high speeds.
The contact faces of the nuts should be ground in a single clamping
operation together with the thread. The recommended maximum
axial runout tolerance is 2 m.
In order to prevent impairment of the axial runout during the clamp-
ing operation, the clamping inserts should be ground together with
the thread and the axial face.

Clearance adjustment Cylindrical roller bearings with a tapered bore are fitted with clear-
of cylindrical roller bearings ance, clearance-free or with preload, see table, page 61. This can be
carried out with the aid of an FAG enveloping circle gauge to an accu-
racy of 1 m.

Mounting procedure As an example, a description is given below of the mounting


for cylindrical roller bearings procedure for cylindrical roller bearings with a tapered bore and
a separable outer ring, N10 and NN30, and the enveloping circle
gauge MGA 31. The FAG gauge can be used to precisely set the radial
internal clearance or preload of the cylindrical roller bearings.
The user manual must be read before the using the gauge.
Measure the raceway diameter of the mounted outer ring using
a conventional internal gauge, Figure 2.

Figure 2
00017047

Measuring the raceway diameter


of the outer ring

100 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Transfer this dimension to the two hardened and precision
ground measuring surfaces of the enveloping circle gauge,
Figure 3.

Figure 3
00017048

Transferring the raceway diameter


to the enveloping circle gauge

Then position the gauge on the inner ring and roller and cage
assembly premounted on the tapered shaft, Figure 4.

Figure 4
00016C6C

Positioning the enveloping circle


gauge

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 101


Mounting

Drive up the bearing axially until the precision indicator of the


enveloping circle gauge shows the required radial internal clear-
ance or preload.
Then determine the spacing between the bearing inner ring and
the shaft shoulder using gauge blocks at four measurement
points offset by 90, Figure 5. For larger bearings, the spacing
must be measured at a minimum of 6 points.
After dismounting the bearing inner ring, grind the width of
a gauge ring to match the spacing determined and slide this over
the cylindrical section of the shaft.
Finally, mount the bearing inner ring again and secure using
a nut. If stated in the drawing, mount the adjacent bearings and
secure them by means of a precision locknut.

Figure 5 0001704A
Measuring the spacing
from the shaft shoulder

102 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Setting the clearance If an enveloping circle gauge is not available, the clearance can be
without a gauge set to a fairly precise value by measuring the axial drive-up distance
of the inner ring on the tapered shaft seat, taper 1:12.
This drive-up distance is approx. 13 to 19 times (factor F, see table)
larger than the radial expansion induced in this way. Surface bur-
nishing and the elastic expansion of the inner ring and the contrac-
tion of the shaft are contributory factors here.
Drive-up distance A:

A mm
Drive-up distance
F
Factor, see table
G m
Change in radial clearance.

Hollow shaft ratio and Hollow shaft ratio Drive-up factor


drive-up factor dB/d1) F
0 to 0,2 13
0,2 to 0,3 14
0,3 to 0,4 15
0,4 to 0,5 16
0,5 to 0,6 17
0,6 to 0,8 18
0,8 to 0,9 19

1) dB = bore of hollow shaft


d = tapered seat diameter, measured at the centre of the taper.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 103


Mounting

Example The cylindrical roller bearing is to be clearance-free after mounting.

Procedure Insert the outer ring in the housing bore.


Mount the inner ring with the spindle in the housing, rotating the
spindle back and forth in order to avoid scraping marks.
Slide the inner ring onto the taper until the radial clearance
reaches a value, for example, of 20 m, rotating the spindle back
and forth.
The measurement itself is carried out through radial displacement
of the inner ring relative to the outer ring, for example by raising
the spindle, while the dial gauge should be positioned as close as
possible to the bearing.
Scraping marks can be avoided in the mounting of cylindrical roller
bearings if the inner ring is not tilted relative to the outer ring and
the spindle is rotated back forth while it is being slid into place.
Mounting can be made easier by heating of the housing and outer
ring.
Determine the spacing between the inner ring and the locating
shoulder, for example by means of gauge blocks at four measure-
ment points offset by 90.
Grind the gauge ring to width and insert in place.
Mount the bearing and check for freedom from clearance.
The mounting procedure as described ensures that, after mounting,
the bearing has the required radial internal clearance and the pos-
ition of the bearing inner ring on the shaft is not altered by vibrations
during operation.

Calculation Drive-up distance A = factor F change in radial clearance G


of the drive-up distance A

Given data Hollow shaft ratio dB/d = 0,55


Drive-up factor F, see table, page 103 = 17
Change in radial clearance G = 20 m

Calculation Drive-up distance A = 17 20 m = 340 m = 0,34 mm

PrecisionDesk The free-of-charge Schaeffler app PrecisionDesk for super precision


bearings includes services for rotary and linear bearings of a high
precision design, Figure 6. It assists fitters and engineers in the
selection and mounting of bearing arrangement components in
machine tools, textile and printing machinery, in food and packaging
equipment and all other applications that require high precision
bearing arrangements.

104 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Figure 6

00094C51
PrecisionDesk
for super precision bearings

The advantage for the user is that the data can be accessed from
any smartphone, tablet, PC or at a local mounting station. In future,
it will for example be possible to call off bearing-specific spindle and
rotary table bearings directly and store or send these with the aid
of the app for the purposes of documentation. For spindle bearings,
it is possible to create electronic bearing-specific data sets in the
.csv format and use these, for example, for a logistics system.
The app offers Schaeffler customers the possibility of monitoring
their own inventory and improving quality in mounting. With such
a service tool, Schaeffler is a pioneer in the market.
Reading off the data matrix code (DMC) on the bearing or the bearing
packaging gives access to the scope of performance of the program.

Scope of performance The scope of performance of the app comprises, Figure 7:


checking of data matrix codes (anti-piracy protection)
measurement records for spindle bearings
recommendations for mounting
performance data
service.

Figure 7
00094C82

Scope of performance
of PrecisionDesk

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 105


Mounting

Anti-piracy protection Checking of data matrix code (DMC), Figure 8.

00094C1A
Figure 8
Data matrix code on rolling bearing
Measurement records The creatable measurement records contain the following:
for spindle bearings bearing
designation
date of manufacture
actual value codes (bore diameter, outside diameter)
width deviation
contact angle
projection.

Figure 9
00094C9E

Measurement record
for spindle bearing
Recommendations for mounting Correct grease quantity
Grease distribution cycle
Universal bearing sets
Permissible heating temperatures
Designation and marking.

Performance data Catalogue information


Additional product information
Direct access to Schaeffler Library.
The app can be used on Android, IOS and Windows-based operating
systems and can be downloaded from the corresponding app stores.

106 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Mounting and dismounting The Schaeffler Industrial Service experts offer mounting and dis-
mounting services for rolling bearings that are applicable across
industrial sectors. They have detailed knowledge and extensive
experience in all industrial sectors.
The experts in the Industrial Service function are trained and skilled
personnel who can provide reliable, rapid and competent assist-
ance. The services are provided either at the customers location or
in the Schaeffler workshop facilities.
The mounting and dismounting services include:
mounting and dismounting of rolling bearings and bearing
systems of all types
measurement and condition analyses
problem solving and preparation of concept solutions
design and manufacture of special tools
rental of tools
emergency service
training courses on products and mounting
certification of mounting and dismounting processes.

Advantages The mounting services give the following advantages:


rapid availability worldwide of experts in bearing arrangement
technology with extensive experience in almost every application
rapid mounting or dismounting by means of professional prep-
aration and implementation
increased plant availability and productivity as a result of
reduced unplanned downtime
optimisation of mounting and dismounting processes
professional mounting and dismounting using special high-
quality tools
training and awareness measures for employees relating to
the correct handling of bearings of all types.

Rental of tools Customers who require special mounting and dismounting tools
or measuring equipment only infrequently can rent these from
Schaeffler for a fee.
Our service includes:
prompt rental in Europe
free-of-charge, rapid delivery to the installation site
checked quality products in keeping with the latest technological
developments
delivery of the tools, including all add-on parts
user manuals available in several languages.
If one of our qualified experts in the Industrial Service function is
commissioned to carry out the particular activity, rental costs are not
generally incurred.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 107


Mounting

Devices for the mounting Gauges and heating devices for the mounting of spindle bearings
of super precision bearings can be obtained via Schaeffler.

FAG enveloping circle The enveloping circle gauge is used to set the radial internal clear-
gauge MGI 21 ance of cylindrical roller bearings with a separable inner ring. It is
suitable for cylindrical roller bearings NU4920-K to NNU4948-K and
NNU4920 to NNU4948. Bearings with a bore diameter of 100 to
240 mm have separable inner rings.
In the FAG enveloping circle gauge MGI 21, the inner enveloping
circle of the roller and cage assembly is measured by two hardened
and precision ground surfaces, one of which is movable.
After mounting of the outer ring, the gauge is set to the internal
enveloping circle of the roller and cage assembly. This dimension
is measured using a snap gauge, for example the SNAP-GAUGE.
It is then possible to set the inner ring to the diameter that gives
the required radial internal clearance.
Bearings with a tapered bore are displaced on the tapered seat of the
shaft in order to set the preload or bearing clearance. For bearings
with a cylindrical bore, preground inner rings are used (suffix F12)
and finish ground to the required raceway diameter.
Ordering example for NNU4920: MGI21-NN4920

FAG enveloping circle


gauge MGI 21

Figure 10
00016C6E
Gauge for cylindrical roller bearings
with separable inner ring

108 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


FAG enveloping circle The MGA 31 is used to set the radial clearance of cylindrical roller
gauge MGA 31 bearings with a tapered bore and separable outer ring. It is suitable
for cylindrical roller bearings NN3006-K to NN3048-K and N1006-K
to N1048-K. The gauge is used to precisely set the radial clearance or
preload of cylindrical roller bearings.
The raceway diameter of the mounted outer ring is measured using
a conventional internal gauge. This dimension is transferred to the
two hardened and precision ground measuring surfaces of the envel-
oping circle gauge. The tapered shaft with the premounted inner ring
and roller and cage assembly can then be inserted in the gauge.
The shaft is moved axially by the hydraulic method until the pre-
cision indicator of the enveloping circle gauge shows the required
radial internal clearance or preload.
Ordering example for NN3006-K: MGA31-NN3006

FAG enveloping circle


gauge MGA 31

Figure 11

00016C77
Gauge for cylindrical roller bearings
with separable outer ring

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 109


Mounting

FAG snap gauge SNAP-GAUGE This gauge is used for checking the diameter of cylindrical shafts and
workpieces of all types directly on the machine tool and for setting of
the enveloping circle gauge MGI 21.
The actual dimension of the workpiece can be determined precisely.
The snap gauge functions as a comparator gauge. Its setting is
checked using master shims that can be obtained for each diameter.
Ordering example for shaft diameter 120 mm:
SNAP-GAUGE-100/150 (snap gauge)
SNAP-GAUGE.MASTER120 (master shim)

Ordering designation SNAP-GAUGE Ordering designation Diameter range


mm
SNAP-GAUGE-30/60 30 60
SNAP-GAUGE-60/100 60 100
SNAP-GAUGE-100/150 100 150

FAG snap gauge SNAP-GAUGE

00016C78
Figure 12
Snap gauge
FAG taper gauge MGK 132 For measuring outer tapers with a taper angle of 0 to 6 and taper
diameters of 90 mm to 510 mm, the FAG taper gauge MGK 132 is
recommended.
With this gauge, the reproducibility of measurement results is within
1 m. The MGK 132 rests on the workpiece with four hardened,
ground and lapped ledges. The ledges form an angle of 90. A stop
on the front or rear precisely defines the position of the gauge on the
taper. Between the support ledges, the measurement slide runs on
preloaded roller bearings. A dial gauge fixed in the housing acts
against the measurement slide and indicates the deviation of the
taper diameter from the nominal value. The gauge is set using a
reference taper, which is available by agreement.

FAG taper gauge MGK 132


00016C79

Figure 13
Taper gauge

110 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


FAG taper gauge MGK 133 The taper gauge MGK 133 is suitable for outer tapers 1:12 and 1:30
and taper diameters of 27 mm to 205 mm.
It rests on the taper with four hardened and polished support pins.
The position of the gauge on the taper is defined by these pins and
one stop. The stop can be attached to either the front or back of
the gauge. The gauge contains two movable measuring brackets,
one of which is in contact with the smaller taper diameter while
the other, at a fixed distance, is in contact with the larger taper diam-
eter. The deviation of the taper diameter from the nominal value is
displayed in both measurement planes by a precision indicator.
The reproducibility of the measurement results is less than 1 m.
The gauge is set using a reference taper corresponding to the taper
diameter, which is available by agreement.

FAG taper gauge MGK 133

00016C7A
Figure 14
Taper gauge

In order to prepare a proposal for taper gauge and the corresponding


setting taper, we require from the customer a mounting drawing of
the taper to be produced.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 111


Mounting

Induction heating devices Many rolling bearings and other rotationally symmetrical parts made
from steel have tight fits on the shaft. This applies in particular
to high speed spindle bearings, since very high interference values
must be selected here in order to prevent the inner rings lifting off
under centrifugal force. Rapid and clean induction heating is
superior to the conventional methods. It is therefore particularly
suitable for batch mounting. The induction heating devices
HEATER10 to HEATER150 are suitable for workpieces up to 150 kg
and can be used in either a mobile or stationary capacity.
Detailed information, including information on larger designs,
is given in brochure TPI 200.
Induction heating devices and their characteristics are shown in
the following tables.

Characteristics of heating devices Heating devices HEATER10 HEATER20

00016C85

00019F70

00019F72
Power consumption 2,3 kVA 3,6 kVA
max.1)
Operating voltage 230 V 230 V
Frequency2) 50 Hz 50 Hz
Current rating 10 A 16 A
Mass 7 kg 17 kg
Length 240 mm 345 mm
Width 200 mm 205 mm
Height 255 mm 230 mm
Dimension a 65 mm 120 mm
Dimension b 100 mm 100 mm
Ledges (incl.) 15 mm 20 mm
for workpieces 30 mm 35 mm
with bore min.
45 mm 60 mm
Stepped stand
Ledges (accessories) 10 mm 10 mm
for workpieces 20 mm 15 mm
with bore min.
45 mm

1) If lower voltage is used, the power will be reduced.


2) Heating devices with other rated voltages and frequencies and higher power
ratings are available on request.

112 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Characteristics of heating devices Heating devices HEATER40 HEATER150
continued

00016C85

00019F74

00019F76
Power consumption 3,6 kVA 12,8 kVA
max.1)
Voltage 230 V 400 V
Frequency2) 50 Hz 50 Hz
Current 16 A 25 A
Mass 26 kg 57 kg
Length 340 mm 500 mm
Width 240 mm 290 mm
Height 295 mm 480 mm
Dimension a 180 mm 210 mm
Dimension b 160 mm 210 mm
Ledges (incl.) 20 mm 45 mm
for workpieces 45 mm 70 mm
with bore min.
70 mm 100 mm
Ledges (accessories) 15 mm 20 mm
for workpieces 30 mm
with bore min.
35 mm
60 mm
60 mm
85 mm

1) If lower voltage is used, the power will be reduced.


2) Heating devices with other rated voltages and frequencies and higher power
ratings are available on request.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 113


Mounting

Training courses For the maintenance of machine tool main spindles, Schaeffler regu-
larly offers a one-day training course on mounting, especially for
supervisors and fitters at machine tool operators and manufacturers.
The content of this training course covers utilisation of the full per-
formance capacity of FAG super precision bearings, reduction of
costs through the use of modern bearing arrangement concepts and
the mounting and monitoring of FAG super precision bearings.
The training course covers not only new spindle designs but also
options for achieving improvements in existing spindles.
The spindle bearing training course is divided into a theoretical
section and a practical section.

Theoretical principles The following theoretical principles are covered:


types, designs and performance characteristics of FAG super
precision bearings
tolerances for the adjacent parts and their influence on bearing
performance
lubrication of rolling bearings and rolling bearing failures
monitoring of bearings in operation
failure analysis of FAG super precision bearings.

Practical handling The practical section of the training course covers the following
aspects:
mounting of spindle bearings
mounting of cylindrical roller bearings with a tapered shaft seat
use of induction heating devices
use of special gauges such as enveloping circle gauges and
taper gauges.
Training courses can also be held on site at the customer's premises
upon request.

Other products and services Catalogue IS 1 contains a complete overview of the portfolio offered
by the Industrial Services Division. The catalogue and further
information on all the services described here can be obtained at
www.schaeffler.de/services.

114 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Bearing monitoring

Factors The measurement values to be considered for bearing monitoring are


in bearing monitoring all the factors that respond to changes in the bearing or in the oper-
ating conditions. This can include forces, vibrations, temperatures or
drive power.
In relation to the monitoring of bearings, however, it should be noted
that the absolute values of a measurement parameter are of little
significance in themselves. Greater importance should be attached
to the occurrence of any changes. For example, a constant tempera-
ture of +40 C is not detrimental to a rolling bearing. However,
an increase in the temperature over a short period from +35 C
to +40 C may well be an early indication of bearing damage.

Types of monitoring
Periodic monitoring When selecting a suitable monitoring method, it must be noted that
continuous progress in damage over an extended period can only be
expected at low and moderate speeds. In such cases, periodic moni-
toring may be appropriate.

Continuous monitoring In the range of high to very high speeds, abrupt failure must be
included in the risk assessment, which means that continuous
monitoring is the only method that should be used in order to limit
damage.

One-off monitoring One-off monitoring is only used for quality assurance in the case
of newly manufactured or repaired spindles. For example,
measurement of run-down time or natural frequency measurement
can be considered here. These methods can be used for the rapid
and reliable detection of preload errors.
Temperature measurement and the measurement of vibration
velocities and accelerations are also methods commonly used for
quality assurance. As is the case with measurement of run-down
time, however, these can only be used as comparative methods.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 115


Bearing monitoring

Temperature monitoring In many cases, temperature is highly significant as an indicator


of the operating behaviour of a bearing. In the case of bearings
with grease lubrication, it can generally be used to detect damage
or forthcoming failure in good time.
Where changes in preload or malfunction of non-locating bearings
occur, there are relatively stable specimens of typical temperature
curves.
The temperature is generally measured on the stationary ring,
which is normally the outer ring. Assessment is generally based on
the change in temperature over time.
In order to achieve reliable temperature measurement, the following
rules must be observed:
measurement as close as possible to the bearing
measurement as continuously as possible
prevention of bearing deformation by means of measurement
sensors.
A bearing will normally show a stable temperature behaviour.
Towards the end of the grease operating life, however, the tempera-
ture will fluctuate. Intervention is necessary at the latest when a
progressive pattern becomes apparent.

t = time
 = temperature
Normal
End of grease operating life

00016C3F
Figure 1
Bearing temperature behaviour

116 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 117
Spindle bearings
Single row
For main spindles in machine tools
Spindle bearings

Page
Product overview Spindle bearings .................................................................... 120

Features Extensive range of product variants......................................... 121


Universal bearings.................................................................. 122
Universal bearing sets ............................................................ 123
Load carrying capacity and contact angle ................................ 124
Bearing types and product characteristics............................... 125
Hybrid bearings ...................................................................... 126
Cronidur bearings................................................................... 127
Open and sealed spindle bearings .......................................... 128
Direct Lube bearings............................................................... 129
Cage ...................................................................................... 129
Bearing designations.............................................................. 130
Marking of bearings................................................................ 131

Dimension tables Spindle bearings


With large or small balls, steel or ceramic balls,
steel or Cronidur rings, open or sealed .................................... 132

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 119


Product overview Spindle bearings

Universal bearings
With small or large balls

00010AA0
000136F4
Steel or ceramic balls

00010ABB
00010AA0

Bearing rings
Standard rolling bearing steel or
Cronidur 30

00010ABB
00010AA0

Open or sealed
Direct Lube bearings
For pneumatic oil lubrication
00016381
00016E1F

120 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Spindle bearings

Features FAG spindle bearings are super precision single row angular contact
ball bearings with solid outer and inner rings, ball and cage assem-
blies and solid window cages, Figure 1. The dimensions are
standardised.
Due to their very narrow tolerances, the spindle bearings are partic-
ularly suitable for applications involving the highest requirements
for guidance accuracy, such as bearing arrangements for main
spindles in machine tools.

Extensive range The bearings are available in all the designs that are relevant to bear-
of product variants ing arrangements for main spindles in machine tools. This extensive
range of variants is presented in the dimension tables. In addition
to the products listed therein, further designs are available by
agreement.
This extensive product range gives the designer all possible scope
for developing technically innovative, operationally secure and
economical bearing arrangements. This results in significant perfor-
mance improvements and cost savings in machine tools.
In new designs, this can allow the machine manufacturer to achieve
a unique position in the market. In existing designs too, refitting with
FAG spindle bearings can still give further increases in the perfor-
mance and profitability of machines.

00016382

Figure 1
FAG spindle bearings

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 121


Spindle bearings

Universal bearings FAG spindle bearings are always designed as universal bearings,
which means that:
The bearing rings are of the same width.
The projection on both sides of the bearing is of the same size,
Figure 2.

B = bearing width
a = projection

00016B69
Figure 2
Universal preload system
Advantages Single bearings can be fitted in any arrangement required, such as a
rigid X, O or tandem arrangement or with spring preloading, or can be
combined in different sets. Universal bearing sets, see page 123.
In order to ensure uniform load-bearing in the tandem arrangement,
the bearings used should have the same deviation in the inner ring
bore and the outside diameter.
In an O arrangement and with rigid adjustment, sorting through
checking of the interference between the shaft and bearing bore
or the housing and bearing outside diameter can help to control
the differences in the actual preload after mounting.
Arrangement of the bearings can be carried out in accordance
with the arrow on the cylindrical surface of the outer ring, Figure 3,
page 123. This provides logistical advantages for the customer,
especially in spare parts procurement and stockholding of bearings.

122 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Universal bearing sets Bearing sets comprise universal bearings with the same deviation in
the inner ring bore and the same deviation in the outside diameter.
The deviation stands as the actual value code for the inner ring bore
or the outside diameter on the bearing ring.
The sets are of identical technical quality to single bearings with
the same deviation in the inner ring bore and the outside diameter.

Marking of bearing sets The first letter indicates the number of bearings in the set:
D = 2 bearings (duplex)
T = 3 bearings (triplex)
Q = 4 bearings (quadruplex).
A U stands for Universal, for example in DU. After these letters,
the preload class is then indicated, for example L for light preload,
in this case DUL. Bearing designations, see also page 130.
Universal bearing sets can be mounted in any arrangement required.
Possible bearing arrangements are shown in Figure 3.

Fr = radial load
Fa = axial load

DU becomes DB,
2 bearing set in O arrangement
DU becomes DF,
2 bearing set in X arrangement
DU becomes DT,
2 bearing set in tandem arrangement

Figure 3
00095919

Bearing arrangements
of a DU set

Ready-to-fit bearing sets Ready-to-fit bearing sets are also available by agreement. In this
case, the fitting sequence is indicated by a large arrow.
Ready-to-fit bearing sets correspond in technical terms to the univer-
sal bearing sets. However, the latter offer significant logistical
advantages over the ready-to-fit sets, especially in spare parts pro-
curement and stockholding.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 123


Spindle bearings

Load carrying capacity and Universal bearings can support axial loads in one direction as well as
contact angle radial loads.
If bearings are used in an O or X arrangement, they can support axial
forces in both directions as well as moments. Bearings in a tandem
arrangement can support axial loads in one direction only, Figure 3,
page 123.

Contact angle The contact angle indicates the axial load carrying capacity of the
bearing. As the contact angle increases, so does the axial load carry-
ing capacity.
FAG spindle bearings are available with the contact angle:
 = 15 (suffix C)
 = 20 (suffix D)
 = 25 (suffix E).
The load direction of the outer ring is marked on the cylindrical sur-
face of the outer ring, Figure 4. The open side of the symbol indicates
the side of the outer ring capable of supporting axial load (the large
shoulder).

 = contact angle
Marking

Figure 4

00095922
Symbol indicating the load
direction of the outer ring

124 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Bearing types and Universal spindle bearings are available in the following designs:
product characteristics B, RS and H bearings.

B spindle bearings Classical spindle bearing


With large balls
Contact angle 15 and 25
High load carrying capacity and high rigidity
For moderate speed level.

RS spindle bearings With large balls


Contact angle 20
Suitable for high to very high speeds due to bearing internal
design with optimised friction
Kinematic insensitivity to tilting
High load carrying capacity especially under combined axial and
radial load
Particularly suitable for high speed milling spindles and motor
spindles.

H spindle bearings With small balls


(high speed design) Contact angle 15 and 25
Suitable for very high speeds due to internal design with
optimised friction and very low centrifugal forces on the rolling
elements
High rigidity at high speeds
Particularly suitable for very high speed spindles and grinding
spindles.

Design of bearing types The bearings are available with steel and ceramic balls and in an
open, sealed and DLR design.
H spindle bearings are also available with Cronidur rings.
Bearing selection according to ball size and bearing arrangement,
see page 14.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 125


Spindle bearings

Hybrid bearings Hybrid spindle bearings have bearing rings made from steel and,
in contrast to standard spindle bearings, rolling elements made
from ceramic (silicon nitride Si3N4), Figure 5.

Ceramic rolling elements


Direct Lube design
with circumferential annular grooves

00016F26
Figure 5
Hybrid spindle bearings
Advantages Hybrid spindle bearings achieve very high speeds, have lower
friction and heat generation, a longer operating life, place less strain
on the lubricant and are insensitive to lubricant starvation.
Through the use of hybrid bearings, the operating limits of bearings
with grease lubrication have been shifted to significantly higher
speed ranges. This results in considerable savings on overall
machine system costs, see page 17.

126 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Cronidur bearings Cronidur bearings are suitable for very high speeds and have very
high load carrying capacity. Cronidur bearings are always designed
as hybrid bearings, with bearing rings made from Cronidur 30 and
rolling elements made from ceramic (Si3N4). Cronidur 30 is a highly
nitrided, corrosion-resistant steel, see page 17.

Advantages Cronidur 30 has, in comparison with the normal rolling bearing


steel 100Cr6, a significantly finer structure. As a result, less heat is
generated in the bearing and the permissible contact pressure is
higher.
In the mixed friction region Cronidur 30 has proved highly effective
in comparison with the standard material 100Cr6.
It is also significantly superior to the conventional rolling bearing
steels on the criteria of corrosion resistance and high temperature
hardness.
The longer life of Cronidur bearings compared to conventional bear-
ings makes a considerable contribution to reducing system costs.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 127


Spindle bearings

Open and Spindle bearings are super precision machine elements that react
sealed spindle bearings with high sensitivity to harmful influences from the environment
(for example ingress of contamination or air streams).

Sealing In sealed designs, the rolling element system is protected by gap


seals on both sides of the bearings, Figure 6.
Due to their particular advantages, these non-contact seals have
long been the state of the art for sealed main spindle bearings.

Suffixes Sealed bearings with small balls have the letter S (Sealed) in the
designation. Spindle bearings with large balls have the suffix 2RSD.

Gap seals

00016F27
Figure 6
Sealed spindle bearings
Lubrication Since the grease operating life can generally be equated to the bear-
ing operating life, machine life values are also directly influenced
by the correct grease quantity and selection of the lubricant.
Sealed bearings are therefore supplied already greased with the
correct quantity of a high performance grease.
Furthermore, the increase in the use of sealed bearings reflects the
change from oil lubrication to economical grease lubrication with
ready-to-fit, maintenance-free bearings with lifetime lubrication.
When selecting a lubricant, the operating temperature of the lubri-
cant must be taken into consideration.
Further information on lubrication, see page 14.

128 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Direct Lube bearings These bearings are designed for extremely high speeds. They are
used where pneumatic oil lubrication is necessary and a reliable
supply of lubricant must be ensured, Figure 7. They are thus an ideal
addition to the spindle bearing range.
Direct Lube bearings provide reliable feed of lubricant directly to the
contact point. This is achieved by means of circumferential annular
grooves and radial feed holes.
The bearing is sealed off from the spindle housing by means of inte-
grated high precision O rings.
In addition, the adjacent construction can be simplified since the
bearing design means that it no longer has to include certain expen-
sive elements. This reduces both the design envelope and the costs.

Circumferential annular grooves

00016F28
Figure 7
Direct Lube bearing
Cage Spindle bearings have solid window cages made from laminated
fabric (suffix T). The cage is guided on the outer ring, see page 197.
Check the chemical resistance of the seal and cage material when
using synthetic greases and lubricants with EP additives.
Additives in the oil can impair the operating life of the cages at high
temperatures.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 129


Spindle bearings

Bearing designations The structure for spindle bearings is shown in Figure 8.

0009A0DC

Figure 8
Bearing designations

130 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Marking of bearings FAG spindle bearings for machine tools have a uniform designation
system.
In addition to the actual bearing designation, this also contains
information on the:
tolerances and actual value codes (bore/outside diameter/
width/projection1)/contact angle1))
mounting position indicated by the marking on the outside
surface of the outer ring (symbol indicating the load direction
of the outer ring), Figure 4, page 124.
These indications are, depending on the size of the bearing,
subject to tolerances. Marking on the end faces of the bearing rings
is shown in Figure 9 and Figure 10.

Data matrix code


Symbol indicating the load direction
of the outer ring
Trademark
Short designation
Country of manufacture
Internal code
Internal code
Special material for outer ring
Actual value code for outside diameter/
actual deviation of width in m/
actual deviation from nominal projection
in m/actual contact angle1)
Actual value code for bore
Special material for inner ring
Symbol for largest wall thickness
of inner ring

00095AC8
Figure 9
Marking of open spindle bearings

Data matrix code


Symbol indicating the load direction
of the outer ring
Trademark
Short designation
Country of manufacture
Internal code
Internal code
Special material for the inner ring
Value code for bore/actual value code
for outside diameter/actual deviation
of width in m/actual deviation from
nominal projection in m/
actual contact angle1)

Figure 10
00095AC0

Marking
of sealed spindle bearings
1) Deviation from nominal projection and actual contact angle:
to be introduced progressively together with new spindle bearing packaging
starting in 01/2016.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 131


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed

Dimension table Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact Mounting
angle dimensions
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1  da Da
h12 H12
kg min.
B71900-C-T-P4S 0,01 10 22 6 0,3 0,3 15 13 19,5
B71900-E-T-P4S 0,01 10 22 6 0,3 0,3 25 13 19,5
HCB71900-C-T-P4S 0,009 10 22 6 0,3 0,3 15 13 19,5
HCB71900-E-T-P4S 0,009 10 22 6 0,3 0,3 25 13 19,5
HS71900-C-T-P4S 0,011 10 22 6 0,3 15 13 19,5
HS71900-E-T-P4S 0,01 10 22 6 0,3 25 13 19,5
HC71900-E-T-P4S 0,012 10 22 6 0,3 25 13 19,5
XC71900-E-T-P4S 0,012 10 22 6 0,3 25 13 19,5
B7000-C-T-P4S 0,02 10 26 8 0,3 0,3 15 14 22
B7000-E-T-P4S 0,02 10 26 8 0,3 0,3 25 14 22
HCB7000-C-T-P4S 0,018 10 26 8 0,3 0,3 15 14 22
HCB7000-E-T-P4S 0,018 10 26 8 0,3 0,3 25 14 22
HS7000-C-T-P4S 0,022 10 26 8 0,3 15 14 22
HS7000-E-T-P4S 0,022 10 26 8 0,3 25 14 22
HC7000-E-T-P4S 0,023 10 26 8 0,3 25 14 22
XC7000-E-T-P4S 0,023 10 26 8 0,3 25 14 22
B7200-C-T-P4S 0,032 10 30 9 0,6 0,6 15 14,5 25,5
B7200-E-T-P4S 0,032 10 30 9 0,6 0,6 25 14,5 25,5
HCB7200-C-T-P4S 0,029 10 30 9 0,6 0,6 15 14,5 25,5
HCB7200-E-T-P4S 0,029 10 30 9 0,6 0,6 25 14,5 25,5
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7000-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7000-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

132 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


0001603B

0000A073
Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
0,3 0,3 15 3 1,07 75 000 120 000 10 41 87 31 141 320 11 21,1 31,2
0,3 0,3 15 2,9 1,02 70 000 110 000 17 74 163 50 226 521 27,1 47,7 67
0,3 0,3 15 3 1,02 110 000 160 000 6 25 54 17 79 185 9,8 18,2 26,5
0,3 0,3 15 2,9 0,98 95 000 150 000 5 35 85 16 104 260 20,4 39,9 56,5
0,3 0,3 15 1,79 0,65 100 000 160 000 7 20 39 20 63 132 8,8 14,1 19,6
0,3 0,3 15 1,7 0,62 95 000 140 000 11 32 64 31 96 196 21,7 32,7 43
0,3 0,3 15 1,7 0,6 120 000 180 000 7 22 45 21 65 133 21,6 32 41,7
0,3 0,3 15 2,6 0,6 130 000 200 000 7 22 45 21 65 133 21,6 32 41,7
0,3 0,1 16,4 4,1 1,47 67 000 100 000 18 65 136 54 220 490 12,7 23 33,53
0,3 0,1 16,4 3,95 1,41 60 000 95 000 21 99 223 61 298 698 27,6 49,2 69,1
0,3 0,1 16,4 4,1 1,4 95 000 140 000 7 33 74 21 104 248 9,9 18,5 26,9
0,3 0,1 16,4 3,95 1,35 85 000 130 000 12 57 130 33 167 392 25,1 44,6 61,6
0,3 0,1 16,8 2,47 0,94 90 000 140 000 9 28 55 28 89 185 10,9 17,4 24,1
0,3 0,1 16,8 2,35 0,89 85 000 130 000 15 45 90 43 133 273 26,8 40,3 53
0,3 0,1 16,8 2,35 0,86 110 000 160 000 10 31 62 30 91 185 26,6 39,5 51,4
0,3 0,1 16,8 3,6 0,86 120 000 180 000 10 31 62 30 91 185 26,6 39,5 51,4
0,6 0,6 18,8 6,9 2,95 56 000 85 000 25 91 185 79 311 684 16,4 29,8 43,5
0,6 0,6 18,8 6,6 2,8 50 000 75 000 32 141 314 94 429 995 35,8 63,2 88,8
0,6 0,6 18,8 6,9 2,8 67 000 100 000 11 47 103 32 150 352 12,9 23,9 34,9
0,6 0,6 18,8 6,6 2,7 60 000 90 000 18 82 185 52 243 564 32,8 57,2 71,7

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 133


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact Mounting
angle dimensions
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1  da Da
h12 H12
kg min.
B71901-C-T-P4S 0,011 12 24 6 0,3 0,3 15 15 21,5
B71901-E-T-P4S 0,011 12 24 6 0,3 0,3 25 15 21,5
HCB71901-C-T-P4S 0,01 12 24 6 0,3 0,3 15 15 21,5
HCB71901-E-T-P4S 0,01 12 24 6 0,3 0,3 25 15 21,5
HS71901-C-T-P4S 0,011 12 24 6 0,3 15 15 21,5
HS71901-E-T-P4S 0,011 12 24 6 0,3 25 15 21,5
HC71901-E-T-P4S 0,013 12 24 6 0,3 25 15 21,5
XC71901-E-T-P4S 0,013 12 24 6 0,3 25 15 21,5
B7001-C-T-P4S 0,023 12 28 8 0,3 0,3 15 16,5 24,5
B7001-E-T-P4S 0,023 12 28 8 0,3 0,3 25 16,5 24,5
HCB7001-C-T-P4S 0,02 12 28 8 0,3 0,3 15 16,5 24,5
HCB7001-E-T-P4S 0,02 12 28 8 0,3 0,3 25 16,5 24,5
HS7001-C-T-P4S 0,024 12 28 8 0,3 15 16,5 24,5
HS7001-E-T-P4S 0,024 12 28 8 0,3 25 16,5 24,5
HC7001-E-T-P4S 0,025 12 28 8 0,3 25 16,5 24,5
XC7001-E-T-P4S 0,025 12 28 8 0,3 25 16,5 24,5
B7201-C-T-P4S 0,04 12 32 10 0,6 0,6 15 16,5 27,5
B7201-E-T-P4S 0,037 12 32 10 0,6 0,6 25 16,5 27,5
HCB7201-C-T-P4S 0,032 12 32 10 0,6 0,6 15 16,5 27,5
HCB7201-E-T-P4S 0,032 12 32 10 0,6 0,6 25 16,5 27,5
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7001-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7001-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

134 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


0001603B

0000A073
Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
0,3 0,3 17,2 3,4 1,31 67 000 100 000 11 46 97 34 155 355 12,6 24,1 35,7
0,3 0,3 17,2 3,25 1,25 60 000 95 000 18 80 179 53 245 567 30,8 54,4 76,5
0,3 0,3 17,2 3,4 1,25 95 000 140 000 6 27 60 18 87 205 11,2 20,8 30,3
0,3 0,3 17,2 3,25 1,19 85 000 130 000 5 38 92 16 111 281 22,7 45,5 64,5
0,3 0,3 17 1,85 0,72 90 000 140 000 7 21 41 21 66 137 9,4 15 20,8
0,3 0,3 17 1,76 0,69 85 000 130 000 11 33 67 32 99 203 23,1 34,7 45,6
0,3 0,3 17 1,76 0,66 110 000 160 000 8 23 46 22 68 138 22,9 34,1 44,3
0,3 0,3 17 2,7 0,66 120 000 180 000 8 23 46 22 68 138 22,9 34,1 44,3
0,3 0,1 18,6 4,65 1,83 60 000 90 000 19 73 152 59 242 543 14,6 26,5 38,71
0,3 0,1 18,6 4,45 1,75 53 000 85 000 23 109 248 66 328 775 31,8 57,2 80,3
0,3 0,1 18,6 4,65 1,75 85 000 130 000 8 36 82 22 114 274 11,3 21,4 31,1
0,3 0,1 18,6 4,45 1,67 75 000 120 000 12 63 145 35 184 436 29 51,9 71,7
0,3 0,1 18,8 2,45 0,96 80 000 130 000 9 27 54 27 87 181 10,8 17,3 23,9
0,3 0,1 18,8 2,32 0,91 75 000 110 000 15 44 88 43 131 268 26,7 40 52,6
0,3 0,1 18,8 2,32 0,87 95 000 140 000 10 30 61 29 89 181 26,4 39,2 50,9
0,3 0,1 18,8 3,55 0,87 100 000 160 000 10 30 61 29 89 181 26,4 39,2 50,9
0,6 0,6 21,1 9,1 3,9 50 000 75 000 35 123 248 109 420 916 19,3 34,6 50,3
0,6 0,6 21,1 8,8 3,75 45 000 67 000 47 193 423 137 588 1 342 42,8 73,9 103,1
0,6 0,6 21,1 9,1 3,7 63 000 95 000 16 65 142 47 210 483 15,6 28,2 40,9
0,6 0,6 21,1 8,8 3,6 53 000 80 000 26 112 248 76 332 757 39,2 66,8 84,3

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 135


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact Mounting
angle dimensions
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1  da Da
h12 H12
kg min.
B71902-C-T-P4S 0,016 15 28 7 0,3 0,3 15 18 25,5
B71902-E-T-P4S 0,016 15 28 7 0,3 0,3 25 18 25,5
HCB71902-C-T-P4S 0,014 15 28 7 0,3 0,3 15 18 25,5
HCB71902-E-T-P4S 0,014 15 28 7 0,3 0,3 25 18 25,5
HS71902-C-T-P4S 0,017 15 28 7 0,3 15 18 25,5
HS71902-E-T-P4S 0,017 15 28 7 0,3 25 18 25,5
HC71902-E-T-P4S 0,018 15 28 7 0,3 25 18 25,5
XC71902-E-T-P4S 0,018 15 28 7 0,3 25 18 25,5
B7002-C-T-P4S 0,03 15 32 9 0,3 0,3 15 19 29
B7002-E-T-P4S 0,03 15 32 9 0,3 0,3 25 19 29
HCB7002-C-T-P4S 0,027 15 32 9 0,3 0,3 15 19 29
HCB7002-E-T-P4S 0,027 15 32 9 0,3 0,3 25 19 29
HS7002-C-T-P4S 0,033 15 32 9 0,3 15 19 29
HS7002-E-T-P4S 0,033 15 32 9 0,3 25 19 29
HC7002-E-T-P4S 0,035 15 32 9 0,3 25 19 29
XC7002-E-T-P4S 0,035 15 32 9 0,3 25 19 29
B7202-C-T-P4S 0,044 15 35 11 0,6 0,6 15 19,5 30,5
B7202-E-T-P4S 0,044 15 35 11 0,6 0,6 25 19,5 30,5
HCB7202-C-T-P4S 0,038 15 35 11 0,6 0,6 15 19,5 30,5
HCB7202-E-T-P4S 0,038 15 35 11 0,6 0,6 25 19,5 30,5
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7002-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7002-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

136 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


0001603B

0000A073
Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
0,3 0,3 20,9 5,1 2,03 56 000 85 000 19 73 153 59 249 559 16,4 30,5 44,9
0,3 0,3 20,9 4,85 1,94 50 000 75 000 22 111 255 64 336 805 35 64,7 91,9
0,3 0,3 20,9 5,1 1,94 75 000 120 000 7 37 84 21 117 285 12,5 24,4 35,9
0,3 0,3 20,9 4,85 1,86 70 000 110 000 12 64 150 34 190 457 31,9 58,7 82
0,3 0,3 20,3 2,55 1,04 75 000 110 000 9 28 56 28 90 188 11,4 18,2 25,2
0,3 0,3 20,3 2,41 0,99 67 000 100 000 15 46 91 44 136 278 28,3 42,4 55,6
0,3 0,3 20,3 2,41 0,95 85 000 130 000 11 32 63 30 92 188 28 41,5 53,9
0,3 0,3 20,3 3,7 0,95 95 000 150 000 11 32 63 30 92 188 28 41,5 53,9
0,3 0,1 22,3 6,1 2,41 53 000 80 000 27 99 204 84 332 733 16,6 29,7 43,04
0,3 0,1 22,3 5,9 2,31 45 000 70 000 36 154 341 104 464 1 066 37,2 64,6 89,8
0,3 0,1 22,3 6,1 2,31 70 000 110 000 12 52 114 35 164 381 13,4 24,3 35,1
0,3 0,1 22,3 5,9 2,21 63 000 100 000 20 88 199 57 260 600 34,1 58,6 80,2
0,3 0,1 22,2 3,45 1,48 70 000 110 000 13 38 75 38 120 251 13,7 21,8 30,2
0,3 0,1 22,2 3,25 1,41 63 000 95 000 20 61 122 59 182 372 34 50,9 66,8
0,3 0,1 22,2 3,25 1,35 80 000 120 000 14 42 85 41 124 252 33,7 49,9 64,8
0,3 0,1 22,2 5 1,35 90 000 140 000 14 42 85 41 124 252 33,7 49,9 64,8
0,6 0,6 23,3 11,6 5 45 000 67 000 46 158 319 144 543 1 177 22,1 39,3 57
0,6 0,6 23,3 11,1 4,85 40 000 60 000 64 252 546 187 768 1 732 49,7 84,4 117,3
0,6 0,6 23,3 11,6 4,8 56 000 85 000 22 86 183 65 275 626 18,1 32,3 46,5
0,6 0,6 23,3 11,1 4,65 48 000 70 000 24 126 291 70 371 884 39,7 72 89,1

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 137


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact Mounting
angle dimensions
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1  da Da
h12 H12
kg min.
B71903-C-T-P4S 0,018 17 30 7 0,3 0,3 15 20 27,5
B71903-E-T-P4S 0,018 17 30 7 0,3 0,3 25 20 27,5
HCB71903-C-T-P4S 0,015 17 30 7 0,3 0,3 15 20 27,5
HCB71903-E-T-P4S 0,015 17 30 7 0,3 0,3 25 20 27,5
HS71903-C-T-P4S 0,019 17 30 7 0,3 15 20 27,5
HS71903-E-T-P4S 0,019 17 30 7 0,3 25 20 27,5
HC71903-E-T-P4S 0,021 17 30 7 0,3 25 20 27,5
XC71903-E-T-P4S 0,021 17 30 7 0,3 25 20 27,5
B7003-C-T-P4S 0,039 17 35 10 0,3 0,3 15 21 32
B7003-E-T-P4S 0,038 17 35 10 0,3 0,3 25 21 32
HCB7003-C-T-P4S 0,033 17 35 10 0,3 0,3 15 21 32
HCB7003-E-T-P4S 0,032 17 35 10 0,3 0,3 25 21 32
HS7003-C-T-P4S 0,043 17 35 10 0,3 15 21 32
HS7003-E-T-P4S 0,043 17 35 10 0,3 25 21 32
HC7003-E-T-P4S 0,046 17 35 10 0,3 25 21 32
XC7003-E-T-P4S 0,046 17 35 10 0,3 25 21 32
B7203-C-T-P4S 0,063 17 40 12 0,6 0,6 15 22,5 34,5
B7203-E-T-P4S 0,062 17 40 12 0,6 0,6 25 22,5 34,5
HCB7203-C-T-P4S 0,056 17 40 12 0,6 0,6 15 22,5 34,5
HCB7203-E-T-P4S 0,055 17 40 12 0,6 0,6 25 22,5 34,5
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7003-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7003-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

138 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


0001603B

0000A073
Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
0,3 0,3 22,2 5,3 2,23 50 000 80 000 20 78 162 62 263 592 17,5 32,6 47,9
0,3 0,3 22,2 5,1 2,12 45 000 70 000 22 115 265 65 346 833 36,9 68,5 97,3
0,3 0,3 22,2 5,3 2,13 70 000 110 000 8 39 89 22 123 300 13,3 26 38,3
0,3 0,3 22,2 5,1 2,03 63 000 100 000 12 65 154 34 193 466 33,4 61,9 86,4
0,3 0,3 22,3 2,6 1,13 70 000 110 000 10 29 58 29 93 194 12 19,2 26,5
0,3 0,3 22,3 2,48 1,07 63 000 95 000 16 47 93 45 138 283 29,6 44,4 58,3
0,3 0,3 22,3 2,48 1,03 80 000 120 000 11 33 66 31 96 195 29,6 43,9 56,9
0,3 0,3 22,3 3,8 1,03 90 000 140 000 11 33 66 31 96 195 29,6 43,9 56,9
0,3 0,1 24,1 8,6 3,5 45 000 70 000 40 142 291 124 474 1 042 21,1 37,1 53,61
0,3 0,1 24,1 8,2 3,35 43 000 63 000 54 220 483 156 663 1 504 47,6 81 111,9
0,3 0,1 24,1 8,6 3,35 63 000 100 000 18 75 164 54 237 546 17,3 30,7 43,9
0,3 0,1 24,1 8,2 3,25 56 000 90 000 30 126 279 85 370 840 43,5 73,4 99,7
0,3 0,1 24,7 3,55 1,6 63 000 95 000 13 38 76 38 121 253 14,3 22,7 31,3
0,3 0,1 24,7 3,35 1,52 56 000 85 000 21 63 126 61 187 382 35,7 53,4 70
0,3 0,1 24,7 3,35 1,46 75 000 110 000 14 43 86 41 126 256 35,3 52,2 67,7
0,3 0,1 24,7 5,1 1,46 80 000 120 000 14 43 86 41 126 256 35,3 52,2 67,7
0,6 0,6 26,7 13 5,8 38 000 56 000 53 179 360 165 614 1 327 23,6 41,8 60,6
0,6 0,6 26,7 12,4 5,6 36 000 53 000 74 286 616 216 871 1 954 53,3 89,9 124,6
0,6 0,6 26,7 13 5,6 50 000 75 000 25 97 208 75 313 708 19,5 34,4 49,5
0,6 0,6 26,7 12,4 5,4 43 000 63 000 29 145 332 84 428 1 011 43,2 77,2 95,9

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 139


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71904-C-T-P4S 0,037 20 37 9 0,3 0,3 15
B71904-E-T-P4S 0,037 20 37 9 0,3 0,3 25
HCB71904-C-T-P4S 0,033 20 37 9 0,3 0,3 15
HCB71904-E-T-P4S 0,033 20 37 9 0,3 0,3 25
HS71904-C-T-P4S 0,04 20 37 9 0,3 15
HS71904-E-T-P4S 0,04 20 37 9 0,3 25
HC71904-E-T-P4S 0,045 20 37 9 0,3 25
XC71904-E-T-P4S 0,045 20 37 9 0,3 25
B7004-C-T-P4S 0,067 20 42 12 0,6 0,6 15
B7004-E-T-P4S 0,067 20 42 12 0,6 0,6 25
HCB7004-C-T-P4S 0,061 20 42 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 15
HCB7004-E-T-P4S 0,06 20 42 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
RS7004-D-T-P4S 0,07 20 42 12 0,6 0,6 20
HS7004-C-T-P4S 0,077 20 42 12 0,6 15
HS7004-E-T-P4S 0,077 20 42 12 0,6 25
HC7004-E-T-P4S 0,079 20 42 12 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
XC7004-E-T-P4S 0,079 20 42 12 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
B7204-C-T-P4S 0,103 20 47 14 1 1 15
B7204-E-T-P4S 0,103 20 47 14 1 1 25
HCB7204-C-T-P4S 0,092 20 47 14 1 1 15
HCB7204-E-T-P4S 0,091 20 47 14 1 1 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7004-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7004-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7004-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7004-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

140 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
24 33,5 0,3 0,3 26,8 7,4 3,2 43 000 63 000 31 113 233 95 384 851 21,6 39,3 57,4
24 33,5 0,3 0,3 26,8 7 3,05 38 000 60 000 37 170 384 108 516 1 208 46,7 83,3 117,1
24 33,5 0,3 0,3 26,8 7,4 3,1 60 000 90 000 12 57 128 37 182 431 16,8 31,5 46
24 33,5 0,3 0,3 26,8 7 2,95 53 000 80 000 20 98 223 58 289 678 42,5 75,3 104,1
24 33,5 0,3 0,3 27,2 3,6 1,73 56 000 90 000 13 39 78 39 124 259 15 23,7 32,7
24 33,5 0,3 0,3 27,2 3,4 1,63 53 000 80 000 22 65 129 62 191 392 37,4 55,9 73,2
24 33,5 0,3 0,3 27,2 3,4 1,56 67 000 100 000 15 44 88 42 128 261 36,9 54,6 70,7
24 33,5 0,3 0,3 27,2 5,2 1,56 75 000 110 000 15 44 88 42 128 261 36,9 54,6 70,7
25 37 0,6 0,3 28,8 10,3 4,25 38 000 60 000 51 175 356 157 586 1 276 22,6 39,4 56,8
25 37 0,6 0,3 28,8 9,8 4,05 34 000 53 000 71 275 595 205 829 1 857 51,6 86,3 118,7
25 37 0,6 0,3 28,8 10,3 4,05 53 000 80 000 24 94 202 72 297 673 18,7 32,7 46,6
25 37 0,6 0,3 28,8 9,8 3,9 48 000 75 000 28 140 321 80 410 966 42 74,7 102,9
25 37 0,6 0,3 28,8 9,5 3,6 45 000 70 000 46 139 278 137 427 883 32,8 50,5 67,9
25 37 0,6 0,3 29,3 5,7 2,7 53 000 80 000 21 62 125 63 198 413 19,8 31,5 43,5
25 37 0,6 0,3 29,3 5,4 2,6 48 000 75 000 34 101 202 97 299 611 49,1 73,6 96,4
25 37 0,6 0,3 29,3 5,4 2,47 60 000 95 000 23 70 140 67 204 415 48,8 72,3 93,7
25 37 0,6 0,3 29,3 8,3 2,47 67 000 100 000 23 70 140 67 204 415 48,8 72,3 93,7
26,5 40,5 1 1 31,7 17,2 8 32 000 48 000 75 248 496 234 851 1 828 28,1 49,3 71,1
26,5 40,5 1 1 31,7 16,5 7,7 30 000 45 000 107 398 848 313 1 212 2 686 63,7 106 146,2
26,5 40,5 1 1 31,7 17,2 7,6 40 000 60 000 36 135 284 109 432 967 23,3 40,5 57,9
26,5 40,5 1 1 31,7 16,5 7,3 36 000 53 000 46 205 460 131 606 1 400 53 91,6 114,9

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 141


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71905-C-T-P4S 0,043 25 42 9 0,3 0,3 15
B71905-E-T-P4S 0,043 25 42 9 0,3 0,3 25
HCB71905-C-T-P4S 0,039 25 42 9 0,3 0,3 15
HCB71905-E-T-P4S 0,039 25 42 9 0,3 0,3 25
RS71905-D-T-P4S 0,045 25 42 9 0,3 0,3 20
HS71905-C-T-P4S 0,046 25 42 9 0,3 15
HS71905-E-T-P4S 0,046 25 42 9 0,3 25
HC71905-E-T-P4S 0,051 25 42 9 0,3 25
XC71905-E-T-P4S 0,051 25 42 9 0,3 25
B7005-C-T-P4S 0,071 25 47 12 0,6 0,6 15
B7005-E-T-P4S 0,07 25 47 12 0,6 0,6 25
HCB7005-C-T-P4S 0,065 25 47 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 15
HCB7005-E-T-P4S 0,065 25 47 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
RS7005-D-T-P4S 0,075 25 47 12 0,6 0,6 20
HS7005-C-T-P4S 0,088 25 47 12 0,6 15
HS7005-E-T-P4S 0,088 25 47 12 0,6 25
HC7005-E-T-P4S 0,092 25 47 12 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
XC7005-E-T-P4S 0,092 25 47 12 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
B7205-C-T-P4S 0,126 25 52 15 1 1 15
B7205-E-T-P4S 0,126 25 52 15 1 1 25
HCB7205-C-T-P4S 0,113 25 52 15 1 1 15
HCB7205-E-T-P4S 0,113 25 52 15 1 1 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7005-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7005-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7005-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7005-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

142 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
29 38,5 0,3 0,3 31,8 8,3 4,05 36 000 56 000 33 124 258 102 418 934 24,9 45,4 66,3
29 38,5 0,3 0,3 31,8 7,9 3,85 32 000 50 000 40 188 426 115 566 1 335 54,1 97,3 136,8
29 38,5 0,3 0,3 31,8 8,3 3,9 50 000 75 000 13 63 142 39 199 475 19,4 36,6 53,4
29 38,5 0,3 0,3 31,8 7,9 3,7 45 000 67 000 21 105 243 60 310 735 48,7 87,4 120,9
29 38,5 0,3 0,3 31,8 7,4 3,4 43 000 63 000 36 109 218 107 333 689 36,5 56,1 75,2
29 38,5 0,3 0,3 32,2 3,9 2,06 48 000 75 000 14 43 85 43 135 282 17 26,8 36,9
29 38,5 0,3 0,3 32,2 3,65 1,95 43 000 67 000 23 69 138 66 204 416 42,2 63,1 82,4
29 38,5 0,3 0,3 32,2 3,65 1,87 56 000 85 000 16 47 95 45 138 281 41,8 61,9 80,1
29 38,5 0,3 0,3 32,2 5,6 1,87 63 000 95 000 16 47 95 45 138 281 41,8 61,9 80,1
30 42 0,6 0,3 33,5 14,3 6,5 34 000 50 000 74 249 507 226 831 1 807 29,6 51,2 73,54
30 42 0,6 0,3 33,5 13,6 6,2 30 000 45 000 100 383 823 290 1 150 2 560 67,2 111,5 152,7
30 42 0,6 0,3 33,5 14,3 6,2 45 000 70 000 35 133 285 104 419 944 24,6 42,5 60,2
30 42 0,6 0,3 33,5 13,6 5,9 40 000 63 000 41 196 446 117 573 1 338 55,4 96,9 132,8
30 42 0,6 0,3 33,5 13,6 5,8 38 000 60 000 65 195 390 192 597 1 234 42,5 65,4 87,7
30 42 0,6 0,3 34,3 5,8 2,95 45 000 70 000 21 63 127 64 201 419 20,6 32,7 45
30 42 0,6 0,3 34,3 5,5 2,8 40 000 63 000 35 104 207 100 306 626 51,2 76,7 100,4
30 42 0,6 0,3 34,3 5,5 2,65 53 000 80 000 23 70 140 67 204 415 50,4 74,7 96,7
30 42 0,6 0,3 34,3 8,4 2,65 56 000 90 000 23 70 140 67 204 415 50,4 74,7 96,7
31,5 45,5 1 1 36,5 18,3 9,2 28 000 43 000 80 265 531 248 906 1 949 30,4 53,4 77
31,5 45,5 1 1 36,5 17,5 8,8 26 000 40 000 114 425 907 333 1 293 2 868 69,2 115,2 158,8
31,5 45,5 1 1 36,5 18,3 8,8 36 000 53 000 39 145 306 117 465 1 042 25,3 44,1 63,1
31,5 45,5 1 1 36,5 17,5 8,5 32 000 48 000 49 220 495 140 650 1 504 57,6 99,8 125

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 143


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71906-C-T-P4S 0,05 30 47 9 0,3 0,3 15
B71906-E-T-P4S 0,05 30 47 9 0,3 0,3 25
HCB71906-C-T-P4S 0,045 30 47 9 0,3 0,3 1,1 5,3 1,4 15
HCB71906-E-T-P4S 0,045 30 47 9 0,3 0,3 1,1 5,3 1,4 25
RS71906-D-T-P4S 0,055 30 47 9 0,3 0,3 20
HCRS71906-D-T-P4S 0,045 30 47 9 0,3 0,3 1,1 5,3 1,4 20
HS71906-C-T-P4S 0,05 30 47 9 0,3 15
HS71906-E-T-P4S 0,05 30 47 9 0,3 25
HC71906-E-T-P4S 0,054 30 47 9 0,3 1,1 5,3 1,4 25
XC71906-E-T-P4S 0,054 30 47 9 0,3 1,1 5,3 1,4 25
B7006-C-T-P4S 0,108 30 55 13 1 1 15
B7006-E-T-P4S 0,108 30 55 13 1 1 25
HCB7006-C-T-P4S 0,103 30 55 13 1 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 15
HCB7006-E-T-P4S 0,102 30 55 13 1 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 25
RS7006-D-T-P4S 0,115 30 55 13 1 1 20
HCRS7006-D-T-P4S 0,115 30 55 13 1 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 20
HS7006-C-T-P4S 0,124 30 55 13 1 15
HS7006-E-T-P4S 0,124 30 55 13 1 25
HC7006-E-T-P4S 0,133 30 55 13 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 25
XC7006-E-T-P4S 0,133 30 55 13 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 25
B7206-C-T-P4S 0,202 30 62 16 1 1 15
B7206-E-T-P4S 0,201 30 62 16 1 1 25
HCB7206-C-T-P4S 0,171 30 62 16 1 1 15
HCB7206-E-T-P4S 0,171 30 62 16 1 1 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7006-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7006-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7006-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7006-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

144 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
34 43,5 0,3 0,3 36,8 8,8 4,65 30 000 48 000 34 131 274 106 439 985 27 49,3 72,1
34 43,5 0,3 0,3 36,8 8,4 4,4 28 000 43 000 39 193 441 114 580 1 377 58 105,2 147,9
34 43,5 0,3 0,3 36,8 8,8 4,45 43 000 67 000 14 67 151 40 210 504 21,1 40 58,3
34 43,5 0,3 0,3 36,8 8,4 4,25 38 000 60 000 21 109 254 60 322 768 52,5 95,1 131,7
34 43,5 0,3 0,3 36,8 7,9 3,9 36 000 56 000 39 116 232 114 353 730 40,1 61,4 82,2
34 43,5 0,3 0,3 36,8 7,9 3,7 45 000 70 000 27 80 160 77 238 489 39,4 59,4 65,8
34 43,5 0,3 0,3 36,75 5,9 3,1 43 000 63 000 21 64 129 65 204 425 21,3 33,8 46,5
34 43,5 0,3 0,3 36,75 5,6 2,95 38 000 60 000 35 104 207 100 306 625 52,9 79,1 103,4
34 43,5 0,3 0,3 36,75 5,6 2,85 48 000 75 000 24 72 143 69 209 425 52,5 77,7 100,6
34 43,5 0,3 0,3 36,75 8,5 2,85 53 000 85 000 24 72 143 69 209 425 52,5 77,7 100,6
36 49 1 0,3 40,4 15,4 7,3 28 000 43 000 74 252 511 228 848 1 844 32,4 56,7 81,79
36 49 1 0,3 40,4 14,6 7 24 000 38 000 101 394 850 294 1 188 2 661 73,5 123,2 169,7
36 49 1 0,3 40,4 15,4 7 38 000 60 000 35 136 291 104 431 976 26,9 47 67,1
36 49 1 0,3 40,4 14,6 6,7 34 000 53 000 41 201 463 117 592 1 395 60,1 106,9 147,3
36 49 1 0,3 40,4 14,3 6,5 32 000 50 000 68 205 410 201 625 1 293 45,3 69,6 93,4
36 49 1 0,3 40,4 14,3 6,3 40 000 63 000 46 139 278 135 416 855 44,4 66,9 88,4
36 49 1 0,3 40,5 8,2 4,25 38 000 56 000 29 88 177 89 280 584 24,4 38,7 53,2
36 49 1 0,3 40,5 7,8 4,05 34 000 53 000 48 143 286 138 423 865 60,6 90,6 118,6
36 49 1 0,3 40,5 7,8 3,85 43 000 67 000 33 98 197 94 287 583 60 88,8 115
36 49 1 0,3 40,5 12 3,85 48 000 75 000 33 98 197 94 287 583 60 88,8 115
37,5 54,5 1 1 43,7 28,5 14,7 24 000 38 000 123 404 806 385 1 375 2 945 39,6 68,8 98,9
37,5 54,5 1 1 43,7 27 14,1 22 000 36 000 177 641 1 355 518 1 946 4 271 90,4 148,3 203,3
37,5 54,5 1 1 43,7 28,5 14,1 30 000 45 000 62 222 465 185 711 1 576 33,3 57,1 81,1
37,5 54,5 1 1 43,7 27 13,5 26 000 40 000 80 339 749 231 1 001 2 273 76,8 129,7 163,6

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 145


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71907-C-T-P4S 0,077 35 55 10 0,6 0,6 15
B71907-E-T-P4S 0,077 35 55 10 0,6 0,6 25
HCB71907-C-T-P4S 0,067 35 55 10 0,6 0,6 1,6 5,8 1,4 15
HCB71907-E-T-P4S 0,067 35 55 10 0,6 0,6 1,6 5,8 1,4 25
RS71907-D-T-P4S 0,08 35 55 10 0,6 0,6 20
HCRS71907-D-T-P4S 0,068 35 55 10 0,6 0,6 1,6 5,8 1,4 20
HS71907-C-T-P4S 0,081 35 55 10 0,6 15
HS71907-E-T-P4S 0,081 35 55 10 0,6 25
HC71907-E-T-P4S 0,086 35 55 10 0,6 1,6 5,8 1,4 25
XC71907-E-T-P4S 0,086 35 55 10 0,6 25
B7007-C-T-P4S 0,153 35 62 14 1 1 15
B7007-E-T-P4S 0,152 35 62 14 1 1 25
HCB7007-C-T-P4S 0,135 35 62 14 1 1 2,8 8 1,4 15
HCB7007-E-T-P4S 0,135 35 62 14 1 1 2,8 8 1,4 25
RS7007-D-T-P4S 0,155 35 62 14 1 1 20
HCRS7007-D-T-P4S 0,155 35 62 14 1 1 2,8 8 1,4 20
HS7007-C-T-P4S 0,169 35 62 14 1 15
HS7007-E-T-P4S 0,169 35 62 14 1 25
HC7007-E-T-P4S 0,178 35 62 14 1 2,8 8 1,4 25
XC7007-E-T-P4S 0,178 35 62 14 1 2,8 8 1,4 25
B7207-C-T-P4S 0,301 35 72 17 1,1 1,1 15
B7207-E-T-P4S 0,3 35 72 17 1,1 1,1 25
HCB7207-C-T-P4S 0,265 35 72 17 1,1 1,1 15
HCB7207-E-T-P4S 0,264 35 72 17 1,1 1,1 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7007-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7007-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7007-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7007-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

146 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
40 51,5 0,6 0,6 44 12,1 6,8 26 000 40 000 50 185 384 155 619 1 377 33,5 60,2 87,5
40 51,5 0,6 0,6 44 11,5 6,5 24 000 36 000 60 273 613 174 820 1 910 72,9 128,5 179,3
40 51,5 0,6 0,6 44 12,1 6,5 36 000 56 000 21 96 213 63 301 709 26,7 49,1 71
40 51,5 0,6 0,6 44 11,5 6,2 32 000 50 000 33 158 359 95 463 1 081 66,7 117 160,7
40 51,5 0,6 0,6 44 11,3 6,1 30 000 48 000 52 156 311 153 474 980 49 75,2 100,7
40 51,5 0,6 0,6 44 11,3 5,8 38 000 60 000 36 109 218 106 326 670 48,5 73,2 82,7
40 51,5 0,6 0,6 43,3 6,4 3,8 36 000 56 000 23 70 140 70 220 459 24,5 38,6 53
40 51,5 0,6 0,6 43,3 6,1 3,6 32 000 50 000 38 113 226 109 333 680 61 91,1 119
40 51,5 0,6 0,6 43,3 6,1 3,45 40 000 63 000 26 78 155 74 226 459 60,5 89,4 115,6
40 51,5 0,6 0,6 43,3 9,3 3,45 45 000 70 000 26 78 155 74 226 459 60,5 89,4 115,6
41 56 1 0,3 45,6 19 9,6 24 000 38 000 96 324 656 296 1 087 2 357 38,3 66,6 95,76
41 56 1 0,3 45,6 18,1 9,2 22 000 34 000 135 514 1 102 394 1 551 3 446 87,9 145,9 200,3
41 56 1 0,3 45,6 19 9,2 34 000 53 000 47 176 375 138 558 1 255 32 55,5 78,9
41 56 1 0,3 45,6 18,1 8,8 30 000 45 000 55 259 588 157 761 1 771 72,1 125,9 172,6
41 56 1 0,3 45,6 18,1 8,7 28 000 43 000 85 254 508 249 776 1 605 53,8 82,7 111
41 56 1 0,3 45,6 18,1 8,7 36 000 56 000 59 176 352 171 527 1 083 53 80,1 105,8
41 56 1 0,3 46,5 8,9 5 34 000 50 000 31 93 187 94 295 614 27,1 42,8 58,8
41 56 1 0,3 46,5 8,4 4,7 30 000 45 000 51 152 304 146 448 915 67,7 101,1 132,1
41 56 1 0,3 46,5 8,4 4,5 38 000 60 000 35 105 210 101 307 623 67,3 99,5 128,7
41 56 1 0,3 46,5 12,8 4,5 43 000 67 000 35 105 210 101 307 623 67,3 99,5 128,7
44 63 1 1 50,7 31,5 17,9 20 000 34 000 134 443 887 418 1 500 3 223 44,8 77,8 111,8
44 63 1 1 50,7 30 17,1 19 000 32 000 195 710 1 504 570 2 152 4 730 103,2 169,4 232,2
44 63 1 1 50,7 31,5 17,2 26 000 40 000 67 243 510 200 774 1 720 37,7 64,7 91,8
44 63 1 1 50,7 30 16,4 22 000 36 000 84 363 806 242 1 069 2 438 86,2 146,4 184,1

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 147


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71908-C-T-P4S 0,1 40 62 12 0,6 0,6 15
B71908-E-T-P4S 0,099 40 62 12 0,6 0,6 25
HCB71908-C-T-P4S 0,092 40 62 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 15
HCB71908-E-T-P4S 0,092 40 62 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
RS71908-D-T-P4S 0,105 40 62 12 0,6 0,6 20
HCRS71908-D-T-P4S 0,09 40 62 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 20
HS71908-C-T-P4S 0,125 40 62 12 0,6 15
HS71908-E-T-P4S 0,125 40 62 12 0,6 25
HC71908-E-T-P4S 0,129 40 62 12 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
XC71908-E-T-P4S 0,129 40 62 12 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
B7008-C-T-P4S 0,188 40 68 15 1 1 15
B7008-E-T-P4S 0,188 40 68 15 1 1 25
HCB7008-C-T-P4S 0,168 40 68 15 1 1 2,8 8,5 1,4 15
HCB7008-E-T-P4S 0,168 40 68 15 1 1 2,8 8,5 1,4 25
RS7008-D-T-P4S 0,19 40 68 15 1 1 20
HCRS7008-D-T-P4S 0,19 40 68 15 1 1 2,8 8,5 1,4 20
HS7008-C-T-P4S 0,211 40 68 15 1 15
HS7008-E-T-P4S 0,211 40 68 15 1 25
HC7008-E-T-P4S 0,221 40 68 15 1 2,8 8,5 1,4 25
XC7008-E-T-P4S 0,221 40 68 15 1 2,8 8,5 1,4 25
B7208-C-T-P4S 0,372 40 80 18 1,1 1,1 15
B7208-E-T-P4S 0,371 40 80 18 1,1 1,1 25
HCB7208-C-T-P4S 0,322 40 80 18 1,1 1,1 15
HCB7208-E-T-P4S 0,321 40 80 18 1,1 1,1 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7008-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7008-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7008-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7008-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

148 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
45 58,5 0,6 0,6 49,1 18 9,9 24 000 36 000 84 292 594 259 979 2 140 40,7 71,6 103,4
45 58,5 0,6 0,6 49,1 17,1 9,4 20 000 32 000 111 447 974 324 1 348 3 043 91,3 154,5 213,4
45 58,5 0,6 0,6 49,1 18 9,4 32 000 50 000 39 156 337 116 494 1 127 33,5 59,2 84,7
45 58,5 0,6 0,6 49,1 17,1 9 28 000 45 000 41 220 514 117 645 1 548 72,4 132,2 183,2
45 58,5 0,6 0,6 49,1 16,7 8,7 26 000 40 000 79 236 472 232 720 1 489 57,2 87,7 117,6
45 58,5 0,6 0,6 49,1 16,7 8,4 34 000 53 000 54 161 322 156 481 988 56 84,4 98,9
45 58,5 0,6 0,6 49,3 6,8 4,3 32 000 48 000 24 72 145 72 227 473 26,6 41,8 57,2
45 58,5 0,6 0,6 49,3 6,4 4,05 28 000 43 000 39 117 235 113 345 704 66,6 99,2 129,3
45 58,5 0,6 0,6 49,3 6,4 3,9 36 000 56 000 27 82 164 78 238 484 66,4 98 126,6
45 58,5 0,6 0,6 49,3 9,7 3,9 40 000 63 000 27 82 164 78 238 484 66,4 98 126,6
46 62 1 0,3 50,8 20,9 11,2 22 000 34 000 101 344 698 312 1 157 2 515 43,2 75,6 108,9
46 62 1 0,3 50,8 19,9 10,6 20 000 30 000 141 543 1 170 410 1 640 3 663 98,6 164,8 226,8
46 62 1 0,3 50,8 25,5 10,7 30 000 45 000 49 188 402 146 597 1 350 36,1 63,1 89,9
46 62 1 0,3 50,8 24,4 10,2 28 000 43 000 55 271 622 159 797 1 875 80 141,7 195,1
46 62 1 0,3 50,8 19,5 10,1 26 000 40 000 91 273 546 268 833 1 721 59,8 91,7 122,9
46 62 1 0,3 50,8 19,5 10,1 32 000 50 000 64 191 382 185 571 1 173 59,1 89,2 117,8
46 62 1 0,3 52 9,4 5,7 30 000 45 000 34 101 201 100 316 659 30,1 47,4 64,9
46 62 1 0,3 52 8,9 5,4 26 000 40 000 53 160 321 154 472 964 74,7 111,4 145,4
46 62 1 0,3 52 8,9 5,2 34 000 53 000 37 110 221 106 321 652 74,2 109,5 141,5
46 62 1 0,3 52 13,7 5,2 38 000 60 000 37 110 221 106 321 652 74,2 109,5 141,5
48 72 1 1 56,7 32,5 16,1 18 000 30 000 175 566 1 128 544 1 920 4 102 49,2 84,7 121,5
48 72 1 1 56,7 31 15,4 17 000 28 000 257 906 1 903 750 2 748 5 985 113,5 184,3 251,6
48 72 1 1 56,7 32,5 15,4 24 000 38 000 89 312 650 266 996 2 193 41,6 70,6 99,8
48 72 1 1 56,7 31 14,7 20 000 34 000 121 485 1 059 347 1 432 3 208 97,6 162,1 205,4

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 149


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71909-C-T-P4S 0,117 45 68 12 0,6 0,6 15
B71909-E-T-P4S 0,116 45 68 12 0,6 0,6 25
HCB71909-C-T-P4S 0,109 45 68 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 15
HCB71909-E-T-P4S 0,108 45 68 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
RS71909-D-T-P4S 0,12 45 68 12 0,6 0,6 20
HCRS71909-D-T-P4S 0,11 45 68 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 20
HS71909-C-T-P4S 0,136 45 68 12 0,6 15
HS71909-E-T-P4S 0,136 45 68 12 0,6 25
HC71909-E-T-P4S 0,14 45 68 12 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
XC71909-E-T-P4S 0,14 45 68 12 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
B7009-C-T-P4S 0,238 45 75 16 1 1 15
B7009-E-T-P4S 0,237 45 75 16 1 1 25
HCB7009-C-T-P4S 0,197 45 75 16 1 1 3,4 9,3 1,4 15
HCB7009-E-T-P4S 0,197 45 75 16 1 1 3,4 9,3 1,4 25
RS7009-D-T-P4S 0,24 45 75 16 1 1 20
HCRS7009-D-T-P4S 0,24 45 75 16 1 1 20
HS7009-C-T-P4S 0,262 45 75 16 1 15
HS7009-E-T-P4S 0,261 45 75 16 1 25
HC7009-E-T-P4S 0,277 45 75 16 1 3,4 9,3 1,4 25
XC7009-E-T-P4S 0,277 45 75 16 1 3,4 9,3 1,4 25
B7209-C-T-P4S 0,423 45 85 19 1,1 1,1 15
B7209-E-T-P4S 0,422 45 85 19 1,1 1,1 25
HCB7209-C-T-P4S 0,37 45 85 19 1,1 1,1 15
HCB7209-E-T-P4S 0,369 45 85 19 1,1 1,1 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7009-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7009-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7009-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7009-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

150 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
50 63,5 0,6 0,6 54,5 19,1 11,2 20 000 32 000 88 307 628 270 1 027 2 251 44 77,5 111,8
50 63,5 0,6 0,6 54,5 18,2 10,6 19 000 28 000 116 470 1 028 336 1 415 3 203 99 168 231,9
50 63,5 0,6 0,6 54,5 19,1 10,7 28 000 45 000 40 164 355 120 516 1 182 36,2 64,1 91,7
50 63,5 0,6 0,6 54,5 18,2 10,2 26 000 40 000 42 233 547 121 682 1 643 78,5 144,2 200
50 63,5 0,6 0,6 54,5 17,7 9,9 24 000 38 000 82 246 491 241 748 1 544 62 94,9 126,9
50 63,5 0,6 0,6 54,5 17,7 9,5 32 000 48 000 57 171 341 165 509 1 044 61,1 92,1 107,4
50 63,5 0,6 0,6 54,5 9,6 6 28 000 43 000 34 101 201 100 316 657 30,8 48,4 66,2
50 63,5 0,6 0,6 54,5 9,1 5,6 26 000 40 000 55 164 328 158 482 984 77,2 115 150
50 63,5 0,6 0,6 54,5 9,1 5,4 32 000 50 000 38 113 226 108 329 667 76,6 113,1 146,1
50 63,5 0,6 0,6 54,5 13,9 5,4 36 000 56 000 38 113 226 108 329 667 76,6 113,1 146,1
51 69 1 0,3 56,2 28 14,9 19 000 30 000 144 476 958 445 1 606 3 461 49,8 86,3 123,91
51 69 1 0,3 56,2 26,5 14,2 17 000 26 000 208 763 1 622 606 2 308 5 082 115 188,9 258,7
51 69 1 0,3 56,2 28 14,3 26 000 40 000 71 261 549 212 827 1 843 41,9 71,9 101,9
51 69 1 0,3 56,2 26,5 13,6 24 000 38 000 89 389 869 254 1 145 2 622 95,8 163,4 223
51 69 1 0,3 56,2 26,5 13,7 22 000 36 000 123 369 737 361 1 124 2 323 67,4 103,4 138,6
51 69 1 0,3 56,2 26,5 13,7 30 000 45 000 85 254 508 246 758 1 557 66,3 100 131,9
51 69 1 0,3 57,7 12,3 7,5 26 000 40 000 43 130 259 130 409 853 34,3 54,1 74,3
51 69 1 0,3 57,7 11,6 7,1 24 000 36 000 70 210 421 203 621 1 269 85,4 127,6 166,7
51 69 1 0,3 57,7 11,6 6,8 30 000 48 000 48 143 286 137 417 848 84,4 124,7 161,3
51 69 1 0,3 57,7 17,8 6,8 34 000 53 000 48 143 286 137 417 848 84,4 124,7 161,3
52,5 78 1 1 61,8 34 17,7 17 000 28 000 182 592 1 182 567 2 003 4 286 52,2 90 128,9
52,5 78 1 1 61,8 32,5 16,9 15 000 24 000 268 948 1 994 782 2 873 6 261 120,8 196,1 267,8
52,5 78 1 1 61,8 34 17 22 000 36 000 93 329 685 279 1 047 2 307 44,4 75,3 106,4
52,5 78 1 1 61,8 32,5 16,2 18 000 30 000 123 500 1 095 354 1 475 3 312 103,2 171,7 217,2

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 151


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71910-C-T-P4S 0,117 50 72 12 0,6 0,6 15
B71910-E-T-P4S 0,083 50 72 12 0,6 0,6 25
HCB71910-C-T-P4S 0,108 50 72 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 15
HCB71910-E-T-P4S 0,108 50 72 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
RS71910-D-T-P4S 0,13 50 72 12 0,6 0,6 20
HCRS71910-D-T-P4S 0,115 50 72 12 0,6 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 20
HS71910-C-T-P4S 0,138 50 72 12 0,6 15
HS71910-E-T-P4S 0,138 50 72 12 0,6 25
HC71910-E-T-P4S 0,143 50 72 12 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
XC71910-E-T-P4S 0,143 50 72 12 0,6 2,2 6,6 1,4 25
B7010-C-T-P4S 0,257 50 80 16 1 1 15
B7010-E-T-P4S 0,256 50 80 16 1 1 25
HCB7010-C-T-P4S 0,214 50 80 16 1 1 3,4 9,3 1,4 15
HCB7010-E-T-P4S 0,213 50 80 16 1 1 3,4 9,3 1,4 25
RS7010-D-T-P4S 0,25 50 80 16 1 1 20
HCRS7010-D-T-P4S 0,25 50 80 16 1 1 3,4 9,3 1,4 20
HS7010-C-T-P4S 0,283 50 80 16 1 15
HS7010-E-T-P4S 0,282 50 80 16 1 25
HC7010-E-T-P4S 0,3 50 80 16 1 3,4 9,3 1,4 25
XC7010-E-T-P4S 0,3 50 80 16 1 3,4 9,3 1,4 25
B7210-C-T-P4S 0,448 50 90 20 1,1 1,1 15
B7210-E-T-P4S 0,446 50 90 20 1,1 1,1 25
HCB7210-C-T-P4S 0,384 50 90 20 1,1 1,1 15
HCB7210-E-T-P4S 0,382 50 90 20 1,1 1,1 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7010-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7010-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7010-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7010-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

152 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
55 67,5 0,6 0,6 58,9 19,6 11,9 19 000 30 000 89 313 642 274 1 044 2 293 45,6 80,2 115,7
55 67,5 0,6 0,6 58,9 18,6 11,3 17 000 26 000 117 479 1 049 340 1 439 3 263 102,5 174,3 240,5
55 67,5 0,6 0,6 58,9 19,6 11,4 26 000 40 000 41 167 362 121 525 1 205 37,5 66,4 95
55 67,5 0,6 0,6 58,9 18,6 10,8 24 000 36 000 40 229 542 115 671 1 626 79,7 147,9 205,3
55 67,5 0,6 0,6 58,9 18,1 10,5 22 000 34 000 85 254 508 249 772 1 594 64,7 99 132,4
55 67,5 0,6 0,6 58,9 18,1 10,1 28 000 45 000 58 173 347 168 516 1 059 63,4 95,5 111
55 67,5 0,6 0,6 59 9,9 6,5 26 000 40 000 35 105 209 104 328 682 32,6 51,2 70
55 67,5 0,6 0,6 59 9,4 6,1 24 000 36 000 56 169 338 163 497 1 014 81,7 121,7 158,6
55 67,5 0,6 0,6 59 9,4 5,8 30 000 48 000 39 116 231 110 336 682 80,9 119,4 154,1
55 67,5 0,6 0,6 59 14,3 5,8 34 000 53 000 39 116 231 110 336 682 80,9 119,4 154,1
56 74 1 0,3 61,2 29 16,1 18 000 28 000 148 493 994 459 1 659 3 579 52,3 90,5 129,93
56 74 1 0,3 61,2 27,5 15,3 16 000 24 000 209 774 1 648 610 2 336 5 151 119,8 197 269,6
56 74 1 0,3 61,2 29 15,4 24 000 38 000 73 268 566 217 848 1 894 43,9 75,3 106,6
56 74 1 0,3 61,2 27,5 14,7 22 000 34 000 90 400 895 259 1 175 2 697 100,2 171,4 234
56 74 1 0,3 61,2 27,5 14,8 20 000 32 000 127 382 764 375 1 164 2 406 71 108,8 145,7
56 74 1 0,3 61,2 27,5 14,1 26 000 43 000 88 263 527 255 786 1 614 69,8 105,3 138,8
56 74 1 0,3 62,7 12,8 8,2 24 000 38 000 45 135 269 135 424 884 36,4 57,4 78,8
56 74 1 0,3 62,7 12,1 7,7 22 000 34 000 72 216 431 208 635 1 297 90,6 135,1 176,3
56 74 1 0,3 62,7 12,1 7,4 28 000 43 000 50 149 298 143 435 883 90 132,9 171,9
56 74 1 0,3 62,7 18,4 7,4 32 000 48 000 50 149 298 143 435 883 90 132,9 171,9
57 83 1 1 66,2 43 22,4 16 000 26 000 240 771 1 534 746 2 606 5 556 59,9 102,6 146,8
57 83 1 1 66,2 41 21,4 14 000 22 000 352 1 221 2 553 1 027 3 697 8 006 138,3 222,9 303,3
57 83 1 1 66,2 43 21,4 20 000 34 000 126 434 898 377 1 383 3 027 51,4 86,5 121,8
57 83 1 1 66,2 41 20,4 17 000 28 000 168 656 1 420 484 1 933 4 292 119,9 196,5 249,7

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 153


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71911-C-T-P4S 0,174 55 80 13 1 1 15
B71911-E-T-P4S 0,173 55 80 13 1 1 25
HCB71911-C-T-P4S 0,15 55 80 13 1 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 15
HCB71911-E-T-P4S 0,149 55 80 13 1 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 25
RS71911-D-T-P4S 0,18 55 80 13 1 1 20
HCRS71911-D-T-P4S 0,15 55 80 13 1 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 20
HS71911-C-T-P4S 0,186 55 80 13 1 15
HS71911-E-T-P4S 0,186 55 80 13 1 25
HC71911-E-T-P4S 0,204 55 80 13 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 25
XC71911-E-T-P4S 0,204 55 80 13 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 25
B7011-C-T-P4S 0,377 55 90 18 1,1 1,1 15
B7011-E-T-P4S 0,376 55 90 18 1,1 1,1 25
HCB7011-C-T-P4S 0,312 55 90 18 1,1 1,1 4,3 9,7 1,4 15
HCB7011-E-T-P4S 0,311 55 90 18 1,1 1,1 4,3 9,7 1,4 25
RS7011-D-T-P4S 0,38 55 90 18 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS7011-D-T-P4S 0,38 55 90 18 1,1 1,1 4,3 9,7 1,4 20
HS7011-C-T-P4S 0,405 55 90 18 1,1 15
HS7011-E-T-P4S 0,404 55 90 18 1,1 25
HC7011-E-T-P4S 0,429 55 90 18 1,1 4,3 9,7 1,4 25
XC7011-E-T-P4S 0,429 55 90 18 1,1 4,3 9,7 1,4 25
B7211-C-T-P4S 0,619 55 100 21 1,5 1,5 15
B7211-E-T-P4S 0,617 55 100 21 1,5 1,5 25
HCB7211-C-T-P4S 0,546 55 100 21 1,5 1,5 15
HCB7211-E-T-P4S 0,544 55 100 21 1,5 1,5 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7011-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7011-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7011-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7011-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

154 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
60 75,5 0,6 0,6 65,1 23,5 14,4 17 000 26 000 111 382 780 340 1 274 2 784 50,8 88,6 127,6
60 75,5 0,6 0,6 65,1 22,2 13,7 15 000 24 000 149 588 1 278 431 1 768 3 973 115,1 193,3 265,7
60 75,5 0,6 0,6 65,1 23,5 13,8 24 000 36 000 53 208 447 157 654 1 487 42,4 74,1 105,5
60 75,5 0,6 0,6 65,1 22,2 13,1 22 000 32 000 57 296 686 164 867 2 058 93 167 230,4
60 75,5 0,6 0,6 65,1 12,4 6,1 20 000 32 000 102 306 612 299 929 1 917 71,2 108,9 145,5
60 75,5 0,6 0,6 65,1 21,9 12,5 26 000 40 000 70 209 418 202 622 1 275 69,9 105,1 123,6
60 75,5 0,6 0,6 65,2 13 8,5 24 000 36 000 45 135 269 135 424 882 37,3 58,6 80,3
60 75,5 0,6 0,6 65,2 12,3 8 22 000 32 000 73 219 438 211 645 1 317 93,2 139 181,4
60 75,5 0,6 0,6 65,2 12,3 7,7 28 000 43 000 51 152 304 145 442 897 92,7 136,9 176,9
60 75,5 0,6 0,6 65,2 18,8 7,7 30 000 48 000 51 152 304 145 442 897 92,7 136,9 176,9
62 83 1 0,6 68,1 38,5 22,1 16 000 24 000 205 670 1 344 635 2 253 4 837 61,4 105,5 151,07
62 83 1 0,6 68,1 37 21 14 000 22 000 296 1 059 2 234 862 3 197 6 983 141,7 230,3 314
62 83 1 0,6 68,1 38,5 21,2 22 000 34 000 102 366 765 305 1 158 2 559 51,9 87,9 124
62 83 1 0,6 68,1 37 20,1 20 000 30 000 136 562 1 236 390 1 653 3 728 121,2 202,5 274,6
62 83 1 0,6 68,1 36 19,8 19 000 28 000 171 512 1 024 502 1 558 3 219 82,3 126,1 168,8
62 83 1 0,6 68,1 36 18,9 24 000 38 000 116 348 696 337 1 038 2 130 80,6 121,4 160
62 83 1 0,6 69,7 17,9 11,5 22 000 34 000 62 187 374 187 588 1 225 42,2 66,5 91,1
62 83 1 0,6 69,7 16,9 10,9 20 000 30 000 101 304 607 292 895 1 826 105,6 157,4 205,5
62 83 1 0,6 69,7 16,9 10,4 26 000 40 000 70 210 421 201 613 1 244 105 155,1 200,5
62 83 1 0,6 69,7 26 10,4 28 000 43 000 70 210 421 201 613 1 244 105 155,1 200,5
63 92 1,5 1,5 73,7 47 26,5 14 000 22 000 258 832 1 662 800 2 800 5 985 66,7 114 163
63 92 1,5 1,5 73,7 45 25 13 000 20 000 378 1 321 2 767 1 103 3 991 8 652 154,6 249,2 338,8
63 92 1,5 1,5 73,7 47 25 18 000 30 000 132 460 956 395 1 460 3 203 56,9 95,6 134,5
63 92 1,5 1,5 73,7 45 24 15 000 24 000 180 709 1 540 518 2 088 4 646 133,8 219,9 279

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 155


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71912-C-T-P4S 0,188 60 85 13 1 1 15
B71912-E-T-P4S 0,187 60 85 13 1 1 25
HCB71912-C-T-P4S 0,161 60 85 13 1 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 15
HCB71912-E-T-P4S 0,16 60 85 13 1 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 25
RS71912-D-T-P4S 0,195 60 85 13 1 1 20
HCRS71912-D-T-P4S 0,16 60 85 13 1 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 20
HS71912-C-T-P4S 0,2 60 85 13 1 15
HS71912-E-T-P4S 0,2 60 85 13 1 25
HC71912-E-T-P4S 0,22 60 85 13 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 25
XC71912-E-T-P4S 0,22 60 85 13 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 25
B7012-C-T-P4S 0,401 60 95 18 1,1 1,1 15
B7012-E-T-P4S 0,4 60 95 18 1,1 1,1 25
HCB7012-C-T-P4S 0,333 60 95 18 1,1 1,1 4,3 9,7 1,4 15
HCB7012-E-T-P4S 0,332 60 95 18 1,1 1,1 4,3 9,7 1,4 25
RS7012-D-T-P4S 0,4 60 95 18 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS7012-D-T-P4S 0,4 60 95 18 1,1 1,1 4,3 9,7 1,4 20
HS7012-C-T-P4S 0,433 60 95 18 1,1 15
HS7012-E-T-P4S 0,433 60 95 18 1,1 25
HC7012-E-T-P4S 0,458 60 95 18 1,1 4,3 9,7 1,4 25
XC7012-E-T-P4S 0,458 60 95 18 1,1 4,3 9,7 1,4 25
B7212-C-T-P4S 0,795 60 110 22 1,5 1,5 15
B7212-E-T-P4S 0,793 60 110 22 1,5 1,5 25
HCB7212-C-T-P4S 0,687 60 110 22 1,5 1,5 15
HCB7212-E-T-P4S 0,685 60 110 22 1,5 1,5 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7012-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7012-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7012-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7012-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

156 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
65 80,5 0,6 0,6 70,1 24,7 16 16 000 24 000 116 401 822 354 1 333 2 919 54,5 95,1 136,8
65 80,5 0,6 0,6 70,1 23,4 15,2 14 000 22 000 155 617 1 344 448 1 853 4 171 123,7 208,1 286,1
65 80,5 0,6 0,6 70,1 24,7 15,3 22 000 34 000 54 214 462 159 671 1 530 45,1 79 112,4
65 80,5 0,6 0,6 70,1 23,4 14,5 20 000 30 000 57 303 707 163 887 2 118 98,5 178,5 246,4
65 80,5 0,6 0,6 70,1 23,1 14,4 19 000 28 000 106 317 633 310 960 1 980 76,4 116,6 155,5
65 80,5 0,6 0,6 70,1 23,1 13,8 24 000 38 000 74 222 445 215 662 1 357 75,8 113,9 133,6
65 80,5 0,6 0,6 70,2 13,4 9,2 22 000 34 000 47 141 281 140 442 920 39,5 62,1 85
65 80,5 0,6 0,6 70,2 12,6 8,7 20 000 30 000 76 228 455 219 670 1 368 98,8 147,2 192
65 80,5 0,6 0,6 70,2 12,6 8,3 26 000 40 000 52 155 311 148 452 917 97,7 144,2 186,3
65 80,5 0,6 0,6 70,2 19,4 8,3 28 000 43 000 52 155 311 148 452 917 97,7 144,2 186,3
67 88 1 0,6 73,1 40 23,8 15 000 22 000 209 687 1 381 647 2 304 4 952 64 109,9 157,36
67 88 1 0,6 73,1 38 22,6 13 000 20 000 297 1 069 2 259 864 3 221 7 045 147,1 239,2 326
67 88 1 0,6 73,1 40 22,7 20 000 32 000 106 379 794 315 1 198 2 651 54,4 92,2 130
67 88 1 0,6 73,1 38 21,6 19 000 28 000 136 569 1 256 391 1 673 3 782 125,9 210,9 286
67 88 1 0,6 73,1 37 21,2 18 000 26 000 173 519 1 037 508 1 576 3 254 85,8 131,2 175,3
67 88 1 0,6 73,1 37 20,3 22 000 34 000 121 362 723 350 1 078 2 211 84,8 127,6 168,1
67 88 1 0,6 74,7 18,6 12,5 20 000 32 000 65 194 388 194 609 1 269 44,8 70,5 96,4
67 88 1 0,6 74,7 17,6 11,8 18 000 28 000 105 316 631 304 929 1 896 112,3 167,3 218,3
67 88 1 0,6 74,7 17,6 11,3 24 000 36 000 73 219 438 209 638 1 294 111,7 165 213,1
67 88 1 0,6 74,7 27 11,3 26 000 40 000 73 219 438 209 638 1 294 111,7 165 213,1
69,5 101,5 1,5 1,5 81,2 56 31 13 000 20 000 312 996 1 982 968 3 352 7 140 70,9 120,8 172,4
69,5 101,5 1,5 1,5 81,2 53 29,5 12 000 19 000 463 1 586 3 304 1 351 4 794 10 334 164,9 264,1 358,3
69,5 101,5 1,5 1,5 81,2 56 29,5 16 000 26 000 163 557 1 149 488 1 767 3 852 60,9 101,6 142,7
69,5 101,5 1,5 1,5 81,2 53 28,5 14 000 22 000 226 859 1 847 651 2 531 5 576 144 233,8 297,7

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 157


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71913-C-T-P4S 0,2 65 90 13 1 1 15
B71913-E-T-P4S 0,199 65 90 13 1 1 25
HCB71913-C-T-P4S 0,172 65 90 13 1 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 15
HCB71913-E-T-P4S 0,171 65 90 13 1 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 25
RS71913-D-T-P4S 0,2 65 90 13 1 1 20
HCRS71913-D-T-P4S 0,175 65 90 13 1 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 20
HS71913-C-T-P4S 0,214 65 90 13 1 15
HS71913-E-T-P4S 0,214 65 90 13 1 25
HC71913-E-T-P4S 0,235 65 90 13 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 25
XC71913-E-T-P4S 0,235 65 90 13 1 2,8 7,2 1,4 25
B7013-C-T-P4S 0,426 65 100 18 1,1 1,1 15
B7013-E-T-P4S 0,425 65 100 18 1,1 1,1 25
HCB7013-C-T-P4S 0,354 65 100 18 1,1 1,1 4 10,4 1,4 15
HCB7013-E-T-P4S 0,353 65 100 18 1,1 1,1 4 10,4 1,4 25
RS7013-D-T-P4S 0,43 65 100 18 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS7013-D-T-P4S 0,43 65 100 18 1,1 1,1 4 10,4 1,4 20
HS7013-C-T-P4S 0,461 65 100 18 1,1 15
HS7013-E-T-P4S 0,461 65 100 18 1,1 25
HC7013-E-T-P4S 0,488 65 100 18 1,1 4 10,4 1,4 25
XC7013-E-T-P4S 0,488 65 100 18 1,1 4 10,4 1,4 25
B7213-C-T-P4S 1 65 120 23 1,5 1,5 15
B7213-E-T-P4S 0,998 65 120 23 1,5 1,5 25
HCB7213-C-T-P4S 0,866 65 120 23 1,5 1,5 15
HCB7213-E-T-P4S 0,863 65 120 23 1,5 1,5 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7013-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7013-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7013-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7013-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

158 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
70 85,5 0,6 0,6 75,1 25 16,9 15 000 22 000 117 409 839 360 1 356 2 973 56,2 98,1 141,1
70 85,5 0,6 0,6 75,1 23,7 16 13 000 20 000 152 613 1 339 440 1 837 4 145 126,4 213 292,7
70 85,5 0,6 0,6 75,1 25 16,1 20 000 32 000 55 219 473 161 684 1 562 46,6 81,7 116,1
70 85,5 0,6 0,6 75,1 23,7 15,3 19 000 28 000 58 309 723 165 904 2 165 101,6 184,7 255,1
70 85,5 0,6 0,6 75,1 23,3 15,1 18 000 26 000 113 339 678 330 1 021 2 101 86,4 131,1 173,9
70 85,5 0,6 0,6 75,1 23,3 14,5 22 000 34 000 78 234 468 226 693 1 417 85,3 127,6 148,2
70 85,5 0,6 0,6 75,2 13,8 9,9 20 000 32 000 48 144 287 143 450 937 41,5 65 88,8
70 85,5 0,6 0,6 75,2 13 9,3 18 000 28 000 77 231 462 222 680 1 386 103,6 154,2 200,9
70 85,5 0,6 0,6 75,2 13 8,9 24 000 36 000 53 160 321 153 466 946 103,1 152,1 196,3
70 85,5 0,6 0,6 75,2 19,9 8,9 26 000 40 000 53 160 321 153 466 946 103,1 152,1 196,3
72 93 1 0,6 78,1 41,5 25,5 14 000 22 000 214 704 1 417 660 2 354 5 068 66,7 114,4 163,62
72 93 1 0,6 78,1 39 24,1 13 000 19 000 308 1 111 2 350 896 3 347 7 323 154,3 251 341,9
72 93 1 0,6 78,1 41,5 24,3 19 000 30 000 107 385 808 318 1 213 2 688 56,4 95,6 134,8
72 93 1 0,6 78,1 39 23,1 17 000 26 000 137 577 1 276 392 1 694 3 836 130,5 219,2 297,3
72 93 1 0,6 78,1 38,5 22,7 16 000 26 000 177 532 1 065 521 1 616 3 335 89,6 136,9 182,8
72 93 1 0,6 78,1 38,5 21,7 22 000 32 000 123 369 737 357 1 097 2 250 88,4 132,9 174,9
72 93 1 0,6 79,7 19,3 13,4 19 000 30 000 67 201 402 200 630 1 312 47,4 74,4 101,7
72 93 1 0,6 79,7 18,2 12,7 17 000 26 000 109 328 656 315 964 1 967 119 177,2 231
72 93 1 0,6 79,7 18,2 12,2 22 000 34 000 74 223 445 213 647 1 313 117,5 173,4 223,8
72 93 1 0,6 79,7 28 12,2 24 000 38 000 74 223 445 213 647 1 313 117,5 173,4 223,8
75,5 109,5 1,5 1,5 88,2 68 38,5 12 000 19 000 386 1 224 2 431 1 198 4 118 8 752 78,9 133,9 190,9
75,5 109,5 1,5 1,5 88,2 65 36,5 11 000 18 000 585 1 977 4 100 1 709 5 978 12 828 184,8 294,5 399
75,5 109,5 1,5 1,5 88,2 68 36,5 15 000 24 000 205 690 1 419 614 2 192 4 757 68,2 113,2 158,6
75,5 109,5 1,5 1,5 88,2 65 35 13 000 20 000 290 1 071 2 286 834 3 157 6 901 162,1 260,7 333,1

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 159


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71914-C-T-P4S 0,34 70 100 16 1 1 15
B71914-E-T-P4S 0,339 70 100 16 1 1 25
HCB71914-C-T-P4S 0,281 70 100 16 1 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 15
HCB71914-E-T-P4S 0,28 70 100 16 1 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 25
RS71914-D-T-P4S 0,33 70 100 16 1 1 20
HCRS71914-D-T-P4S 0,28 70 100 16 1 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 20
HS71914-C-T-P4S 0,354 70 100 16 1 15
HS71914-E-T-P4S 0,353 70 100 16 1 25
HC71914-E-T-P4S 0,379 70 100 16 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 25
XC71914-E-T-P4S 0,379 70 100 16 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 25
B7014-C-T-P4S 0,577 70 110 20 1,1 1,1 15
B7014-E-T-P4S 0,575 70 110 20 1,1 1,1 25
HCB7014-C-T-P4S 0,494 70 110 20 1,1 1,1 4 11,6 1,4 15
HCB7014-E-T-P4S 0,492 70 110 20 1,1 1,1 4 11,6 1,4 25
RS7014-D-T-P4S 0,59 70 110 20 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS7014-D-T-P4S 0,59 70 110 20 1,1 1,1 4 11,6 1,4 20
HS7014-C-T-P4S 0,644 70 110 20 1,1 15
HS7014-E-T-P4S 0,643 70 110 20 1,1 25
HC7014-E-T-P4S 0,67 70 110 20 1,1 4 11,6 1,4 25
XC7014-E-T-P4S 0,67 70 110 20 1,1 4 11,6 1,4 25
B7214-C-T-P4S 1,1 70 125 24 1,5 1,5 15
B7214-E-T-P4S 1,09 70 125 24 1,5 1,5 25
HCB7214-C-T-P4S 0,954 70 125 24 1,5 1,5 15
HCB7214-E-T-P4S 0,951 70 125 24 1,5 1,5 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7014-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7014-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7014-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7014-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

160 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
76 94,5 0,6 0,6 82,2 34,5 23 14 000 20 000 170 576 1 171 523 1 912 4 155 66 113,9 163,2
76 94,5 0,6 0,6 82,2 32,5 21,8 12 000 19 000 233 886 1 902 677 2 658 5 898 151 249,4 340,8
76 94,5 0,6 0,6 82,2 34,5 22 19 000 28 000 83 312 665 245 980 2 200 55,5 95,3 134,8
76 94,5 0,6 0,6 82,2 32,5 20,8 17 000 26 000 98 459 1 040 281 1 343 3 118 125,7 218,1 298,1
76 94,5 0,6 0,6 82,2 32 20,9 16 000 24 000 156 467 934 455 1 406 2 893 99,2 150,6 199,9
76 94,5 0,6 0,6 82,2 32 20 20 000 32 000 107 322 644 310 952 1 947 97,9 146,5 173,8
76 94,5 0,6 0,6 82,3 17,8 12,9 19 000 28 000 61 184 368 183 576 1 198 47 73,7 100,6
76 94,5 0,6 0,6 82,3 16,8 12,2 17 000 26 000 99 298 597 287 877 1 789 117,9 175,5 228,5
76 94,5 0,6 0,6 82,3 16,8 11,7 22 000 34 000 69 207 414 198 602 1 221 117,4 173,1 223,4
76 94,5 0,6 0,6 82,3 25,5 11,7 24 000 36 000 69 207 414 198 602 1 221 117,4 173,1 223,4
77 102 1 0,6 85 50 30,5 13 000 20 000 276 894 1 790 853 2 995 6 414 73,5 125,4 179,1
77 102 1 0,6 85 48 29 11 000 18 000 395 1 388 2 915 1 149 4 183 9 083 169,2 272,8 370,6
77 102 1 0,6 85 50 29,5 18 000 28 000 139 487 1 014 414 1 538 3 380 62,3 104,6 147
77 102 1 0,6 85 48 28 16 000 24 000 188 749 1 633 540 2 203 4 915 146,6 241,7 326,3
77 102 1 0,6 85 49,5 30 15 000 24 000 218 655 1 310 641 1 988 4 104 96,8 147,9 197,5
77 102 1 0,6 85 47,5 28 19 000 30 000 152 457 915 443 1 361 2 791 95,8 144 189,6
77 102 1 0,6 86,7 25 17,2 18 000 28 000 87 261 523 261 820 1 706 52,2 81,9 112
77 102 1 0,6 86,7 23,6 16,3 16 000 24 000 141 423 845 406 1 243 2 536 130,6 194,4 253,4
77 102 1 0,6 86,7 23,6 15,6 20 000 32 000 98 293 587 280 853 1 731 130 191,7 247,6
77 102 1 0,6 86,7 36 15,6 22 000 34 000 98 293 587 280 853 1 731 130 191,7 247,6
80 115 1,5 1,5 92,7 71 41,5 11 000 18 000 399 1 269 2 524 1 238 4 260 9 062 83,1 140,8 200,7
80 115 1,5 1,5 92,7 67 39,5 10 000 17 000 595 2 017 4 189 1 736 6 090 13 077 193,7 308,6 417,8
80 115 1,5 1,5 92,7 71 39,5 14 000 22 000 211 711 1 464 630 2 253 4 894 71,6 118,8 166,4
80 115 1,5 1,5 92,7 67 38 12 000 19 000 297 1 103 2 359 854 3 249 7 111 170,5 274,5 350,3

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 161


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71915-C-T-P4S 0,359 75 105 16 1 1 15
B71915-E-T-P4S 0,358 75 105 16 1 1 25
HCB71915-C-T-P4S 0,297 75 105 16 1 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 15
HCB71915-E-T-P4S 0,296 75 105 16 1 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 25
RS71915-D-T-P4S 0,355 75 105 16 1 1 20
HCRS71915-D-T-P4S 0,3 75 105 16 1 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 20
HS71915-C-T-P4S 0,374 75 105 16 1 15
HS71915-E-T-P4S 0,373 75 105 16 1 25
HC71915-E-T-P4S 0,4 75 105 16 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 25
XC71915-E-T-P4S 0,4 75 105 16 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 25
B7015-C-T-P4S 0,608 75 115 20 1,1 1,1 15
B7015-E-T-P4S 0,606 75 115 20 1,1 1,1 25
HCB7015-C-T-P4S 0,521 75 115 20 1,1 1,1 4 11,6 1,4 15
HCB7015-E-T-P4S 0,519 75 115 20 1,1 1,1 4 11,6 1,4 25
RS7015-D-T-P4S 0,61 75 115 20 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS7015-D-T-P4S 0,61 75 115 20 1,1 1,1 4 11,6 1,4 20
HS7015-C-T-P4S 0,679 75 115 20 1,1 15
HS7015-E-T-P4S 0,678 75 115 20 1,1 25
HC7015-E-T-P4S 0,707 75 115 20 1,1 4 11,6 1,4 25
XC7015-E-T-P4S 0,707 75 115 20 1,1 4 11,6 1,4 25
B7215-C-T-P4S 1,2 75 130 25 1,5 1,5 15
B7215-E-T-P4S 1,2 75 130 25 1,5 1,5 25
HCB7215-C-T-P4S 1,05 75 130 25 1,5 1,5 15
HCB7215-E-T-P4S 1,04 75 130 25 1,5 1,5 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7015-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7015-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7015-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7015-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

162 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
81 99,5 0,6 0,6 87,2 35 24,2 13 000 20 000 172 584 1 189 527 1 933 4 206 68 117,2 167,9
81 99,5 0,6 0,6 87,2 33 22,9 11 000 18 000 235 897 1 928 682 2 688 5 970 155,6 257,1 351,3
81 99,5 0,6 0,6 87,2 35 23,1 18 000 28 000 83 317 676 247 991 2 229 57,1 98,2 138,8
81 99,5 0,6 0,6 87,2 33 21,9 16 000 24 000 95 454 1 034 273 1 328 3 094 127,9 223,2 305,2
81 99,5 0,6 0,6 87,2 33 22 15 000 24 000 156 467 934 454 1 404 2 888 101,9 154,5 204,8
81 99,5 0,6 0,6 87,2 33 21 19 000 30 000 109 328 655 316 968 1 980 101,3 151,5 179,3
81 99,5 0,6 0,6 87,3 18,3 13,8 18 000 28 000 64 191 382 190 597 1 242 49,5 77,5 105,7
81 99,5 0,6 0,6 87,3 17,2 13 16 000 24 000 101 304 607 292 891 1 817 123,4 183,4 238,7
81 99,5 0,6 0,6 87,3 17,2 12,5 20 000 32 000 70 210 421 201 611 1 240 122,8 181 233,4
81 99,5 0,6 0,6 87,3 26,5 12,5 22 000 34 000 70 210 421 201 611 1 240 122,8 181 233,4
82 107 1 0,6 90 52 32,5 12 000 19 000 280 911 1 827 865 3 043 6 525 76,3 130,1 185,7
82 107 1 0,6 90 49,5 31 11 000 17 000 405 1 430 3 005 1 180 4 305 9 353 176,8 285,2 387,2
82 107 1 0,6 90 52 31,5 17 000 26 000 145 508 1 059 431 1 603 3 524 65,4 109,8 154,3
82 107 1 0,6 90 49,5 29,5 15 000 24 000 192 769 1 679 551 2 260 5 050 153 252,5 340,9
82 107 1 0,6 90 49 29,5 14 000 22 000 228 683 1 365 667 2 070 4 272 101,7 155,3 207,3
82 107 1 0,6 90 49 28,5 18 000 28 000 157 471 942 456 1 401 2 872 100,2 150,6 198,1
82 107 1 0,6 91,7 25,5 17,9 17 000 26 000 89 266 533 265 835 1 737 53,7 84,3 115,1
82 107 1 0,6 91,7 23,9 17 15 000 24 000 144 431 863 415 1 268 2 587 134,5 200,3 261
82 107 1 0,6 91,7 23,9 16,2 19 000 30 000 99 298 597 285 868 1 761 133,8 197,3 254,7
82 107 1 0,6 91,7 36,5 16,2 22 000 32 000 99 298 597 285 868 1 761 133,8 197,3 254,7
85 120 1,5 1,5 97,7 73 44,5 11 000 18 000 413 1 314 2 617 1 278 4 401 9 371 87,2 147,8 210,4
85 120 1,5 1,5 97,7 70 42,5 9 500 16 000 615 2 091 4 345 1 794 6 306 13 546 203,8 324,7 439,4
85 120 1,5 1,5 97,7 73 42,5 14 000 22 000 219 740 1 524 653 2 341 5 087 75,4 125,1 175,1
85 120 1,5 1,5 97,7 70 40,5 12 000 19 000 308 1 149 2 459 887 3 383 7 409 179,7 289,5 369,2

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 163


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) 2) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71916-C-T-P4S 0,376 80 110 16 1 1 15
B71916-E-T-P4S 0,375 80 110 16 1 1 25
HCB71916-C-T-P4S 0,312 80 110 16 1 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 15
HCB71916-E-T-P4S 0,311 80 110 16 1 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 25
RS71916-D-T-P4S 0,365 80 110 16 1 1 20
HCRS71916-D-T-P4S 0,32 80 110 16 1 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 20
HS71916-C-T-P4S 0,379 80 110 16 1 15
HS71916-E-T-P4S 0,379 80 110 16 1 25
HC71916-E-T-P4S 0,41 80 110 16 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 25
XC71916-E-T-P4S 0,41 80 110 16 1 3,1 9,3 1,4 25
B7016-C-T-P4S 0,836 80 125 22 1,1 1,1 15
B7016-E-T-P4S 0,833 80 125 22 1,1 1,1 25
HCB7016-C-T-P4S 0,699 80 125 22 1,1 1,1 4,7 12,2 2,2 15
HCB7016-E-T-P4S 0,696 80 125 22 1,1 1,1 4,7 12,2 2,2 25
RS7016-D-T-P4S 0,84 80 125 22 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS7016-D-T-P4S 0,84 80 125 22 1,1 1,1 4,7 12,2 2,2 20
HS7016-C-T-P4S 0,927 80 125 22 1,1 15
HS7016-E-T-P4S 0,925 80 125 22 1,1 25
HC7016-E-T-P4S 0,943 80 125 22 1,1 4,7 12,2 2,2 25
XC7016-E-T-P4S 0,943 80 125 22 1,1 4,7 12,2 2,2 25
B7216-C-T-P4S 1,43 80 140 26 2 2 15
B7216-E-T-P4S 1,42 80 140 26 2 2 25
HCB7216-C-T-P4S 1,18 80 140 26 2 2 15
HCB7216-E-T-P4S 1,18 80 140 26 2 2 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7016-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7016-E-T-P4S-UL.
3) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
4) Explanation, see page 62.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7016-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7016-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

164 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds3) Preload force4) Lift-off force4) Axial rigidity4)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
86 104 0,6 0,6 92,2 35,5 25,5 12 000 19 000 174 591 1 206 532 1 954 4 257 69,9 120,5 172,5
86 104 0,6 0,6 92,2 33,5 24 11 000 17 000 237 908 1 955 686 2 718 6 043 160,1 264,8 361,7
86 104 0,6 0,6 92,2 35,5 24,3 17 000 26 000 84 321 686 249 1 004 2 259 58,8 101,1 142,9
86 104 0,6 0,6 92,2 33,5 23 15 000 24 000 95 459 1 049 273 1 344 3 137 131,5 230,1 314,7
86 104 0,6 0,6 92,2 33,5 23,1 14 000 22 000 160 481 963 468 1 446 2 975 105,8 160,3 212,4
86 104 0,6 0,6 92,2 33,5 22,1 18 000 28 000 111 333 667 321 985 2 013 104,6 156,4 184,8
86 104 0,6 0,6 92,15 20,3 15,5 17 000 26 000 71 213 426 212 666 1 385 52,3 81,9 111,7
86 104 0,6 0,6 92,15 19,2 14,6 15 000 24 000 113 338 676 325 992 2 023 130,4 193,9 252,3
86 104 0,6 0,6 92,15 19,2 14 19 000 30 000 79 236 473 226 686 1 392 130,2 191,9 247,5
86 104 0,6 0,6 92,15 29,5 14 22 000 32 000 79 236 473 226 686 1 392 130,2 191,9 247,5
88 117 1 0,6 96,8 64 41 11 000 17 000 354 1 138 2 277 1 091 3 797 8 119 85,7 145,4 207,21
88 117 1 0,6 96,8 61 39 10 000 15 000 525 1 816 3 796 1 528 5 469 11 813 200,6 321,3 435,3
88 117 1 0,6 96,8 64 39 15 000 24 000 186 640 1 327 554 2 020 4 415 74 123,3 172,8
88 117 1 0,6 96,8 61 37,5 14 000 22 000 252 977 2 113 726 2 872 6 354 174,5 284,4 382,6
88 117 1 0,6 96,8 61 37,5 13 000 20 000 282 846 1 693 827 2 565 5 292 113,5 173,2 231,1
88 117 1 0,6 96,8 61 36 17 000 26 000 196 587 1 174 568 1 745 3 577 112,1 168,4 221,5
88 117 1 0,6 98,9 30,5 21,8 15 000 24 000 106 317 633 315 991 2 063 58,7 92 125,6
88 117 1 0,6 98,9 28,5 20,6 14 000 22 000 173 518 1 035 497 1 521 3 103 147,5 219,6 286,1
88 117 1 0,6 98,9 28,5 19,7 18 000 28 000 117 352 704 336 1 023 2 075 145,8 215 277,5
88 117 1 0,6 98,9 44 19,7 20 000 30 000 117 352 704 336 1 023 2 075 145,8 215 277,5
91 129 2 2 104,3 94 55 10 000 17 000 549 1 721 3 412 1 701 5 781 12 250 94,1 158,8 225,9
91 129 2 2 104,3 89 52 9 000 15 000 833 2 764 5 699 2 433 8 347 17 799 220,9 349,3 471,6
91 129 2 2 104,3 94 52 12 000 19 000 293 968 1 979 876 3 068 6 618 81,5 134,2 187,4
91 129 2 2 104,3 89 50 11 000 18 000 428 1 527 3 225 1 232 4 498 9 728 196,3 311,7 399,6

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 165


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 7194) Series 704) Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71917-C-T-P4S 0,533 85 120 18 1,1 1,1 15
B71917-E-T-P4S 0,532 85 120 18 1,1 1,1 25
HCB71917-C-T-P4S 0,441 85 120 18 1,1 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 15
HCB71917-E-T-P4S 0,44 85 120 18 1,1 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 25
RS71917-D-T-P4S 0,53 85 120 18 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS71917-D-T-P4S 0,45 85 120 18 1,1 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 20
HS71917-C-T-P4S 0,572 85 120 18 1,1 15
HS71917-E-T-P4S 0,571 85 120 18 1,1 25
HC71917-E-T-P4S 0,604 85 120 18 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 25
XC71917-E-T-P4S 0,604 85 120 18 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 25
B7017-C-T-P4S 0,878 85 130 22 1,1 1,1 15
B7017-E-T-P4S 0,875 85 130 22 1,1 1,1 25
HCB7017-C-T-P4S 0,734 85 130 22 1,1 1,1 4,7 12,2 2,2 15
HCB7017-E-T-P4S 0,731 85 130 22 1,1 1,1 4,7 12,2 2,2 25
RS7017-D-T-P4S 0,87 85 130 22 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS7017-D-T-P4S 0,87 85 130 22 1,1 1,1 4,7 12,2 2,2 20
HS7017-C-T-P4S 0,97 85 130 22 1,1 15
HS7017-E-T-P4S 0,969 85 130 22 1,1 25
HC7017-E-T-P4S 0,989 85 130 22 1,1 4,7 12,2 2,2 25
XC7017-E-T-P4S 0,989 85 130 22 1,1 4,7 12,2 2,2 25
B7217-C-T-P4S 1,82 85 150 28 2 2 15
B7217-E-T-P4S 1,81 85 150 28 2 2 25
HCB7217-C-T-P4S 1,55 85 150 28 2 2 15
HCB7217-E-T-P4S 1,55 85 150 28 2 2 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
3) Explanation, see page 62.
4) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7017-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7017-E-T-P4S-UL.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7017-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7017-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

166 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds2) Preload force3) Lift-off force3) Axial rigidity3)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
92 114 0,6 0,6 99,2 47 33,5 11 000 17 000 237 788 1 597 726 2 609 5 644 79,7 136,3 194,5
92 114 0,6 0,6 99,2 44,5 31,5 10 000 15 000 333 1 226 2 609 968 3 675 8 074 184,3 300,5 408,8
92 114 0,6 0,6 99,2 47 32 15 000 24 000 117 428 906 346 1 341 2 985 67,4 114,3 160,8
92 114 0,6 0,6 99,2 44,5 30 14 000 22 000 143 627 1 403 409 1 837 4 197 154,3 261,9 355,6
92 114 0,6 0,6 99,2 43,5 29,5 13 000 20 000 211 632 1 265 615 1 900 3 908 118,7 179,9 238,4
92 114 0,6 0,6 99,2 43,5 28,5 17 000 26 000 144 431 862 415 1 273 2 602 116,8 174,5 209,2
92 114 0,6 0,6 99,7 21,2 17 15 000 24 000 74 221 442 220 689 1 433 55,9 87,4 118,9
92 114 0,6 0,6 99,7 20 16 14 000 22 000 117 352 704 338 1 032 2 102 139,7 207,6 269,9
92 114 0,6 0,6 99,7 20 15,3 18 000 28 000 82 247 493 236 716 1 452 139,7 205,7 265,2
92 114 0,6 0,6 99,7 30,5 15,3 20 000 30 000 82 247 493 236 716 1 452 139,7 205,7 265,2
93 122 1 0,6 101,8 66 43,5 11 000 16 000 367 1 183 2 368 1 132 3 942 8 434 89,7 152,1 216,72
93 122 1 0,6 101,8 63 41,5 9 500 15 000 540 1 874 3 919 1 573 5 639 12 184 209,4 335,5 454,4
93 122 1 0,6 101,8 66 41,5 15 000 22 000 189 653 1 356 562 2 058 4 501 76,9 128,1 179,3
93 122 1 0,6 101,8 63 39,5 13 000 20 000 256 997 2 159 736 2 927 6 484 181,3 295,9 398
93 122 1 0,6 101,8 63 40 13 000 19 000 291 874 1 747 853 2 645 5 457 118,6 180,9 241,3
93 122 1 0,6 101,8 63 38 16 000 24 000 200 601 1 201 581 1 784 3 656 116,8 175,4 230,5
93 122 1 0,6 103,9 30,5 22,7 15 000 22 000 107 322 643 320 1 006 2 093 60,3 94,4 128,8
93 122 1 0,6 103,9 29 21,4 13 000 20 000 173 518 1 035 497 1 520 3 099 150,8 224,3 292,1
93 122 1 0,6 103,9 29 20,5 17 000 26 000 120 359 718 343 1 042 2 115 150,1 221,3 285,5
93 122 1 0,6 103,9 44,5 20,5 19 000 30 000 120 359 718 343 1 042 2 115 150,1 221,3 285,5
98 138 2 2 112,3 97 59 9 000 15 000 568 1 786 3 544 1 759 5 983 12 688 99,1 167,1 237,5
98 138 2 2 112,3 93 57 8 000 13 000 864 2 869 5 921 2 520 8 657 18 466 233,1 368,5 497,4
98 138 2 2 112,3 97 57 11 000 18 000 306 1 012 2 071 915 3 205 6 915 86,2 141,9 198
98 138 2 2 112,3 93 54 10 000 17 000 438 1 572 3 325 1 262 4 626 10 015 206,4 328 420,1

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 167


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 7194) Series 704) Series 724) m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71918-C-T-P4S 0,559 90 125 18 1,1 1,1 15
B71918-E-T-P4S 0,557 90 125 18 1,1 1,1 25
HCB71918-C-T-P4S 0,464 90 125 18 1,1 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 15
HCB71918-E-T-P4S 0,462 90 125 18 1,1 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 25
RS71918-D-T-P4S 0,55 90 125 18 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS71918-D-T-P4S 0,47 90 125 18 1,1 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 20
HS71918-C-T-P4S 0,58 90 125 18 1,1 15
HS71918-E-T-P4S 0,579 90 125 18 1,1 25
HC71918-E-T-P4S 0,629 90 125 18 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 25
XC71918-E-T-P4S 0,629 90 125 18 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 25
B7018-C-T-P4S 1,13 90 140 24 1,5 1,5 15
B7018-E-T-P4S 1,12 90 140 24 1,5 1,5 25
HCB7018-C-T-P4S 0,956 90 140 24 1,5 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 15
HCB7018-E-T-P4S 0,952 90 140 24 1,5 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 25
RS7018-D-T-P4S 1,14 90 140 24 1,5 1,5 20
HCRS7018-D-T-P4S 1,14 90 140 24 1,5 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 20
HS7018-C-T-P4S 1,27 90 140 24 1,5 15
HS7018-E-T-P4S 1,27 90 140 24 1,5 25
HC7018-E-T-P4S 1,31 90 140 24 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 25
XC7018-E-T-P4S 1,31 90 140 24 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 25
B7218-C-T-P4S 2,2 90 160 30 2 2 15
B7218-E-T-P4S 2,19 90 160 30 2 2 25
HCB7218-C-T-P4S 1,8 90 160 30 2 2 15
HCB7218-E-T-P4S 1,79 90 160 30 2 2 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
3) Explanation, see page 62.
4) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7018-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7018-E-T-P4S-UL.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7018-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7018-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

168 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds2) Preload force3) Lift-off force3) Axial rigidity3)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
97 119 0,6 0,6 104,2 48 35 11 000 16 000 238 796 1 615 729 2 628 5 691 81,8 139,8 199,5
97 119 0,6 0,6 104,2 45 33 9 500 15 000 334 1 236 2 634 970 3 701 8 140 189,4 309 420,3
97 119 0,6 0,6 104,2 48 33,5 15 000 22 000 118 434 919 349 1 357 3 023 69,4 117,7 165,4
97 119 0,6 0,6 104,2 45 31,5 13 000 20 000 147 648 1 450 421 1 897 4 337 160,1 272 369,3
97 119 0,6 0,6 104,2 44 31 13 000 19 000 216 647 1 293 629 1 942 3 994 122,8 186 246,5
97 119 0,6 0,6 104,2 44 29,5 16 000 24 000 146 438 877 422 1 293 2 643 120,6 180,1 215,5
97 119 0,6 0,6 104,5 23,2 18,7 15 000 22 000 79 237 474 235 739 1 536 57,2 89,4 121,6
97 119 0,6 0,6 104,5 21,9 17,7 13 000 20 000 129 386 773 371 1 133 2 309 144,3 214,4 278,7
97 119 0,6 0,6 104,5 21,9 16,9 17 000 26 000 90 269 538 257 781 1 584 143,9 212 273,2
97 119 0,6 0,6 104,5 33,5 16,9 19 000 30 000 90 269 538 257 781 1 584 143,9 212 273,2
100 131 1,5 0,6 108,6 78 51 10 000 15 000 437 1 395 2 785 1 347 4 651 9 920 95,2 161 229,09
100 131 1,5 0,6 108,6 74 48,5 9 000 14 000 646 2 205 4 590 1 880 6 636 14 269 222,6 354,6 479,4
100 131 1,5 0,6 108,6 78 49 14 000 22 000 230 781 1 613 685 2 464 5 361 82,3 136,3 190,6
100 131 1,5 0,6 108,6 74 46,5 12 000 19 000 319 1 201 2 577 916 3 528 7 745 195,4 315,5 423,1
100 131 1,5 0,6 108,6 73 45,5 12 000 18 000 341 1 024 2 048 1 000 3 100 6 395 125,2 190,9 254,6
100 131 1,5 0,6 108,6 73 44 15 000 24 000 237 710 1 420 686 2 109 4 322 123,6 185,6 244
100 131 1,5 0,6 111 36 26,5 14 000 22 000 126 377 754 375 1 178 2 451 65,4 102,3 139,5
100 131 1,5 0,6 111 34 25 12 000 19 000 204 612 1 225 588 1 799 3 667 164,2 244,2 317,9
100 131 1,5 0,6 111 34 24 16 000 24 000 141 423 845 404 1 228 2 490 163,2 240,5 310,3
100 131 1,5 0,6 111 52 24 18 000 28 000 141 423 845 404 1 228 2 490 163,2 240,5 310,3
104 147 2 2 118,8 125 75 8 500 14 000 732 2 280 4 513 2 267 7 640 16 156 108,9 182,8 259,5
104 147 2 2 118,8 119 72 7 500 12 000 1 127 3 689 7 575 3 291 11 132 23 627 257,1 404,3 544,6
104 147 2 2 118,8 125 72 11 000 18 000 400 1 303 2 655 1 197 4 129 8 866 95,2 155,8 217
104 147 2 2 118,8 119 69 9 000 15 000 586 2 042 4 283 1 688 6 013 12 905 229,5 361,2 464,2

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 169


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 7194) Series 704) Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71919-C-T-P4S 0,583 95 130 18 1,1 1,1 15
B71919-E-T-P4S 0,581 95 130 18 1,1 1,1 25
HCB71919-C-T-P4S 0,484 95 130 18 1,1 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 15
HCB71919-E-T-P4S 0,482 95 130 18 1,1 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 25
RS71919-D-T-P4S 0,58 95 130 18 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS71919-D-T-P4S 0,48 95 130 18 1,1 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 20
HS71919-C-T-P4S 0,606 95 130 18 1,1 15
HS71919-E-T-P4S 0,605 95 130 18 1,1 25
HC71919-E-T-P4S 0,658 95 130 18 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 25
XC71919-E-T-P4S 0,658 95 130 18 1,1 4 10,4 2,2 25
B7019-C-T-P4S 1,19 95 145 24 1,5 1,5 15
B7019-E-T-P4S 1,18 95 145 24 1,5 1,5 25
HCB7019-C-T-P4S 0,999 95 145 24 1,5 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 15
HCB7019-E-T-P4S 0,995 95 145 24 1,5 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 25
RS7019-D-T-P4S 1,19 95 145 24 1,5 1,5 20
HCRS7019-D-T-P4S 1,19 95 145 24 1,5 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 20
HS7019-C-T-P4S 1,32 95 145 24 1,5 15
HS7019-E-T-P4S 1,32 95 145 24 1,5 25
HC7019-E-T-P4S 1,36 95 145 24 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 25
XC7019-E-T-P4S 1,36 95 145 24 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 25
B7219-C-T-P4S 2,73 95 170 32 2,1 2,1 15
B7219-E-T-P4S 2,72 95 170 32 2,1 2,1 25
HCB7219-C-T-P4S 2,3 95 170 32 2,1 2,1 15
HCB7219-E-T-P4S 2,29 95 170 32 2,1 2,1 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
3) Explanation, see page 62.
4) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7019-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7019-E-T-P4S-UL.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7019-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7019-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

170 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds2) Preload force3) Lift-off force3) Axial rigidity3)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
102 124 0,6 0,6 109,2 48,5 36,5 10 000 16 000 243 813 1 651 743 2 679 5 806 84,4 144,1 205,6
102 124 0,6 0,6 109,2 46 34,5 9 000 14 000 341 1 262 2 693 988 3 777 8 313 195,5 319,1 433,9
102 124 0,6 0,6 109,2 48,5 35 14 000 22 000 119 440 932 352 1 373 3 061 71,3 121 170
102 124 0,6 0,6 109,2 46 33 13 000 19 000 148 656 1 470 423 1 918 4 393 164,4 280 380,3
102 124 0,6 0,6 109,2 45 32,5 12 000 18 000 218 654 1 308 635 1 961 4 033 126,4 191,3 253,3
102 124 0,6 0,6 109,2 45 31 15 000 24 000 148 445 891 429 1 314 2 684 124,4 185,7 221,9
102 124 0,6 0,6 109,5 23,9 19,9 14 000 22 000 82 246 492 244 766 1 593 60 93,7 127,4
102 124 0,6 0,6 109,5 22,5 18,7 13 000 19 000 131 393 787 377 1 153 2 347 150,4 223,3 290,1
102 124 0,6 0,6 109,5 22,5 17,9 16 000 24 000 92 276 552 263 801 1 623 150,4 221,4 285,3
102 124 0,6 0,6 109,5 34,5 17,9 18 000 28 000 92 276 552 263 801 1 623 150,4 221,4 285,3
105 136 1,5 0,6 113,6 81 54 9 500 15 000 444 1 421 2 842 1 367 4 726 10 091 98,8 166,8 237,2
105 136 1,5 0,6 113,6 77 52 8 500 13 000 671 2 295 4 780 1 955 6 904 14 849 233,2 371,6 502,3
105 136 1,5 0,6 113,6 81 52 13 000 20 000 233 794 1 643 693 2 499 5 442 85,3 141,3 197,4
105 136 1,5 0,6 113,6 77 49,5 12 000 18 000 322 1 220 2 622 924 3 581 7 871 202,7 327,7 439,4
105 136 1,5 0,6 113,6 75 48,5 11 000 17 000 348 1 044 2 088 1 019 3 158 6 512 130,2 198,5 264,4
105 136 1,5 0,6 113,6 75 46,5 14 000 22 000 241 723 1 447 699 2 148 4 400 128,6 193 253,5
105 136 1,5 0,6 116 36,5 27,5 13 000 20 000 127 382 764 380 1 192 2 480 67 104,8 142,9
105 136 1,5 0,6 116 34 26 12 000 18 000 204 612 1 225 588 1 797 3 663 167,7 249,3 324,4
105 136 1,5 0,6 116 34 25 15 000 24 000 141 423 845 404 1 227 2 488 166,7 245,6 316,7
105 136 1,5 0,6 116 52 25 17 000 26 000 141 423 845 404 1 227 2 488 166,7 245,6 316,7
110,5 154 2 2 125,8 130 81 8 000 13 000 760 2 373 4 703 2 353 7 935 16 792 114,9 192,7 273,4
110,5 154 2 2 125,8 124 78 7 000 11 000 1 184 3 876 7 964 3 454 11 693 24 820 272,7 428,7 577,3
110,5 154 2 2 125,8 130 78 10 000 17 000 413 1 348 2 748 1 234 4 261 9 153 100,3 163,9 228,1
110,5 154 2 2 125,8 124 74 8 500 14 000 605 2 113 4 437 1 741 6 219 13 355 241,9 381 489,1

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 171


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 7194) Series 704) Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71920-C-T-P4S 0,772 100 140 20 1,1 1,1 15
B71920-E-T-P4S 0,769 100 140 20 1,1 1,1 25
HCB71920-C-T-P4S 0,658 100 140 20 1,1 1,1 4 12 2,2 15
HCB71920-E-T-P4S 0,655 100 140 20 1,1 1,1 4 12 2,2 25
RS71920-D-T-P4S 0,79 100 140 20 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS71920-D-T-P4S 0,66 100 140 20 1,1 1,1 4 12 2,2 20
HS71920-C-T-P4S 0,858 100 140 20 1,1 15
HS71920-E-T-P4S 0,856 100 140 20 1,1 25
HC71920-E-T-P4S 0,892 100 140 20 1,1 4 12 2,2 25
XC71920-E-T-P4S 0,892 100 140 20 1,1 4 12 2,2 25
B7020-C-T-P4S 1,24 100 150 24 1,5 1,5 15
B7020-E-T-P4S 1,23 100 150 24 1,5 1,5 25
HCB7020-C-T-P4S 1,04 100 150 24 1,5 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 15
HCB7020-E-T-P4S 1,04 100 150 24 1,5 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 25
RS7020-D-T-P4S 1,26 100 150 24 1,5 1,5 20
HCRS7020-D-T-P4S 1,26 100 150 24 1,5 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 20
HS7020-C-T-P4S 1,38 100 150 24 1,5 15
HS7020-E-T-P4S 1,37 100 150 24 1,5 25
HC7020-E-T-P4S 1,42 100 150 24 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 25
XC7020-E-T-P4S 1,42 100 150 24 1,5 5,5 14,5 2,2 25
B7220-C-T-P4S 3,35 100 180 34 2,1 2,1 15
B7220-E-T-P4S 3,34 100 180 34 2,1 2,1 25
HCB7220-C-T-P4S 2,89 100 180 34 2,1 2,1 15
HCB7220-E-T-P4S 2,88 100 180 34 2,1 2,1 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
3) Explanation, see page 62.
4) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7020-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7020-E-T-P4S-UL.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7020-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7020-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

172 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds2) Preload force3) Lift-off force3) Axial rigidity3)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
107 133 0,6 0,6 117,2 60 45 9 500 14 000 316 1 040 2 101 968 3 432 7 399 94,1 159,8 227,5
107 133 0,6 0,6 117,2 57 42,5 8 500 13 000 450 1 616 3 417 1 305 4 839 10 556 218,7 353,4 478,9
107 133 0,6 0,6 117,2 60 43 13 000 20 000 160 572 1 201 473 1 789 3 950 80,4 135 189,1
107 133 0,6 0,6 117,2 57 40,5 12 000 18 000 204 850 1 876 584 2 489 5 611 186,8 311,4 420,5
107 133 0,6 0,6 117,2 56 40,5 11 000 17 000 273 819 1 638 796 2 457 5 052 138,8 210,1 278,1
107 133 0,6 0,6 117,2 56 38,5 14 000 22 000 187 560 1 121 540 1 653 3 377 136,8 204,2 246,9
107 133 0,6 0,6 116,7 28,5 23,5 13 000 20 000 97 291 583 289 906 1 883 64,6 100,7 136,8
107 133 0,6 0,6 116,7 27 22,1 12 000 18 000 158 474 949 455 1 390 2 832 162,9 241,8 314,3
107 133 0,6 0,6 116,7 27 21,2 15 000 24 000 109 328 656 313 951 1 927 162 238,5 307,3
107 133 0,6 0,6 116,7 41 21,2 17 000 26 000 109 328 656 313 951 1 927 162 238,5 307,3
110 141 1,5 0,6 118,6 83 57 9 000 14 000 464 1 484 2 970 1 427 4 935 10 539 103,5 174,8 248,43
110 141 1,5 0,6 118,6 79 55 8 000 13 000 681 2 336 4 869 1 982 7 018 15 103 241,9 385,4 520,6
110 141 1,5 0,6 118,6 83 55 13 000 19 000 241 823 1 703 717 2 587 5 636 89,1 147,5 206
110 141 1,5 0,6 118,6 79 52 11 000 17 000 333 1 266 2 723 957 3 715 8 170 211,8 342,6 459,3
110 141 1,5 0,6 118,6 77 51,1 11 000 16 000 355 1 065 2 129 1 039 3 217 6 630 135,3 205,9 274,1
110 141 1,5 0,6 118,6 77 49 14 000 22 000 246 737 1 474 712 2 186 4 477 133,6 200,4 263
110 141 1,5 0,6 121 36,5 28,5 13 000 19 000 127 382 764 379 1 190 2 476 68,3 106,8 145,3
110 141 1,5 0,6 121 34,5 27 11 000 17 000 207 621 1 242 596 1 822 3 713 172 255,7 332,5
110 141 1,5 0,6 121 34,5 26 15 000 22 000 144 431 863 412 1 252 2 539 171,4 252,5 325,5
110 141 1,5 0,6 121 53 26 16 000 24 000 144 431 863 412 1 252 2 539 171,4 252,5 325,5
114,5 165,5 2,1 2,1 132,4 135 88 7 500 12 000 789 2 466 4 892 2 439 8 230 17 428 120,8 202,5 287,2
114,5 165,5 2,1 2,1 132,4 129 84 6 700 10 000 1 208 3 964 8 152 3 521 11 940 25 355 285,4 448,6 603,7
114,5 165,5 2,1 2,1 132,4 135 84 9 500 16 000 428 1 400 2 856 1 279 4 420 9 498 105,5 172,4 239,8
114,5 165,5 2,1 2,1 132,4 129 80 8 000 13 000 627 2 198 4 619 1 806 6 466 13 894 254,9 401,6 515,3

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 173


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 7194) Series 704) Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71921-C-T-P4S 0,803 105 145 20 1,1 1,1 15
B71921-E-T-P4S 0,8 105 145 20 1,1 1,1 25
HCB71921-C-T-P4S 0,688 105 145 20 1,1 1,1 4 12 2,2 15
HCB71921-E-T-P4S 0,685 105 145 20 1,1 1,1 4 12 2,2 25
RS71921-D-T-P4S 0,8 105 145 20 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS71921-D-T-P4S 0,7 105 145 20 1,1 1,1 4 12 2,2 20
HS71921-C-T-P4S 0,891 105 145 20 1,1 15
HS71921-E-T-P4S 0,87 105 145 20 1,1 25
HC71921-E-T-P4S 0,907 105 145 20 1,1 4 12 2,2 25
XC71921-E-T-P4S 0,907 105 145 20 1,1 4 12 2,2 25
B7021-C-T-P4S 1,61 105 160 26 2 2 15
B7021-E-T-P4S 1,59 105 160 26 2 2 25
HCB7021-C-T-P4S 1,4 105 160 26 2 2 5,5 15,5 2,2 15
HCB7021-E-T-P4S 1,39 105 160 26 2 2 5,5 15,5 2,2 25
RS7021-D-T-P4S 1,6 105 160 26 2 2 20
HCRS7021-D-T-P4S 1,6 105 160 26 2 2 5,5 15,5 2,2 20
HS7021-C-T-P4S 1,7 105 160 26 2 15
HS7021-E-T-P4S 1,7 105 160 26 2 25
HC7021-E-T-P4S 1,74 105 160 26 2 5,5 15,5 2,2 25
XC7021-E-T-P4S 1,74 105 160 26 2 5,5 15,5 2,2 25
B7221-C-T-P4S 3,89 105 190 36 2,1 2,1 15
B7221-E-T-P4S 3,88 105 190 36 2,1 2,1 25
HCB7221-C-T-P4S 3,26 105 190 36 2,1 2,1 15
HCB7221-E-T-P4S 3,25 105 190 36 2,1 2,1 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
3) Explanation, see page 62.
4) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7021-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7021-E-T-P4S-UL.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7021-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7021-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

174 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds2) Preload force3) Lift-off force3) Axial rigidity3)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
112 138 0,6 0,6 121,2 60 45 9 000 14 000 316 1 040 2 101 968 3 432 7 399 94,1 159,8 227,5
112 138 0,6 0,6 121,2 57 42,5 8 000 13 000 450 1 616 3 417 1 305 4 839 10 556 218,7 353,4 478,9
112 138 0,6 0,6 121,2 60 43 13 000 19 000 157 564 1 185 466 1 763 3 895 80 134,2 187,9
112 138 0,6 0,6 121,2 57 41 11 000 17 000 204 850 1 876 584 2 489 5 611 186,8 311,4 420,5
112 138 0,6 0,6 121,2 56 40,5 11 000 16 000 268 805 1 609 782 2 412 4 959 137,9 208,6 276
112 138 0,6 0,6 121,2 56 39 14 000 22 000 187 560 1 121 540 1 653 3 377 136,8 204,2 246,9
112 138 0,6 0,6 121,7 29 24,8 13 000 19 000 101 302 603 299 937 1 946 67,6 105,3 143
112 138 0,6 0,6 121,7 27,5 23,4 11 000 17 000 161 483 966 463 1 414 2 880 169,6 251,7 326,8
112 138 0,6 0,6 121,7 27,5 22,4 15 000 22 000 113 338 676 323 980 1 987 169,5 249,5 321,3
112 138 0,6 0,6 121,7 42 22,4 16 000 24 000 113 338 676 323 980 1 987 169,5 249,5 321,3
116 150 2 1 125,8 85 61 8 500 13 000 471 1 511 3 027 1 447 5 010 10 710 107 180,5 256,48
116 150 2 1 125,8 80 58 7 500 12 000 691 2 377 4 959 2 010 7 133 15 359 250,5 399,1 538,9
116 150 2 1 125,8 85 58 12 000 18 000 244 836 1 732 725 2 623 5 718 92,1 152,5 212,8
116 150 2 1 125,8 80 55 11 000 16 000 336 1 285 2 768 966 3 768 8 297 219 354,7 475,5
116 150 2 1 125,8 79 54 10 000 16 000 364 1 092 2 184 1 065 3 296 6 793 140,6 213,9 284,6
116 150 2 1 125,8 79 52 13 000 20 000 255 764 1 529 738 2 267 4 641 139,5 209,1 274,4
116 150 2 1 127,9 47,5 36,5 12 000 18 000 164 492 985 489 1 536 3 194 75 117,3 159,7
116 150 2 1 127,9 45 34,5 11 000 16 000 267 802 1 604 770 2 354 4 797 189 280,9 365,4
116 150 2 1 127,9 45 33 14 000 22 000 184 552 1 104 527 1 602 3 250 187,7 276,5 356,5
116 150 2 1 127,9 69 33 15 000 24 000 184 552 1 104 527 1 602 3 250 187,7 276,5 356,5
120,5 174,5 2,1 2,1 139,9 164 104 7 000 11 000 989 3 069 6 072 3 060 10 252 21 655 131 219,1 310,5
120,5 174,5 2,1 2,1 139,9 156 99 6 300 9 500 1 545 5 006 10 249 4 508 15 092 31 918 311,5 487,7 655,6
120,5 174,5 2,1 2,1 139,9 164 99 9 000 15 000 536 1 733 3 524 1 603 5 476 11 721 114,4 186,1 258,4
120,5 174,5 2,1 2,1 139,9 156 95 7 500 12 000 800 2 742 5 723 2 303 8 067 17 220 277,7 434,3 558,7

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 175


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed
Design DLR

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Contact
angle
Series 7194) Series 704) Series 72 m d D B r r1 BN SN SB 

kg min.
B71922-C-T-P4S 0,834 110 150 20 1,1 1,1 15
B71922-E-T-P4S 0,832 110 150 20 1,1 1,1 25
HCB71922-C-T-P4S 0,715 110 150 20 1,1 1,1 4 12 2,2 15
HCB71922-E-T-P4S 0,713 110 150 20 1,1 1,1 4 12 2,2 25
RS71922-D-T-P4S 0,85 110 150 20 1,1 1,1 20
HCRS71922-D-T-P4S 0,7 110 150 20 1,1 1,1 4 12 2,2 20
HS71922-C-T-P4S 0,913 110 150 20 1,1 15
HS71922-E-T-P4S 0,912 110 150 20 1,1 25
HC71922-E-T-P4S 0,945 110 150 20 1,1 4 12 2,2 25
XC71922-E-T-P4S 0,945 110 150 20 1,1 4 12 2,2 25
B7022-C-T-P4S 1,95 110 170 28 2 2 15
B7022-E-T-P4S 1,95 110 170 28 2 2 25
HCB7022-C-T-P4S 1,62 110 170 28 2 2 6 16,2 2,2 15
HCB7022-E-T-P4S 1,62 110 170 28 2 2 6 16,2 2,2 25
RS7022-D-T-P4S 1,94 110 170 28 2 2 20
HCRS7022-D-T-P4S 1,94 110 170 28 2 2 6 16,2 2,2 20
HS7022-C-T-P4S 2,17 110 170 28 2 15
HS7022-E-T-P4S 2,17 110 170 28 2 25
HC7022-E-T-P4S 2,21 110 170 28 2 6 16,2 2,2 25
XC7022-E-T-P4S 2,21 110 170 28 2 6 16,2 2,2 25
B7222-C-T-P4S 4,6 110 200 38 2,1 2,1 15
B7222-E-T-P4S 4,59 110 200 38 2,1 2,1 25
HCB7222-C-T-P4S 3,97 110 200 38 2,1 2,1 15
HCB7222-E-T-P4S 3,96 110 200 38 2,1 2,1 25
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
3) Explanation, see page 62.
4) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7022-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7022-E-T-P4S-UL.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
6) Ordering examples for Direct Lube design: HCB7022-EDLR-T-P4S-UL and HC7022-EDLR-T-P4S-UL.
DLR only up to bore code 22.

176 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016F6C

0001603B

0000A073
Design DLR6) Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load Limiting speeds2) Preload force3) Lift-off force3) Axial rigidity3)
ratings Fv KaE ca
da Da ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
117 143 0,6 0,6 126,2 61 47 8 500 13 000 314 1 038 2 102 961 3 415 7 373 96,1 163 231,8
117 143 0,6 0,6 126,2 58 44,5 8 000 12 000 455 1 642 3 475 1 321 4 913 10 722 225,3 364,1 493,4
117 143 0,6 0,6 126,2 61 45 12 000 19 000 158 570 1 199 468 1 777 3 931 82,1 137,8 192,8
117 143 0,6 0,6 126,2 58 42,5 11 000 17 000 208 871 1 923 596 2 547 5 747 192,9 322 434,9
117 143 0,6 0,6 126,2 57 42,5 10 000 16 000 273 819 1 638 795 2 454 5 043 142,3 215,1 284,5
117 143 0,6 0,6 126,2 57 40,5 13 000 20 000 192 575 1 150 553 1 695 3 462 141,5 211,2 255,2
117 143 0,6 0,6 126,4 34 28,5 12 000 19 000 116 347 693 344 1 077 2 238 70,6 109,9 149,3
117 143 0,6 0,6 126,4 32 27 11 000 17 000 187 561 1 121 538 1 642 3 344 177,7 263,7 342,5
117 143 0,6 0,6 126,4 32 26 14 000 22 000 131 393 787 375 1 141 2 312 177,7 261,6 337
117 143 0,6 0,6 126,4 49 26 16 000 24 000 131 393 787 375 1 141 2 312 177,7 261,6 337
121 159 2 1 133,3 112 77 8 000 12 000 643 2 033 4 052 1 981 6 757 14 370 118,8 199,6 283,13
121 159 2 1 133,3 106 73 7 500 12 000 968 3 242 6 709 2 820 9 745 20 814 280,1 442,5 596,2
121 159 2 1 133,3 112 74 12 000 18 000 337 1 126 2 314 1 004 3 540 7 655 102,6 168,5 234,4
121 159 2 1 133,3 106 70 11 000 16 000 490 1 779 3 778 1 409 5 224 11 341 248 395,1 527,4
121 159 2 1 133,3 105 71 9 500 15 000 491 1 474 2 948 1 439 4 455 9 185 155,2 236,3 314,6
121 159 2 1 133,3 105 68 12 000 19 000 334 1 003 2 007 969 2 975 6 092 152,3 228,3 299,6
121 159 2 1 135,4 48 38 12 000 18 000 168 503 1 005 499 1 566 3 257 77,2 120,5 164,1
121 159 2 1 135,4 45,5 35,5 11 000 16 000 267 802 1 604 770 2 352 4 792 193 286,7 372,8
121 159 2 1 135,4 46,5 34 13 000 20 000 187 561 1 121 535 1 627 3 299 192,8 283,9 366
121 159 2 1 135,4 69 34 14 000 22 000 187 561 1 121 535 1 627 3 299 192,8 283,9 366
126,5 183,5 2,1 2,1 147,4 164 105 6 700 10 000 989 3 069 6 072 3 060 10 252 21 655 131 219,1 310,5
126,5 183,5 2,1 2,1 147,4 156 100 6 000 9 000 1 512 4 905 10 048 4 410 14 777 31 257 309,1 483,8 650,1
126,5 183,5 2,1 2,1 147,4 164 101 8 500 14 000 536 1 733 3 524 1 603 5 476 11 721 114,4 186,1 258,4
126,5 183,5 2,1 2,1 147,4 156 96 7 000 10 000 800 2 742 5 723 2 303 8 067 17 220 277,7 434,3 558,7

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 177


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Contact Mounting
angle dimensions
Series 7194) Series 704) Series 72 m d D B r r1  da Da
h12 H12
kg min.
B71924-C-T-P4S 1,16 120 165 22 1,1 1,1 15 128 157
B71924-E-T-P4S 1,16 120 165 22 1,1 1,1 25 128 157
HCB71924-C-T-P4S 0,972 120 165 22 1,1 1,1 15 128 157
HCB71924-E-T-P4S 0,969 120 165 22 1,1 1,1 25 128 157
RS71924-D-T-P4S 1,16 120 165 22 1,1 1,1 20 128 157
HCRS71924-D-T-P4S 0,97 120 165 22 1,1 1,1 20 128 157
HS71924-C-T-P4S 1,29 120 165 22 1,1 15 128 157
HS71924-E-T-P4S 1,29 120 165 22 1,1 25 128 157
HC71924-E-T-P4S 1,31 120 165 22 1,1 25 128 157
XC71924-E-T-P4S 1,31 120 165 22 1,1 25 128 157
B7024-C-T-P4S 2,08 120 180 28 2 2 15 131 169
B7024-E-T-P4S 2,07 120 180 28 2 2 25 131 169
HCB7024-C-T-P4S 1,74 120 180 28 2 2 15 131 169
HCB7024-E-T-P4S 1,73 120 180 28 2 2 25 131 169
RS7024-D-T-P4S 2,05 120 180 28 2 2 20 131 169
HCRS7024-D-T-P4S 2,05 120 180 28 2 2 20 131 169
HS7024-C-T-P4S 2,33 120 180 28 2 15 131 169
HS7024-E-T-P4S 2,32 120 180 28 2 25 131 169
HC7024-E-T-P4S 2,37 120 180 28 2 25 131 169
XC7024-E-T-P4S 2,37 120 180 28 2 25 131 169
B7224-C-T-P4S 5,3 120 215 40 2,1 2,1 15 140 195
B7224-E-T-P4S 5,28 120 215 40 2,1 2,1 25 140 195
HCB7224-C-T-P4S 4,2 120 215 40 2,1 2,1 15 140 195
HCB7224-E-T-P4S 4,18 120 215 40 2,1 2,1 25 140 195
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
3) Explanation, see page 62.
4) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7024-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7024-E-T-P4S-UL.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

178 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


0001603B

0000A073
Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Basic load Limiting speeds2) Preload force3) Lift-off force3) Axial rigidity3)
ratings Fv KaE ca
ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
0,6 0,6 138,2 76 59 8 000 12 000 405 1 321 2 665 1 239 4 349 9 350 108,9 183,8 261,1
0,6 0,6 138,2 72 56 7 000 11 000 587 2 073 4 361 1 705 6 203 13 450 255,1 409,3 553,1
0,6 0,6 138,2 76 57 11 000 17 000 208 732 1 530 616 2 286 5 019 93,7 156 217,8
0,6 0,6 138,2 72 54 10 000 15 000 274 1 101 2 407 785 3 223 7 191 220,1 362,1 487,1
0,6 0,6 138,2 71 54 9 500 14 000 340 1 020 2 041 990 3 055 6 277 159,2 240,5 318
0,6 0,6 138,2 71 52 12 000 19 000 235 704 1 408 678 2 074 4 235 157,4 234,7 285,6
0,6 0,6 138,9 35,5 32 11 000 17 000 122 367 734 363 1 137 2 362 76,8 119,4 162
0,6 0,6 138,9 33,5 30 10 000 15 000 196 587 1 173 562 1 716 3 492 193 286,1 371,2
0,6 0,6 138,9 33,5 29 13 000 20 000 136 407 814 388 1 179 2 389 192,3 282,9 364,1
0,6 0,6 138,9 51 29 14 000 22 000 136 407 814 388 1 179 2 389 192,3 282,9 364,1
2 1 143,3 115 82 7 500 12 000 653 2 069 4 129 2 008 6 858 14 599 123 206,4 292,62
2 1 143,3 109 78 6 700 10 000 983 3 298 6 830 2 860 9 902 21 158 290,4 458,9 617,9
2 1 143,3 115 78 10 000 16 000 350 1 170 2 406 1 042 3 677 7 953 107,3 176,1 245
2 1 143,3 109 75 9 500 14 000 496 1 810 3 849 1 427 5 313 11 543 257,2 410 547,2
2 1 143,3 108 75 9 000 14 000 501 1 502 3 003 1 464 4 533 9 341 161,1 245,1 326
2 1 143,3 108 72 11 000 18 000 341 1 024 2 048 988 3 034 6 209 158,3 237,1 311
2 1 145,4 49,5 40,5 10 000 16 000 171 513 1 025 508 1 594 3 313 80,8 126 171,3
2 1 145,4 46,5 38,5 9 500 14 000 276 828 1 656 795 2 426 4 942 203,3 301,8 392,2
2 1 145,4 46,5 36,5 12 000 19 000 193 578 1 156 552 1 676 3 398 202,9 298,7 384,9
2 1 145,4 71 36,5 13 000 20 000 193 578 1 156 552 1 676 3 398 202,9 298,7 384,9
2,1 2,1 158 205 138 6 000 9 000 1 259 3 882 7 683 3 878 12 884 27 179 139 230,8 326
2,1 2,1 158 196 132 5 300 8 000 1 989 6 365 12 984 5 797 19 139 40 275 333,3 518,3 694,2
2,1 2,1 158 205 132 7 500 12 000 688 2 196 4 452 2 051 6 906 14 713 122 196,8 272,1
2,1 2,1 158 196 126 6 700 9 500 1 055 3 535 7 327 3 037 10 386 21 994 300 464,7 598,7

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 179


Spindle bearings

00016F60

00016F61
With large or small balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel or Cronidur rings
Open or sealed

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Contact Mounting
angle dimensions
Series 7194) Series 704) Series 72 m d D B r r1  da Da
h12 H12
kg min.
B71926-C-T-P4S 1,52 130 180 24 1,5 1,5 15 139 171
B71926-E-T-P4S 1,51 130 180 24 1,5 1,5 25 139 171
HCB71926-C-T-P4S 1,34 130 180 24 1,5 1,5 15 139 171
HCB71926-E-T-P4S 1,33 130 180 24 1,5 1,5 25 139 171
RS71926-D-T-P4S 1,52 130 180 24 1,5 1,5 20 139 171
HCRS71926-D-T-P4S 1,34 130 180 24 1,5 1,5 20 139 171
HS71926-C-T-P4S 1,71 130 180 24 1,5 15 139 171
HS71926-E-T-P4S 1,71 130 180 24 1,5 25 139 171
HC71926-E-T-P4S 1,76 130 180 24 1,5 25 139 171
XC71926-E-T-P4S 1,76 130 180 24 1,5 25 139 171
B7026-C-T-P4S 3,16 130 200 33 2 2 15 142 189
B7026-E-T-P4S 3,15 130 200 33 2 2 25 142 189
HCB7026-C-T-P4S 2,63 130 200 33 2 2 15 142 189
HCB7026-E-T-P4S 2,61 130 200 33 2 2 25 142 189
RS7026-D-T-P4S 3,16 130 200 33 2 2 20 142 189
HCRS7026-D-T-P4S 3,16 130 200 33 2 2 20 142 189
HS7026-C-T-P4S 3,52 130 200 33 2 15 142 189
HS7026-E-T-P4S 3,51 130 200 33 2 25 142 189
HC7026-E-T-P4S 3,57 130 200 33 2 25 142 189
XC7026-E-T-P4S 3,57 130 200 33 2 25 142 189
B7226-C-T-P4S 6,11 130 230 40 3 3 15 148 211,5
B7226-E-T-P4S 6,09 130 230 40 3 3 25 148 211,5
HCB7226-C-T-P4S 4,94 130 230 40 3 3 15 148 211,5
HCB7226-E-T-P4S 4,92 130 230 40 3 3 25 148 211,5
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
3) Explanation, see page 62.
4) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7026-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL and HSS7026-E-T-P4S-UL.
5) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

180 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


0001603B

0000A073
Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Basic load Limiting speeds2) Preload force3) Lift-off force3) Axial rigidity3)
ratings Fv KaE ca
ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil5) L M H L M H L M H
Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
0,6 0,6 150,2 90 70 7 000 11 000 486 1 571 3 160 1 488 5 171 11 084 116,9 196,6 278,7
0,6 0,6 150,2 85 67 6 700 10 000 711 2 466 5 161 2 064 7 379 15 916 274,5 437,6 590,2
0,6 0,6 150,2 90 68 10 000 15 000 253 875 1 819 750 2 732 5 967 101,1 167,2 232,9
0,6 0,6 150,2 46,5 28,5 9 000 14 000 346 1 342 2 904 993 3 929 8 680 240,4 390,6 523,7
0,6 0,6 150,2 84 63 8 500 13 000 407 1 221 2 443 1 186 3 658 7 517 170,6 257,8 340,9
0,6 0,6 150,2 84 60 11 000 17 000 280 841 1 681 809 2 477 5 058 168,5 251,3 308,2
0,6 151 40,5 36,5 10 000 16 000 139 417 834 413 1 291 2 682 81,1 126 170,8
0,6 151 38,5 34,5 9 000 14 000 224 673 1 346 645 1 968 4 004 204,5 303,1 393,3
0,6 151 38,5 33 12 000 18 000 155 466 932 444 1 349 2 732 203,7 299,5 385,4
0,6 151 59 33 13 000 20 000 155 466 932 444 1 349 2 732 203,7 299,5 385,4
2 1 157,2 149 107 6 700 10 000 850 2 669 5 314 2 616 8 846 18 773 137 228,8 323,9
2 1 157,2 141 102 6 000 9 500 1 312 4 328 8 915 3 820 13 001 27 627 326,2 512,3 688,5
2 1 157,2 149 102 9 500 14 000 464 1 524 3 119 1 381 4 791 10 306 120,2 196,1 272,2
2 1 157,2 141 97 8 500 13 000 679 2 399 5 054 1 953 7 044 15 161 291,2 459,4 611,1
2 1 157,2 138 96 8 000 12 000 637 1 911 3 822 1 863 5 765 11 878 177,8 270,3 359,4
2 1 157,2 138 91 10 000 16 000 446 1 338 2 675 1 291 3 965 8 116 176,4 264,3 346,7
2 159,7 64 53 9 500 15 000 219 658 1 317 653 2 046 4 251 91,8 143 194,3
2 159,7 60 50 8 500 13 000 357 1 070 2 139 1 026 3 133 6 381 231,4 343,5 446,3
2 159,7 60 48 11 000 17 000 244 733 1 466 700 2 126 4 308 229,6 337,9 435,2
2 159,7 92 48 12 000 19 000 244 733 1 466 700 2 126 4 308 229,6 337,9 435,2
2,5 2,5 170,5 215 151 5 600 8 500 1 306 4 034 7 993 4 018 13 354 28 189 147 243,7 343,9
2,5 2,5 170,5 205 144 5 000 7 500 2 065 6 617 13 506 6 015 19 876 41 831 353,1 548,7 734,5
2,5 2,5 170,5 215 144 7 000 11 000 716 2 288 4 642 2 132 7 184 15 307 129,2 208,3 287,8
2,5 2,5 170,5 205 138 6 000 9 000 1 098 3 687 7 648 3 160 10 826 22 934 318,1 492,9 634,6

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 181


Spindle bearings

00016F60
With large balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel rings
Open or sealed

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Contact Mounting
angle dimensions
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1  da Da
h12 H12
kg min.
B71928-C-T-P4S5) 1,62 140 190 24 1,5 1,5 15 149 181
B71928-E-T-P4S5) 1,61 140 190 24 1,5 1,5 25 149 181
HCB71928-C-T-P4S5) 1,42 140 190 24 1,5 1,5 15 149 181
HCB71928-E-T-P4S5) 1,42 140 190 24 1,5 1,5 25 149 181
B7028-C-T-P4S5) 3,35 140 210 33 2 2 15 152 199
B7028-E-T-P4S5) 3,34 140 210 33 2 2 25 152 199
B7228-C-T-P4S 7,88 140 250 42 3 3 15 163 226,5
B7228-E-T-P4S 7,86 140 250 42 3 3 25 163 226,5
HCB7028-C-T-P4S5) 2,79 140 210 33 2 2 15 152 199
HCB7028-E-T-P4S5) 2,78 140 210 33 2 2 25 152 199
HCB7228-C-T-P4S 6,62 140 250 42 3 3 15 163 226,5
HCB7228-E-T-P4S 6,6 140 250 42 3 3 25 163 226,5
B71930-C-T-P4S 2,5 150 210 28 2 1 15 160 199
B71930-E-T-P4S 2,5 150 210 28 2 1 25 160 199
HCB71930-C-T-P4S 2,09 150 210 28 2 1 15 160 199
HCB71930-E-T-P4S 2,08 150 210 28 2 1 25 160 199
B7030-C-T-P4S 4,04 150 225 35 2,1 2,1 15 163 213
B7030-E-T-P4S 4,03 150 225 35 2,1 2,1 25 163 213
HCB7030-C-T-P4S 3,25 150 225 35 2,1 2,1 15 163 213
HCB7030-E-T-P4S 3,24 150 225 35 2,1 2,1 25 163 213
B7230-C-T-P4S 10,1 150 270 45 3 3 15 178 241,5
B7230-E-T-P4S 10,1 150 270 45 3 3 25 178 241,5
HCB7230-C-T-P4S 8,82 150 270 45 3 3 15 178 241,5
HCB7230-E-T-P4S 8,79 150 270 45 3 3 25 178 241,5
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
3) Explanation, see page 62.
4) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
5) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7028-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL

182 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


0001603B

0000A073
Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Basic load Limiting speeds2) Preload force3) Lift-off force3) Axial rigidity3)
ratings Fv KaE ca
ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil4) L M H L M H L M H
Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
0,6 0,6 160,2 94 77 6 700 10 000 504 1 632 3 289 1 539 5 357 11 496 124,1 208,4 295,3
0,6 0,6 160,2 88 72 6 000 9 500 736 2 564 5 373 2 136 7 663 16 542 292 465,7 627,7
0,6 0,6 160,2 94 74 9 500 14 000 259 901 1 876 767 2 806 6 135 107 176,9 246,1
0,6 0,6 160,2 89 70 8 500 13 000 348 1 367 2 967 999 3 997 8 852 253,4 412,9 553,5
2 1 167,2 153 114 6 300 10 000 866 2 724 5 429 2 661 9 007 19 129 142 237 335,23
2 1 167,2 145 108 5 600 9 000 1 336 4 416 9 103 3 888 13 252 28 168 338,7 531,9 714,4
2,5 2,5 185,5 224 164 5 000 7 500 1 353 4 185 8 302 4 158 13 825 29 200 154,9 256,5 361,7
2,5 2,5 185,5 213 157 4 500 6 700 2 141 6 870 14 029 6 233 20 615 43 390 372,7 579 774,7
2 1 167,2 153 109 9 000 14 000 471 1 553 3 179 1 402 4 871 10 483 124,6 203,1 281,8
2 1 167,2 145 103 8 000 12 000 685 2 429 5 123 1 968 7 126 15 352 301,5 475,8 632,8
2,5 2,5 185,5 224 157 6 300 9 500 749 2 397 4 864 2 230 7 516 16 017 136,8 220,4 304,3
2,5 2,5 185,5 213 150 5 300 8 000 1 141 3 839 7 968 3 284 11 267 23 876 336,3 521,1 670,5
1 1 174,3 125 101 6 300 9 500 706 2 249 4 507 2 161 7 402 15 795 140,7 235,3 332,8
1 1 174,3 119 95 5 600 8 500 1 040 3 522 7 317 3 021 10 536 22 549 331,3 523,5 703,6
1 1 174,3 125 96 8 500 13 000 376 1 268 2 617 1 117 3 963 8 587 122,8 201,2 279,3
1 1 174,3 119 91 7 500 12 000 527 1 950 4 164 1 513 5 709 12 445 294,1 470,3 627,4
2,1 1 178,5 187 137 6 000 9 000 1 104 3 443 6 843 3 394 11 397 24 140 156,1 259,9 367,4
2,1 1 178,5 178 130 5 300 8 000 1 691 5 520 11 332 4 923 16 566 35 067 371 580 777,9
2,1 1 178,5 187 131 8 000 13 000 602 1 958 3 992 1 793 6 146 13 171 137,1 222,4 308,1
2,1 1 178,5 178 125 7 500 11 000 889 3 079 6 448 2 556 9 036 19 329 333,1 521,6 692
2,5 2,5 200,5 232 178 4 500 6 700 1 401 4 337 8 611 4 299 14 296 30 211 162,8 269,3 379,5
2,5 2,5 200,5 221 169 4 000 6 000 2 173 6 987 14 280 6 322 20 936 44 075 389,5 604,8 808,4
2,5 2,5 200,5 232 170 6 000 8 500 761 2 440 4 958 2 262 7 633 16 272 142,9 229,9 317
2,5 2,5 200,5 221 162 5 000 7 500 1 167 3 935 8 175 3 355 11 539 24 467 352,4 546,3 702,3

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 183


Spindle bearings

00016F60
With large balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel rings
Open or sealed

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Contact Mounting
angle dimensions
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1  da Da
h12 H12
kg min.
B71932-C-T-P4S5) 2,63 160 220 28 2 1 15 170 209
B71932-E-T-P4S5) 2,62 160 220 28 2 1 25 170 209
HCB71932-C-T-P4S5) 2,21 160 220 28 2 1 15 170 209
HCB71932-E-T-P4S5) 2,2 160 220 28 2 1 25 170 209
B7032-C-T-P4S 5,04 160 240 38 2,1 2,1 15 174 228
B7032-E-T-P4S 5,01 160 240 38 2,1 2,1 25 174 228
B7232-C-T-P4S 12,9 160 290 48 3 3 15 191 259
B7232-E-T-P4S 12,9 160 290 48 3 3 25 191 259
HCB7032-C-T-P4S 4,2 160 240 38 2,1 2,1 15 174 228
HCB7032-E-T-P4S 4,18 160 240 38 2,1 2,1 25 174 228
HCB7232-C-T-P4S 11,4 160 290 48 3 3 15 191 259
HCB7232-E-T-P4S 11,4 160 290 48 3 3 25 191 259
B71934-C-T-P4S 2,79 170 230 28 2 1,5 15 180 219
B71934-E-T-P4S 2,78 170 230 28 2 1,5 25 180 219
HCB71934-C-T-P4S 2,33 170 230 28 2 1,5 15 180 219
HCB71934-E-T-P4S 2,32 170 230 28 2 1,5 25 180 219
B7034-C-T-P4S 6,52 170 260 42 2,1 2,1 15 185 246
B7034-E-T-P4S 6,49 170 260 42 2,1 2,1 25 185 246
B7234-C-T-P4S 15,7 170 310 52 4 4 15 205 275
B7234-E-T-P4S 15,6 170 310 52 4 4 25 205 275
B71936-C-T-P4S 4,14 180 250 33 2 1 15 192 238
B71936-E-T-P4S 4,12 180 250 33 2 1 25 192 238
HCB71936-C-T-P4S 3,45 180 250 33 2 1 15 192 238
HCB71936-E-T-P4S 3,43 180 250 33 2 1 25 192 238
B7036-C-T-P4S 8,79 180 280 46 2,1 2,1 15 196 264
B7036-E-T-P4S 8,76 180 280 46 2,1 2,1 25 196 264
B7236-C-T-P4S 1 6,4 180 320 52 4 4 15 21 3,5 28 6,5
B7236-E-T-P4S 1 6,3 180 320 52 4 4 25 21 3,5 28 6,5
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
3) Explanation, see page 62.
4) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
5) The bearings are also available with gap seals (type HSS, HCS, XCS or suffix 2RSD).
Ordering examples: B7032-C-2RSD-T-P4S-UL.

184 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


0001603B

0000A073
Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Basic load Limiting speeds2) Preload force3) Lift-off force3) Axial rigidity3)
ratings Fv KaE ca
ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil4) L M H L M H L M H
Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
1 1 184,3 128 106 6 000 9 000 722 2 304 4 619 2 209 7 572 16 164 145,4 242,9 343,5
1 1 184,3 121 100 5 300 8 000 1 055 3 579 7 439 3 062 10 696 22 899 341,4 539,4 724,8
1 1 184,3 128 101 8 000 12 000 374 1 265 2 614 1 108 3 944 8 551 125,5 205,5 285
1 1 184,3 121 96 7 500 11 000 521 1 940 4 152 1 495 5 676 12 392 300,5 481,2 641,9
2 1 191 192 146 5 600 8 500 1 145 3 574 7 107 3 520 11 821 25 044 163,1 271,4 383,56
2 1 191 182 138 5 000 7 500 1 715 5 606 11 519 4 988 16 807 35 587 384,6 601,1 805,7
2,5 2,5 215,5 249 202 4 300 6 300 1 502 4 659 9 263 4 601 15 309 32 375 178,8 295,3 415,7
2,5 2,5 215,5 236 192 3 800 5 600 2 326 7 493 15 324 6 760 22 418 47 204 428,5 665 888,2
2 1 191 192 140 7 500 12 000 609 1 986 4 053 1 812 6 221 13 337 141,9 230 318,3
2 1 191 182 132 7 000 11 000 898 3 121 6 545 2 581 9 154 19 595 345 540,5 716,9
2,5 2,5 215,5 249 193 5 300 8 000 827 2 657 5 402 2 457 8 298 17 692 158 254 350,1
2,5 2,5 215,5 236 184 4 500 6 700 1 235 4 183 8 703 3 550 12 254 26 003 386,5 599,3 769,6
1 1 194,3 133 115 5 600 8 500 742 2 375 4 770 2 266 7 779 16 624 153,6 256,2 362
1 1 194,3 126 108 5 000 7 500 1 105 3 757 7 816 3 206 11 221 24 031 364,1 575,2 772,6
1 1 194,3 133 110 7 500 12 000 385 1 306 2 703 1 138 4 063 8 815 132,8 217,4 301,2
1 1 194,3 126 104 7 000 11 000 534 2 004 4 295 1 533 5 856 12 804 318,2 510,3 680,6
2 1 203,8 241 189 5 300 8 000 1 448 4 488 8 919 4 439 14 768 31 222 170,7 282 397,19
2 1 203,8 229 180 4 500 7 000 2 250 7 240 14 802 6 541 21 677 45 639 409 634,9 848,3
3 3 228,6 300 255 3 800 5 600 1 864 5 749 11 422 5 698 18 828 39 747 189 310,7 436,3
3 3 228,6 285 241 3 600 5 300 2 860 9 126 18 610 8 307 27 255 57 164 452,4 698,5 930,4
1 1 208,3 171 146 5 300 8 000 960 3 036 6 076 2 933 9 953 21 191 167,9 279,1 393,7
1 1 208,3 162 138 4 500 7 000 1 468 4 890 10 108 4 263 14 618 31 112 401,6 630,3 845
1 1 208,3 171 139 7 000 11 000 519 1 726 3 546 1 540 5 380 11 597 147,6 240 332
1 1 208,3 162 132 6 300 10 000 731 2 635 5 587 2 098 7 710 16 669 354,4 561 745,5
2 1 218,8 248 203 4 800 7 500 1 502 4 659 9 263 4 601 15 309 32 375 178,8 295,3 415,74
2 1 218,8 236 193 4 300 6 700 2 326 7 493 15 324 6 760 22 418 47 204 428,5 665 888,2
3 3 238,6 310 270 3 800 5 600 1 891 5 843 11 625 5 771 19 076 40 296 196,7 322,6 452,6
3 3 238,6 295 260 3 400 5 000 2 957 9 444 19 266 8 585 28 184 59 117 474,9 733 976

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 185


Spindle bearings

00016F60
With large balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel rings
Open

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Contact Mounting
angle dimensions
Series 719 Series 70 Series 72 m d D B r r1  da Da
h12 H12
kg min.
B71938-C-T-P4S 4,33 190 260 33 2 1 15 202 247
B71938-E-T-P4S 4,31 190 260 33 2 1 25 202 247
HCB71938-C-T-P4S 3,6 190 260 33 2 1 15 202 247
HCB71938-E-T-P4S 3,58 190 260 33 2 1 25 202 247
B7038-C-T-P4S 9,2 190 290 46 2,1 2,1 15 206 274
B7038-E-T-P4S 9,16 190 290 46 2,1 2,1 25 206 274
B7238-C-T-P4S 20 190 340 55 4 4 15 223,5 306,5
B7238-E-T-P4S 20 190 340 55 4 4 25 223,5 306,5
B71940-C-T-P4S 6,05 200 280 38 2,1 1,1 15 214 266
B71940-E-T-P4S 6,03 200 280 38 2,1 1,1 25 214 266
HCB71940-C-T-P4S 5,07 200 280 38 2,1 1,1 15 214 266
HCB71940-E-T-P4S 5,04 200 280 38 2,1 1,1 25 214 266
B7040-C-T-P4S 11,6 200 310 51 2,1 2,1 15 217 293
B7040-E-T-P4S 11,6 200 310 51 2,1 2,1 25 217 293
B7240-C-T-P4S 24,2 200 360 58 4 4 15 238,5 321,5
B7240-E-T-P4S 24,2 200 360 58 4 4 25 238,5 321,5
B71944-C-T-P4S 6,6 220 300 38 2,1 1,1 15 234 286
B71944-E-T-P4S 6,58 220 300 38 2,1 1,1 25 234 286
HCB71944-C-T-P4S 5,49 220 300 38 2,1 1,1 15 234 286
HCB71944-E-T-P4S 5,47 220 300 38 2,1 1,1 25 234 286
B7044-C-T-P4S 15,7 220 340 56 3 3 15 239 321
B7044-E-T-P4S 15,7 220 340 56 3 3 25 239 321
B7244-C-T-P4S 33,1 220 400 65 4 4 15 264 356
B7244-E-T-P4S 33,1 220 400 65 4 4 25 264 356
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
3) Explanation, see page 62.
4) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

186 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


0001603B

0000A073
Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Basic load Limiting speeds2) Preload force3) Lift-off force3) Axial rigidity3)
ratings Fv KaE ca
ra ra1 Etk dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil4) L M H L M H L M H
Cr C0r
max. nom. kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
1 1 218,3 174 152 5 000 7 500 888 2 947 5 992 2 700 9 612 20 790 166,3 280,7 398,1
1 1 218,3 164 144 4 500 6 700 1 250 4 547 9 653 3 619 13 545 29 595 388,3 627 847,4
1 1 218,3 174 146 6 700 10 000 450 1 629 3 436 1 328 5 053 11 178 143 239,3 333,8
1 1 218,3 164 138 6 000 9 500 557 2 383 5 290 1 596 6 951 15 738 330,5 553,6 747
2 1 228,8 255 215 4 500 7 000 1 436 4 599 9 248 4 377 15 038 32 154 180,9 301,6 425,78
2 1 228,8 243 204 4 000 6 300 2 128 7 254 15 104 6 172 21 646 46 379 428,8 677,5 909,7
3 3 253,6 320 290 3 400 5 000 1 846 5 864 11 779 5 614 19 073 40 669 201,1 332,6 467,9
3 3 253,6 305 275 3 200 4 800 2 797 9 366 19 397 8 105 27 894 59 391 481,8 755,2 1 010,2
1 1 232,4 210 179 4 500 7 000 1 127 3 678 7 439 3 433 12 027 25 875 179,5 301,5 427
1 1 232,4 199 170 4 000 6 300 1 635 5 765 12 127 4 737 17 199 37 246 422,5 675,8 911
1 1 232,4 210 171 6 300 10 000 571 2 012 4 211 1 688 6 249 13 711 154,2 255,5 355,4
1 1 232,4 199 162 5 600 9 000 768 3 083 6 732 2 202 9 005 20 060 366 600,6 806,2
2 1 241,5 310 270 4 300 6 700 1 791 5 681 11 402 5 451 18 508 39 448 192,3 318,4 448,15
2 1 241,5 295 260 3 800 6 000 2 711 9 065 18 765 7 860 27 018 57 509 460,2 721,5 965,4
3 3 268,6 330 310 3 200 4 800 1 902 6 047 12 156 5 777 19 638 41 892 209,8 346,8 487,5
3 3 268,6 315 295 3 000 4 500 2 882 9 666 20 030 8 349 28 771 61 275 503,3 788,9 1 055
1 1 252,4 224 203 4 300 6 700 1 185 3 886 7 879 3 600 12 649 27 258 195,9 328,6 464,6
1 1 252,4 212 192 3 800 6 000 1 705 6 060 12 777 4 937 18 042 39 132 461,4 738,5 994,8
1 1 252,4 224 194 6 000 9 000 606 2 147 4 503 1 788 6 651 14 612 169,1 280,3 389,5
1 1 252,4 212 184 5 300 8 000 779 3 184 6 985 2 232 9 284 20 766 396,1 652,9 876,7
2,5 1 266,5 330 310 4 000 6 000 1 902 6 047 12 156 5 777 19 638 41 892 209,8 346,8 487,53
2,5 1 266,5 315 295 3 600 5 300 2 882 9 666 20 030 8 349 28 771 61 275 503,3 788,9 1 055
3 3 296,2 405 400 2 800 4 300 2 387 7 527 15 105 7 238 24 345 51 776 224 367,7 515,3
3 3 296,2 385 380 2 600 4 000 3 642 12 021 24 787 10 546 35 720 75 626 539,7 839,9 1 119,3

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 187


Spindle bearings

00016F60
With large balls
Steel or ceramic balls
Steel rings
Open

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Contact Mounting dimensions
angle
Series 719 Series 70 m d D B r r1  da Da ra ra1 Etk
h12 H12
kg min. max. nom.
B71948-C-T-P4S 7,1 240 320 38 2,1 1,1 15 254 307 1 1 272,4
B71948-E-T-P4S 7,08 240 320 38 2,1 1,1 25 254 307 1 1 272,4
B7048-C-T-P4S 16,8 240 360 56 3 3 15 260 341 2,5 1 286,5
B7048-E-T-P4S 16,7 240 360 56 3 3 25 260 341 2,5 1 286,5
B71952-C-T-P4S 12 260 360 46 2,1 1,1 15 278 342 1 1 300,5
B71956-C-T-P4S 12,9 280 380 46 2,1 1,1 15 298 362 1 1 320,5
B71960-C-T-P4S 20 300 420 56 3 1,1 15 322 398 1 1 348,6
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 130.
2) The limiting speeds in the dimension tables are based on elastically preloaded single bearings.
3) Explanation, see page 62.
4) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

188 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


0001603B

0000A073
Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Basic load Limiting speeds2) Preload force3) Lift-off force3) Axial rigidity3)
ratings Fv KaE ca
dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil4) L M H L M H L M H
Cr C0r
kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
231 220 4 000 6 000 1 224 4 024 8 171 3 712 13 066 28 181 206,8 346,5 489,6
218 208 3 600 5 300 1 760 6 279 13 255 5 092 18 673 40 536 487,7 781,1 1 051,8
340 330 3 600 5 600 1 957 6 231 12 533 5 940 20 205 43 114 218,5 360,9 507,16
320 310 3 200 5 000 2 914 9 801 20 327 8 437 29 140 62 090 521,3 817,3 1 092,3
295 290 3 600 5 300 1 615 5 221 10 556 4 894 16 900 36 243 221,7 368 517,8
305 320 3 200 5 000 1 696 5 491 11 113 5 134 17 744 38 073 236,4 392 551,3
370 405 3 000 4 500 2 084 6 676 13 480 6 297 21 485 45 930 248,6 409,3 573,5

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 189


Super precision cylindrical roller bearings
Single row
Double row
Super precision cylindrical roller bearings

Page
Product overview Super precision cylindrical roller bearings............................... 192

Features Ideal non-locating bearings .................................................... 193


X-life cylindrical roller bearings ............................................... 193
Bearings with smaller cross-section ........................................ 194
Single row cylindrical roller bearings....................................... 195
Double row cylindrical roller bearings ..................................... 196
Sealing................................................................................... 196
Lubrication............................................................................. 196
Cages..................................................................................... 197
Bearing designations.............................................................. 198
Marking of bearings................................................................ 199

Dimension tables Super precision cylindrical roller bearings,


single row, steel or ceramic rollers .......................................... 200
Super precision cylindrical roller bearings,
single row, steel rollers........................................................... 210
Super precision cylindrical roller bearings,
double row ............................................................................. 214

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 191


Product overview Super precision cylindrical roller bearings

Single row, N10..-K-TVP-XL,


tapered bore N10..-K-M1, N19..-K-M1
X-life
Standard

00096733
Hybrid bearings HCN10..-K-PVPA1-..-H193
with half the number of rollers

00016C5F

Thermally robust design N10..-K-TR-PVPA1,


HCN10..-K-TR
00016C60

Double row, NN30..-K-TVP-XL, NN30..-K,


tapered bore NNU49..-K-M
00014E0B

192 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Super precision cylindrical roller bearings

Features FAG super precision cylindrical roller bearings comprise solid


outer rings, solid inner rings with a tapered bore (taper 1:12) and
cylindrical roller and cage assemblies with cages made from
polyamide, brass or PEEK (polyether ether ketone). The outer ring
is removable and can thus be mounted separately from the rest
of the bearing package. The inner ring is only removable in the case
of series NNU49.
The single and double row bearings are used when very high
precision under very high radial load is required. Typical areas
of application include machine tools and printing machinery.
The bearings facilitate bearing arrangements with very high pre-
cision, high radial rigidity and very high load carrying capacity.
In machine tool building, they provide radial support for the main
spindle.

Ideal non-locating bearings Since variations in length during rotary motion can be compensated
between the rollers and the ribless raceway without constraining
forces, the cylindrical roller bearings are highly suitable as
non-locating bearings. Axial forces are supported by axial bearings,
such as double direction axial angular contact ball bearings.
The standard series N10, N19, HCN10 (single row) and NN30,
NNU49 (double row) are an established part of the FAG super
precision range. Diameter ranges not shown in the catalogue are
available by agreement.

X-life cylindrical roller The super precision cylindrical roller bearings N10 and NN30
bearings in the X-life design have a higher load carrying capacity and thus
a significantly increased bearing rating life. A newly developed
plastic cage gives lower friction.
The advantages of this bearing design are:
lower noise level
running temperatures up to 12 K lower
less strain on the lubricant
longer grease operating life
limiting speeds up to 35% higher
higher basic load ratings.
The basic dynamic load ratings C are up to 19% higher than those
of the previous bearing designs and the basic bearing rating life L10
is up to 65% longer than the previous standard.
As a result of the increase in the basic bearing rating life L10,
this gives a longer operating life of the bearings under the same
operating conditions. If the rating life values are maintained,
alternatively, higher loads can be applied to the bearing
arrangement.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 193


Super precision cylindrical roller bearings

Single row cylindrical Single row super precision cylindrical roller bearings are available:
roller bearings with a tapered or cylindrical bore on the inner ring
as hybrid cylindrical roller bearings with half the number
of rollers
in a thermally robust design
as a Direct Lube design.
In the series N10 and N19, the rollers are guided on the inner ring
and held at a spacing from each other by a cage made from brass or
PEEK, Figure 1.

000948AE
Figure 1
Single row cylindrical roller bearing
Bearings with The super precision cylindrical roller bearings N19 and NNU49
smaller cross-section have a smaller cross-section. As a result, smaller centre distances
can be achieved in multi-spindle arrangements. In addition,
diameter ranges not described in the dimension tables can be
supplied by agreement.

194 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Hybrid cylindrical In hybrid cylindrical roller bearings, the rollers are made from
roller bearings a high performance ceramic. This material gives a significant
reduction in the friction and wear in the bearing. In addition, there is
with half the number of rollers less strain on the lubricant and temperatures in the bearing are
lower. As a result, cylindrical roller bearings of the hybrid design
achieve the highest permissible speeds of any cylindrical roller
bearings. Furthermore, the low coefficient of thermal expansion
of the ceramic rollers reduces the increase in preload at higher
temperatures.
When these hybrid bearings are used, spindles and machinery
achieve considerably longer life and the systems are significantly
more viable. Ceramic rollers also lead to increased rigidity in both
static and dynamic terms. This has a positive effect on the quality
of the machining results.
Hybrid cylindrical roller bearings with half the number of rollers
have the suffix H193, Figure 2. Due to the reduction in the number
of rollers, the speed can be increased further.

HCN10..-K-H193

Figure 2

00016D3F
Hybrid bearing
with half the number of rollers
Thermally robust design With these bearings (suffix TR), temperature fluctuations on the non-
locating bearing side of motor spindles can be compensated very
effectively even at the very highest speeds.
This is due to the radial elasticity of the outer ring. This has two
undercuts and a slight recess across the central area. As a result
the contact forces are lower under variable temperature differences.
Due to these advantages, the bearing is the ideal non-locating
bearing for motor spindle applications.

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 195


Super precision cylindrical roller bearings

Double row cylindrical In bearings of series NN30, the rollers are guided on the inner ring.
roller bearings The outer ring is ground cylindrically and is removable, Figure 3.
Series NNU49 has a cylindrically ground, separable inner ring.
The rollers are guided on the outer ring.

NN30

Figure 3

000948C9
Double row cylindrical
roller bearing
Sealing Super precision cylindrical roller bearings are supplied in an open
design.

Lubrication Due to the high surface quality of the raceways and rollers, FAG cylin-
drical roller bearings are particularly suitable for grease lubrication.

Pneumatic oil lubrication When using pneumatic oil lubrication, they can be lubricated via
the end faces. The recommended injection pitch circle diameter (Etk)
is given in the dimension tables for the cylindrical roller bearings.
In cylindrical roller bearings with a polyamide or brass cage, the rec-
ommended injection pitch circle diameter (Etk1) lies between the rib
on the inner ring and the inside diameter of the cage. Lubrication is
possible from both sides.
In cylindrical roller bearings with a PEEK cage guided on one side
(PVPA1), lubrication can also be carried out on both sides between
the rib on the inner ring and the inside diameter of the cage (Etk1).
As an alternative, lubrication can be carried out on the open side
of the cage between the outside diameter of the cage and the outer
ring (Etk2).
Cylindrical roller bearings require only very small quantities of oil
for lubrication. This applies in particular where cages are guided
on the outer ring since the guidance rib in this case prevents all but
a small quantity of oil from leaving the bearing.
Overlubrication of the bearing can therefore occur, at low and
moderate speeds in particular, if lubrication is carried out between
the cage and inner ring, as a result of which the operating tempera-
ture of the bearing may increase. If bearings with a PVPA1 cage
guided on one side are lubricated on the open side of the cage,
excess oil is then reliably conveyed out of the bearing, giving a highly
uniform temperature behaviour of the bearing.

196 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Temperature
Speed
Low
Moderate
High
Lubrication between
inner ring and cage Etk2
Lubrication on open side
of cage Etk2

Figure 4
Speed/temperature behaviour

000945CD
of cylindrical roller bearings
with cage guided on outer ring
with oil lubrication
Oil lubrication Double row bearings with the suffix S have a lubrication groove and
lubrication holes in the outer ring.
Bearings with a modified internal construction and the suffix D
do not have a lubrication hole or lubrication groove as standard.
When selecting a lubricant, the operating temperature of the
lubricant must be taken into consideration.

Cages Single row super precision cylindrical roller bearings have solid
cages made from polyamide (TVP) and brass (M1) or PEEK (PVPA1).
Double row bearings have solid cages made from polyamide (TVP)
or brass (M1).

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 197


Super precision cylindrical roller bearings

Bearing designations The designation structure for single row cylindrical roller bearings is
shown in Figure 5, the structure for double row bearings is shown in
Figure 6.

0009A0FA
Figure 5
Bearing designation
0009A105

Figure 6
Bearing designation

198 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Marking of bearings Marking of the bearings on the end faces of the bearing rings is
shown in Figure 7 and Figure 8.

Trademark
X-life symbol
Short designation (bearing designation)
Country of manufacture
Internal code
Internal code
Data matrix code

Figure 7

00096891
Marking
of single row bearings

Trademark
X-life symbol
Short designation (bearing designation)
Country of manufacture
Internal code
Internal code
Data matrix code

Figure 8
00096895

Marking
of double row bearings

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 199


Super precision

00016BE3

000945D6
cylindrical
roller bearings
Single row
Steel or ceramic rollers

N10, N19 HCN10


Steel rollers Ceramic rollers

Dimension table Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions

Series 10 and 19 m d D B r1 E BN SN SB

kg min.
N1006-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,12 30 55 13 0,6 48,5 2,8 7,2 1,4
N1006-K-M1-SP 0,15 30 55 13 0,6 48,5 2,8 7,2 1,4
N1006-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,11 30 55 13 0,6 48,5 2,8 7,2 1,4
HCN1006-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,11 30 55 13 0,6 48,5 2,8 7,2 1,4
HCN1006-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,1 30 55 13 0,6 48,5 2,8 7,2 1,4
N1007-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,16 35 62 14 0,6 55 2,8 8 1,4
N1007-K-M1-SP 0,17 35 62 14 0,6 55 2,8 8 1,4
N1007-C-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,14 35 62 14 0,6 55 2,8 8 1,4
HCN1007-C-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,14 35 62 14 0,6 55 2,8 8 1,4
HCN1007-C-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,15 35 62 14 0,6 55 2,8 8 1,4
N1008-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,2 40 68 15 0,6 61 2,8 8,5 1,4
N1008-K-M1-SP 0,24 40 68 15 0,6 61 2,8 8,5 1,4
N1008-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,16 40 68 15 0,6 61 2,8 8,5 1,4
HCN1008-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,16 40 68 15 0,6 61 2,8 8,5 1,4
HCN1008-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,21 40 68 15 0,6 61 2,8 8,5 1,4
N1009-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,24 45 75 16 0,6 67,5 3,4 9,3 1,4
N1009-K-M1-SP 0,27 45 75 16 0,6 67,5 3,4 9,3 1,4
N1009-C-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,22 45 75 16 0,6 67,5 3,4 9,3 1,4
HCN1009-C-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,22 45 75 16 0,6 67,5 3,4 9,3 1,4
HCN1009-C-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,2 45 75 16 0,6 67,5 3,4 9,3 1,4
N1910-K-M1-SP 0,15 50 72 12 0,3 66,5
N1010-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,27 50 80 16 0,6 72,5 3,4 9,3 1,4
N1010-K-M1-SP 0,3 50 80 16 0,6 72,5 3,4 9,3 1,4
N1010-C-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,23 50 80 16 0,6 72,5 3,4 9,3 1,4
HCN1010-C-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,23 50 80 16 0,6 72,5 3,4 9,3 1,4
HCN1010-C-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,22 50 80 16 0,6 72,5 3,4 9,3 1,4
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 198.
The bearings are also available by agreement in the following designs:
With cylindrical bore (without suffix K),
Ordering example: N1006-D-TVP-SP-XL
As Direct Lube design (suffix DLR),
Ordering example: N1006-K-DLR-PVPA1-SP.
2) Axial displacement of outer ring from central position.
3) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
4) Also available as thermally robust design (suffix TR),
Ordering example: N1006-K-TR-PVPA1-SP.

200 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016BE5

00016BE6

000945C3
Direct Lube Axial displacement Mounting dimensions

Axial Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Limiting speeds


displacement2)
s1 s2 da Da Etk1 Etk2 ra1 dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil3)
h12 H12 Cr C0r
nom. nom. max. N N min1 min1
2,8 2,8 38,5 49,5 47,5 0,6 17 500 15 600 22 000 26 000
1,9 1,9 36,5 49,4 47 0,6 19 400 19 300 20 000 24 000
0,85 2,2 36,5 49,4 47 39,7 0,6 20 200 20 400 34 000 38 000
0,85 2,2 36,5 49,4 47 39,7 0,6 20 200 19 200 38 000 43 000
0,85 2,2 36,5 49,4 47 39,7 0,6 12 000 9 600 43 000 48 000
2,8 2,8 43 56 53,9 0,6 23 600 20 900 19 000 22 000
2 2 42 56 53,4 0,6 24 600 26 000 18 000 20 000
0,9 2,4 43 56,1 53,4 45,8 0,6 19 900 20 900 30 000 34 000
0,9 2,4 43 56,1 53,4 45,8 0,6 19 900 19 600 32 000 36 000
0,9 2,4 43 56,1 53,4 45,8 0,6 11 900 9 800 38 000 43 000
3,1 3,1 49 62,1 59,8 0,6 27 000 26 000 17 000 20 000
2,1 2,1 47 62,1 59,3 0,6 28 500 30 500 16 000 18 000
0,95 2,5 47 62,1 59,3 50,8 0,6 27 500 29 000 26 000 30 000
0,95 2,5 47 62,1 59,3 50,8 0,6 27 500 27 000 30 000 34 000
0,95 2,5 47 62,1 59,3 50,8 0,6 16 200 13 600 34 000 38 000
3,1 3,1 53,5 68,6 66,2 0,6 34 500 32 500 16 000 18 000
2,2 2,2 52,5 68,6 65,6 0,6 33 500 37 500 15 000 17 000
1,2 2,5 53,5 68,7 65,6 56,9 0,6 31 500 34 500 24 000 28 000
1,2 2,5 53,5 68,7 65,6 56,9 0,6 29 000 31 000 26 000 30 000
1,2 2,5 53,5 68,7 65,6 56,9 0,6 17 300 15 400 30 000 34 000
1,8 1,8 55,5 67 65,1 0,3 22 300 27 500 15 000 17 000
3,1 3,1 58,5 73,6 71,2 0,6 36 500 36 500 15 000 17 000
2,2 2,2 57,5 73,6 70,6 0,6 36 000 41 500 14 000 16 000
1,15 2,7 58,5 73,7 70,6 61,9 0,6 31 000 36 500 22 000 26 000
1,15 2,7 58,5 73,7 70,6 61,9 0,6 31 000 34 000 24 000 28 000
1,15 2,7 58,5 73,7 70,6 61,9 0,6 18 400 17 100 28 000 32 000

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 201


Super precision

00016BE3

000945D6
cylindrical
roller bearings
Single row
Steel or ceramic rollers

N10, N19 HCN10


Steel rollers Ceramic rollers

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions

Series 10 and 19 m d D B r1 E BN SN SB

kg min.
N1911-K-M1-SP 0,21 55 80 13 0,6 73,5
N1011-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,4 55 90 18 1 81 4,3 9,7 1,4
N1011-K-M1-SP 0,44 55 90 18 1 80,5 4,3 9,7 1,4
N1011-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,34 55 90 18 1 80,5 4,3 9,7 1,4
HCN1011-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,34 55 90 18 1 80,5 4,3 9,7 1,4
HCN1011-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,32 55 90 18 1 80,5 4,3 9,7 1,4
N1912-K-M1-SP 0,22 60 85 13 0,6 78,5
N1012-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,43 60 95 18 1 86,1 4,3 9,7 1,4
N1012-K-M1-SP 0,47 60 95 18 1 85,5 4,3 9,7 1,4
N1012-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,37 60 95 18 1 85,5 4,3 9,7 1,4
HCN1012-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,37 60 95 18 1 85,5 4,3 9,7 1,4
HCN1012-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,36 60 95 18 1 85,5 4,3 9,7 1,4
N1913-K-M1-SP 0,24 65 90 13 0,6 83,5
N1013-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,45 65 100 18 1 91 4 10,4 1,4
N1013-K-M1-SP 0,5 65 100 18 1 90,5 4 10,4 1,4
N1013-C-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,4 65 100 18 1 91 4 10,4 1,4
HCN1013-C-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,4 65 100 18 1 91 4 10,4 1,4
HCN1013-C-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,38 65 100 18 1 91 4 10,4 1,4
N1914-K-M1-SP 0,39 70 100 16 0,6 92
N1014-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,64 70 110 20 1 100 4 11,6 1,4
N1014-K-M1-SP 0,69 70 110 20 1 100 4 11,6 1,4
N1014-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,52 70 110 20 1 100 4 11,6 1,4
HCN1014-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,52 70 110 20 1 100 4 11,6 1,4
HCN1014-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,49 70 110 20 1 100 4 11,6 1,4
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 198.
The bearings are also available in the following designs:
With cylindrical bore (without suffix K),
Ordering example: N1011-D-TVP-SP-XL
As Direct Lube design (suffix DLR),
Ordering examples: N1011-K-DLR-M1-SP and N1011-K-DLR-PVPA1-SP.
2) Axial displacement of outer ring from central position.
3) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
4) Also available as thermally robust design (suffix TR),
Ordering example: N1011-K-TR-PVPA1-SP.

202 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016BE5

00016BE6

000945C3
Direct Lube Axial displacement Mounting dimensions

Axial Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Limiting speeds


displacement2)
s1 s2 da Da Etk1 Etk2 ra1 dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil3)
h12 H12 Cr C0r
nom. nom. max. N N min1 min1
1,9 1,9 61,5 74 72 0,6 27 000 35 000 14 000 16 000
3,4 3,4 65 82,2 79,3 1 48 000 48 500 13 000 15 000
2,5 2,5 64,5 81,8 78,5 1 42 000 50 000 12 000 14 000
1,4 3 64,5 81,8 78,5 68,8 1 40 500 48 000 20 000 24 000
1,4 3 64,5 81,8 78,5 68,8 1 40 500 45 500 22 000 26 000
1,4 3 64,5 81,8 78,5 68,8 1 24 100 22 700 26 000 30 000
1,9 1,9 66,5 79 77 0,6 26 000 34 000 13 000 15 000
3,4 3,4 70,1 87,3 84,4 1 51 000 53 000 12 000 14 000
2,5 2,5 69,5 86,8 83,5 1 44 000 55 000 11 000 13 000
1,25 3 69,5 86,8 83,5 73,8 1 43 000 53 000 18 000 20 000
1,25 3 69,5 86,8 83,5 73,8 1 43 000 50 000 20 000 24 000
1,25 3 69,5 86,8 83,5 73,8 1 25 500 25 000 24 000 28 000
1,9 1,9 71,5 84 82 0,6 29 500 40 000 12 000 14 000
3,4 3,4 75 92,2 89,3 1 53 000 58 000 12 000 14 000
2,5 2,5 74,5 91,8 88,5 1 45 000 58 000 11 000 13 000
1,4 2,5 75 92,3 88,5 77,8 1 45 000 58 000 17 000 19 000
1,4 2,5 75 92,3 88,5 77,8 1 43 000 50 000 17 000 19 000
1,4 2,5 75 92,3 88,5 77,8 1 27 000 27 000 22 000 26 000
2,3 2,3 78 93 90,3 0,6 36 500 49 000 11 000 13 000
3,8 3,8 82 101,3 98,2 1 66 000 72 000 10 000 12 000
2,5 2,5 80 101,3 97,5 1 65 000 81 000 10 000 12 000
1,25 3,3 80 101,3 97,5 85,4 1 63 000 77 000 16 000 18 000
1,25 3,3 80 101,3 97,5 85,4 1 61 000 70 000 18 000 20 000
1,25 3,3 80 101,3 97,5 85,4 1 36 500 35 000 20 000 24 000

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 203


Super precision

00016BE3

000945D6
cylindrical
roller bearings
Single row
Steel or ceramic rollers

N10, N19 HCN10


Steel rollers Ceramic rollers

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions

Series 10 and 19 m d D B r1 E BN SN SB

kg min.
N1915-K-M1-SP 0,41 75 105 16 0,6 97
N1015-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,67 75 115 20 1 105 4 11,6 1,4
N1015-K-M1-SP 0,81 75 115 20 1 105 4 11,6 1,4
N1015-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,56 75 115 20 1 105 4 11,6 1,4
HCN1015-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,56 75 115 20 1 105 4 11,6 1,4
HCN1015-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,54 75 115 20 1 105 4 11,6 1,4
N1916-K-M1-SP 0,43 80 110 16 0,6 102
N1016-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,9 80 125 22 1 113 4,7 12,2 2,2
N1016-K-M1-SP 0,97 80 125 22 1 113,5 4,7 12,2 2,2
N1016-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,76 80 125 22 1 113,5 4,7 12,2 2,2
HCN1016-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,76 80 125 22 1 113,5 4,7 12,2 2,2
HCN1016-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,66 80 125 22 1 113,5 4,7 12,2 2,2
N1917-K-M1-SP 0,61 85 120 18 1 110,5
N1017-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,95 85 130 22 1 118 4,7 12,2 2,2
N1017-K-M1-SP 1,04 85 130 22 1 118,5 4,7 12,2 2,2
N1017-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,89 85 130 22 1 118,5 4,7 12,2 2,2
HCN1017-K-PVPA1-SP4) 0,89 85 130 22 1 118,5 4,7 12,2 2,2
HCN1017-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,75 85 130 22 1 118,5 4,7 12,2 2,2
N1918-K-M1-SP 0,64 90 125 18 1 115,5
N1018-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 1,23 90 140 24 1,1 127 5,5 14,5 2,2
N1018-K-M1-SP 1,34 90 140 24 1,1 127 5,5 14,5 2,2
N1018-K-PVPA1-SP4) 1,06 90 140 24 1,1 127 5,5 14,5 2,2
HCN1018-K-PVPA1-SP4) 1,06 90 140 24 1,1 127 5,5 14,5 2,2
HCN1018-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 0,99 90 140 24 1,1 127 5,5 14,5 2,2
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 198.
The bearings are also available in the following designs:
With cylindrical bore (without suffix K),
Ordering example: N1015-D-TVP-SP-XL
As Direct Lube design (suffix DLR),
Ordering examples: N1015-K-DLR-M1-SP and N1015-K-DLR-PVPA1-SP.
2) Axial displacement of outer ring from central position.
3) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
4) Also available as thermally robust design (suffix TR),
Ordering example: N1015-K-TR-PVPA1-SP.

204 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016BE5

00016BE6

000945C3
Direct Lube Axial displacement Mounting dimensions

Axial Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Limiting speeds


displacement2)
s1 s2 da Da Etk1 Etk2 ra1 dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil3)
h12 H12 Cr C0r
nom. nom. max. N N min1 min1
2,3 2,3 83 98 95,3 0,6 38 000 53 000 10 000 12 000
3,8 3,8 87 106,3 103,2 1 65 000 73 000 10 000 12 000
2,5 2,5 85 106,3 102,5 1 66 000 85 000 9 500 11 000
1 3 85 106,3 102,5 90,4 1 66 000 85 000 15 000 17 000
1 3 85 106,3 102,5 90,4 1 65 000 77 000 17 000 19 000
1 3 85 106,3 102,5 90,4 1 38 500 38 500 19 000 22 000
2,3 2,3 88 103 100,3 0,6 39 500 56 000 9 500 11 000
4,1 4,1 93 114,4 111,4 1 81 000 91 000 9 000 11 000
3 3 91,5 115 110,8 1 77 000 99 000 8 500 9 500
1,1 3,5 91,5 115 110,8 97,4 1 77 000 99 000 14 000 16 000
1,1 3,5 91,5 115 110,8 97,4 1 77 000 93 000 15 000 17 000
1,1 3,5 91,5 115 110,8 97,4 1 45 500 46 500 18 000 20 000
2,5 2,5 94,5 112 108,5 1 49 500 70 000 8 500 9 500
4,1 4,1 98 119,4 116,3 1 80 000 91 000 8 500 10 000
3 3 96,5 120 115,8 1 79 000 103 000 8 000 9 000
1,5 2,7 96,5 120 115,8 102,4 1 76 000 99 000 13 000 15 000
1,5 2,7 96,5 120 115,8 102,4 1 76 000 93 000 15 000 17 000
1,5 2,7 96,5 120 115,8 102,4 1 45 500 46 500 17 000 19 000
2,5 2,5 99,5 117 113,5 1 51 000 75 000 8 500 9 500
4,4 4,4 105 128,5 124,9 1,1 95 000 108 000 8 000 9 500
3,2 3,2 103 128,6 124 1,1 94 000 124 000 7 500 8 500
1,2 3,7 103 128,6 124 109,4 1,1 91 000 119 000 12 000 14 000
1,2 3,7 103 128,6 124 109,4 1,1 91 000 112 000 13 000 15 000
1,2 3,7 103 128,6 124 109,4 1,1 54 000 56 000 15 000 17 000

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 205


Super precision

00016BE3

000945D6
cylindrical
roller bearings
Single row
Steel or ceramic rollers

N10, N19 HCN10


Steel rollers Ceramic rollers

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions

Series 10 and 19 m d D B r1 E BN SN SB

kg min.
N1919-K-M1-SP 0,67 95 130 18 1 120,5
N1019-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 1,29 95 145 24 1,1 132 5,5 14,5 2,2
N1019-K-M1-SP 1,4 95 145 24 1,1 132 5,5 14,5 2,2
N1019-K-PVPA1-SP4) 1,2 95 145 24 1,1 132 5,5 14,5 2,2
HCN1019-K-PVPA1-SP4) 1,2 95 145 24 1,1 132 5,5 14,5 2,2
HCN1019-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 1,04 95 145 24 1,1 132 5,5 14,5 2,2
N1920-K-M1-SP 0,92 100 140 20 1 130
N1020-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 1,34 100 150 24 1,1 137 5,5 14,5 2,2
N1020-K-M1-SP 1,46 100 150 24 1,1 137 5,5 14,5 2,2
N1020-K-PVPA1-SP4) 1,2 100 150 24 1,1 137 5,5 14,5 2,2
HCN1020-K-PVPA1-SP4) 1,2 100 150 24 1,1 137 5,5 14,5 2,2
HCN1020-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 1,07 100 150 24 1,1 137 5,5 14,5 2,2
N1921-K-M1-SP 0,96 105 145 20 1 135
N1021-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 1,67 105 160 26 1,1 146 6 15,2 2,2
N1021-K-M1-SP 1,82 105 160 26 1,1 145,5 6 15,2 2,2
N1021-K-PVPA1-SP4) 1,81 105 160 26 1,1 145,5 6 15,2 2,2
HCN1021-K-PVPA1-SP4) 1,81 105 160 26 1,1 145,5 6 15,2 2,2
HCN1021-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 1,79 105 160 26 1,1 145,5 6 15,2 2,2
N1922-K-M1-SP 0,99 110 150 20 1 140
N1022-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 2,07 110 170 28 1,1 155 6 16,2 2,2
N1022-K-M1-SP 2,3 110 170 28 1,1 155 6 16,2 2,2
N1022-K-PVPA1-SP4) 1,9 110 170 28 1,1 155 6 16,2 2,2
HCN1022-K-PVPA1-SP4) 1,9 110 170 28 1,1 155 6 16,2 2,2
HCN1022-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 1,85 110 170 28 1,1 155 6 16,2 2,2
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 198.
The bearings are also available in the following designs:
With cylindrical bore (without suffix K),
Ordering example: N1019-D-TVP-SP-XL
As Direct Lube design (suffix DLR),
Ordering examples: N1019-K-DLR-M1-SP and N1019-K-DLR-PVPA1-SP.
2) Axial displacement of outer ring from central position.
3) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
4) Also available as thermally robust design (suffix TR),
Ordering example: N1019-K-TR-PVPA1-SP.

206 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016BE5

00016BE6

000945C3
Direct Lube Axial displacement Mounting dimensions

Axial Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Limiting speeds


displacement2)
s1 s2 da Da Etk1 Etk2 ra1 dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil3)
h12 H12 Cr C0r
nom. nom. max. N N min1 min1
2,5 2,5 104,5 122 118,5 1 52 000 78 000 8 000 9 000
4,4 4,4 110 133,5 129,8 1,1 99 000 117 000 7 500 9 000
3,2 3,2 108 133,6 129 1,1 96 000 130 000 7 000 8 000
1,2 3,7 108 133,6 129 114,4 1,1 96 000 130 000 12 000 14 000
1,2 3,7 108 133,6 129 114,4 1,1 96 000 122 000 13 000 15 000
1,2 3,7 108 133,6 129 114,4 1,1 57 000 61 000 15 000 17 000
2,5 2,5 110 132 127,5 1 77 000 113 000 7 000 8 000
4,4 4,4 115 138,5 134,8 1,1 99 000 118 000 7 500 9 000
3,2 3,2 113 138,6 134 1,1 98 000 135 000 6 700 7 500
1,1 3,5 113 138,6 134 119,4 1,1 95 000 130 000 11 000 13 000
1,1 3,5 113 138,6 134 119,4 1,1 95 000 123 000 12 000 14 000
1,1 3,5 113 138,6 134 119,4 1,1 57 000 61 000 14 000 16 000
2,5 2,5 115 137 132,5 1 79 000 117 000 6 700 7 500
4,5 4,5 120 147,5 143,5 1,1 132 000 154 000 7 000 8 000
3,4 3,4 119,5 147,2 142,3 1,1 112 000 154 000 6 300 7 000
0,6 3,2 119,5 147,2 142,3 126,5 1,1 112 000 154 000 10 000 12 000
0,6 3,2 119,5 147,2 142,3 126,5 1,1 111 000 144 000 11 000 13 000
0,6 3,2 119,5 147,2 142,3 126,5 1,1 66 000 72 000 13 000 15 000
2,5 2,5 120 142 137,5 1 80 000 121 000 6 700 7 500
4,8 4,8 127 156,6 152,4 1,1 153 000 180 000 6 300 7 500
3,4 3,4 125 156,7 151,3 1,1 141 000 180 000 6 000 6 700
1 4 125 156,7 151,3 133,1 1,1 141 000 180 000 9 500 11 000
1 4 125 156,7 151,3 133,1 1,1 141 000 180 000 11 000 13 000
1 4 125 156,7 151,3 133,1 1,1 84 000 90 000 12 000 14 000

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 207


Super precision

00016BE3

000945D6
cylindrical
roller bearings
Single row
Steel or ceramic rollers

N10, N19 HCN10


Steel rollers Ceramic rollers

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions

Series 10 and 19 m d D B r1 E BN SN SB

kg min.
N1924-K-M1-SP 1,34 120 165 22 1 153,5
N1024-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 2,22 120 180 28 1,1 165 6 16,2 2,2
N1024-K-M1-SP 2,47 120 180 28 1,1 165 6 16,2 2,2
N1024-K-PVPA1-SP4) 2,05 120 180 28 1,1 165 6 16,2 2,2
HCN1024-K-PVPA1-SP4) 2,05 120 180 28 1,1 165 6 16,2 2,2
HCN1024-K-PVPA1-SP-H1934) 1,95 120 180 28 1,1 165 6 16,2 2,2
N1926-K-M1-SP 1,8 130 180 24 1,1 167
N1026-K-M1-SP 3,72 130 200 33 1,1 182
N1928-K-M1-SP 1,92 140 190 24 1,1 177
N1028-K-M1-SP 3,85 140 210 33 1,1 192
N1930-K-M1-SP 2,95 150 210 28 1,1 194
N1030-K-M1-SP 4,81 150 225 35 1,5 205,5
N1932-K-M1-SP 3,1 160 220 28 1,1 204
N1032-K-M1-SP 5,76 160 240 38 1,5 220
N1934-K-M1-SP 3,28 170 230 28 1,1 214
N1034-K-M1-SP 7,77 170 260 42 2,1 237
N1936-K-M1-SP 4,81 180 250 33 1,1 232
N1036-K-M1-SP 10,2 180 280 46 2,1 255
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 198.
The bearings are also available in the following designs:
With cylindrical bore (without suffix K),
Ordering example: N1024-D-TVP-SP-XL
As Direct Lube design (suffix DLR),
Ordering examples: N1024-K-DLR-M1-SP and N1024-K-DLR-PVPA1-SP.
2) Axial displacement of outer ring from central position.
3) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.
4) Also available as thermally robust design (suffix TR),
Ordering example: N1024-K-TR-PVPA1-SP.

208 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


00016BE5

00016BE6

000945C3
Direct Lube Axial displacement Mounting dimensions

Axial Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Limiting speeds


displacement2)
s1 s2 da Da Etk1 Etk2 ra1 dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil3)
h12 H12 Cr C0r
nom. nom. max. N N min1 min1
3 3 131,5 156 150,8 1 95 000 144 000 6 000 6 700
4,8 4,8 137 166,6 162,4 1,1 160 000 196 000 6 000 7 000
3,4 3,4 135 166,7 161,3 1,1 148 000 196 000 5 600 6 300
1 4 135 166,7 161,3 143,1 1,1 148 000 196 000 9 000 10 000
1 4 135 166,7 161,3 143,1 1,1 147 000 195 000 10 000 12 000
1 4 135 166,7 161,3 143,1 1,1 88 000 97 000 11 000 13 000
3,2 3,2 143 170 164 1,1 110 000 169 000 5 300 6 000
4,2 4,2 148 184,1 177,8 1,1 179 000 250 000 5 000 5 600
3,2 3,2 153 180 174 1,1 116 000 185 000 4 300 4 800
4,2 4,2 158 194,1 187,8 1,1 183 000 265 000 4 500 5 000
3,6 3,6 166 197 190,5 1,1 149 000 234 000 4 500 5 000
4,4 4,4 169,5 207,8 201 1,5 210 000 310 000 4 300 4 800
3,6 3,6 176 206 200,5 1,1 154 000 250 000 4 300 4 800
4,6 4,6 180 222,4 215 1,5 245 000 355 000 4 000 4 500
3,6 3,6 186 216 210,5 1,1 159 000 265 000 3 800 4 300
5 5 193 239,7 231,5 2,1 295 000 435 000 3 600 4 000
4,2 4,2 198 234 227,8 1,1 207 000 330 000 3 600 4 000
5,6 5,6 205 257,8 248,8 2,1 360 000 520 000 3 400 3 800

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 209


Super precision

00016BE3

00016CCC
cylindrical
roller bearings
Single row
Steel rollers

N10, N19 Axial displacement

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Axial
displacement2)
Series 10 and 19 m d D B r1 E s

kg min.
N1938-K-M1-SP 5,05 190 260 33 1,1 242 4,2
N1038-K-M1-SP 10,6 190 290 46 2,1 265 5,6
N1940-K-M1-SP 6,97 200 280 38 1,5 259 4,8
N1040-K-M1-SP 13,7 200 310 51 2,1 281 6,4
N1944-K-M1-SP 7,64 220 300 38 1,5 279 4,8
N1044-K-M1-SP 17,9 220 340 56 3 310 6,6
N1948-K-M1-SP 8,18 240 320 38 1,5 299 4,8
N1048-K-M1-SP 19,3 240 360 56 3 330 6,6
N1952-K-M1-SP 13,8 260 360 46 1,5 334 5,4
N1052-K-M1-SP 28,8 260 400 65 4 364 8,1
N1956-K-M1-SP 14,9 280 380 46 1,5 354 5,4
N1056-K-M1-SP 30,9 280 420 65 4 384 8,1
N1960-K-M1-SP 23,6 300 420 56 3 390 6,6
N1060-K-M1-SP 43,7 300 460 74 4 420 8,7
N1964-K-M1-SP 24,3 320 440 56 3 410 6,6
N1064-K-M1-SP 45,1 320 480 74 4 440 8,7
N1968-K-M1-SP 26,3 340 460 56 3 430 6,6
N1068-K-M1-SP 60,7 340 520 82 5 475 9,3
N1972-K-M1-SP 26,9 360 480 56 3 450 6,6
N1072-K-M1-SP 64,4 360 540 82 5 495 9,3
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 198.
The bearings are also available with a cylindrical bore (without suffix K),
ordering example: N1938-M1-SP.
2) Axial displacement of outer ring from central position.
3) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

210 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


000945C3
Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Limiting speeds

da Da Etk1 ra1 dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil3)


h12 H12 Cr C0r
nom. max. N N min1 min1
208 244 237,8 1,1 210 000 340 000 3 400 3 800
215 267,8 258,8 2,1 370 000 550 000 3 200 3 600
221 261 254,3 1,5 255 000 420 000 3 200 3 600
229 284,3 274,5 2,1 395 000 600 000 3 000 3 400
241 281 274,3 1,5 265 000 450 000 3 000 3 400
250 313,5 302,5 3 510 000 770 000 3 000 3 400
261 301 294,3 1,5 280 000 490 000 2 800 3 200
270 333,5 322,5 3 540 000 840 000 3 000 3 400
286 336 328 1,5 420 000 730 000 2 400 2 800
296 368,2 355,5 4 650 000 1 010 000 3 000 3 400
306 356 348 1,5 445 000 800 000 2 200 2 600
316 388,2 375,5 4 680 000 1 100 000 3 000 3 400
330 392 382,5 3 600 000 1 020 000 1 900 2 200
340 424,6 410 4 900 000 1 430 000 1 800 2 000
350 412 402,5 3 620 000 1 090 000 1 800 2 000
360 444,6 430 4 910 000 1 490 000 1 700 1 900
370 433 422,5 3 650 000 1 200 000 1 700 1 900
385 480 463,8 5 1 120 000 1 830 000 1 600 1 800
390 453 442,5 3 660 000 1 230 000 1 600 1 800
405 500 483,8 5 1 150 000 1 910 000 1 500 1 700

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 211


Super precision

00016BE3

00016CCC
cylindrical
roller bearings
Single row
Steel rollers

N10, N19 Axial displacement

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions Axial
displacement2)
Series 10 and 19 m d D B r1 E s

kg min.
N1976-K-M1-SP 40 380 520 65 4 484 8,1
N1076-K-M1-SP 66,6 380 560 82 5 515 9,3
N1980-K-M1-SP 41,7 400 540 65 4 504 8,1
N1080-K-M1-SP 88,1 400 600 90 5 550 10,4
N1984-K-M1-SP 43,5 420 560 65 4 524 8,1
N1084-K-M1-SP 90,7 420 620 90 5 570 10,4
N1988-K-M1-SP 60,2 440 600 74 4 558 9,1
N1088-K-M1-SP 106 440 650 94 6 597 10,8
N1992-K-M1-SP 62,6 460 620 74 4 578 9,1
N1092-K-M1-SP 120 460 680 100 6 624 11,6
N1996-K-M1-SP 73,1 480 650 78 5 605 9,5
N1096-K-M1-SP 125 480 700 100 6 644 11,6
N19/500-K-M1-SP 75 500 670 78 5 625 9,5
N10/500-K-M1-SP 130 500 720 100 6 664 11,6
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 198.
The bearings are also available with a cylindrical bore (without suffix K),
ordering example: N1976-M1-SP.
2) Axial displacement of outer ring from central position.
3) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

212 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


000945C3
Mounting dimensions

Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Limiting speeds

da Da Etk1 ra1 dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil3)


h12 H12 Cr C0r
nom. max. N N min1 min1
416 487 475,5 4 810 000 1 500 000 1 500 1 700
425 520 503,8 5 1 170 000 1 990 000 1 400 1 600
436 507 495,5 4 810 000 1 510 000 1 500 1 700
450 555,4 537,5 5 1 380 000 2 330 000 1 300 1 500
456 527 515,5 4 830 000 1 600 000 1 400 1 600
470 575,4 557,5 5 1 410 000 2 430 000 1 300 1 500
482 562 548,5 4 1 020 000 1 960 000 1 300 1 500
493 602,6 584 6 1 560 000 2 750 000 1 200 1 400
502 582 568,5 4 1 020 000 1 970 000 1 300 1 500
516 630,2 610,5 6 1 680 000 2 950 000 1 100 1 300
525 609 595 5 1 150 000 2 250 000 1 200 1 400
536 650,2 630,5 6 1 720 000 3 100 000 1 100 1 300
545 629 615 5 1 160 000 2 310 000 1 200 1 400
556 670,2 650,5 6 1 750 000 3 200 000 1 000 1 200

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 213


Super precision

00016CA5

00016CA6
cylindrical
roller bearings
Double row

NN30 NNU49

Dimension table Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions

m d D B r1 E F ns ds

kg min.
NN3006-AS-K-M-SP 0,19 30 55 19 1 48,5 4,8 3,2
NN3006-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,18 30 55 19 1 48,5
NN3007-AS-K-M-SP 0,25 35 62 20 1 55 4,8 3,2
NN3007-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,24 35 62 20 1 55
NN3008-AS-K-M-SP 0,3 40 68 21 1 61 4,8 3,2
NN3008-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,28 40 68 21 1 61
NN3009-AS-K-M-SP 0,39 45 75 23 1 67,5 4,8 3,2
NN3009-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,36 45 75 23 1 67,5
NN3010-AS-K-M-SP 0,43 50 80 23 1 72,5 4,8 3,2
NN3010-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,39 50 80 23 1 72,5
NN3011-AS-K-M-SP 0,63 55 90 26 1,1 81 4,8 3,2
NN3011-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,59 55 90 26 1,1 81
NN3012-AS-K-M-SP 0,67 60 95 26 1,1 86,1 4,8 3,2
NN3012-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,63 60 95 26 1,1 86,1
NN3013-AS-K-M-SP 0,71 65 100 26 1,1 91 4,8 3,2
NN3013-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,67 65 100 26 1,1 91
NN3014-AS-K-M-SP 1,04 70 110 30 1,1 100 6,5 3,2
NN3014-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 0,98 70 110 30 1,1 100
NN3015-AS-K-M-SP 1,09 75 115 30 1,1 105 6,5 3,2
NN3015-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 1,02 75 115 30 1,1 105
NN3016-AS-K-M-SP 1,51 80 125 34 1,1 113 6,5 3,2
NN3016-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 1,42 80 125 34 1,1 113
NN3017-AS-K-M-SP 1,58 85 130 34 1,1 118 6,5 3,2
NN3017-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 1,48 85 130 34 1,1 118
NN3018-AS-K-M-SP 2,05 90 140 37 1,5 127 6,5 3,2
NN3018-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 1,93 90 140 37 1,5 127
NN3019-AS-K-M-SP 2,14 95 145 37 1,5 132 6,5 3,2
NN3019-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 2,03 95 145 37 1,5 132
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 198.
The bearings are also available with a cylindrical bore (without suffix K),
ordering example: NN3006-D-TVP-SP-XL.
2) Axial displacement of outer ring from central position.
3) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

214 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


000155E3

00094616
Axial displacement Mounting dimensions

Axial Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Limiting speeds


displacement2)
s da Da ra1 dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil3)
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. N N min1 min1
1,4 37,5 50 1 29 000 34 000 16 000 19 000
1,7 38,5 50 1 30 000 31 000 20 000 24 000
1,4 43 57 1 35 500 44 000 14 000 17 000
1,4 43 56,5 1 40 500 41 500 17 000 21 000
1,4 48 63 1 45 000 58 000 12 000 15 000
1,7 49 62,6 1 46 500 52 000 16 000 19 000
1,7 53,5 69 1 54 000 72 000 11 000 14 000
1,7 53,5 69,2 1 59 000 65 000 14 000 17 000
1,7 58,5 74 1 57 000 79 000 10 000 13 000
1,7 58,5 74,2 1 63 000 73 000 13 000 16 000
1,9 65 83 1 72 000 101 000 9 000 11 000
1,9 65 82,9 1 82 000 97 000 12 000 14 000
1,9 70,1 88 1 76 000 111 000 8 500 10 000
1,9 70,1 88 1 87 000 106 000 11 000 13 000
1,9 75 93 1 77 000 116 000 8 000 9 500
1,9 75 92,9 1 91 000 116 000 10 000 12 000
2,3 82 102 1 98 000 148 000 7 000 8 500
2,3 82 102,3 1 113 000 145 000 9 500 11 000
2,3 87 107 1 99 000 155 000 6 700 8 000
2,3 87 107,3 1 112 000 146 000 9 000 11 000
2,5 93 116 1 119 000 186 000 6 300 7 500
2,5 93 115,6 1 139 000 182 000 8 500 10 000
2,5 98 121 1 125 000 201 000 6 000 7 000
2,5 98 120,6 1 138 000 183 000 8 000 9 500
2,6 105 130 1,5 141 000 225 000 5 600 6 700
2,5 105 129,8 1,5 162 000 216 000 7 500 9 000
2,6 110 135 1,5 144 000 234 000 5 300 6 300
2,5 110 134,8 1,5 170 000 234 000 7 000 8 500

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 215


Super precision

00016CA5

00016CA6
cylindrical
roller bearings
Double row

NN30 NNU49

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions

m d D B r1 E F ns ds

kg min.
NNU4920-S-K-M-SP 1,88 100 140 40 1,1 113 6,5 3,2
NN3020-AS-K-M-SP 2,23 100 150 37 1,5 137 6,5 3,2
NN3020-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 2,09 100 150 37 1,5 137
NNU4921-S-K-M-SP 1,93 105 145 40 1,1 118 6,5 3,2
NN3021-AS-K-M-SP 2,84 105 160 41 2 146 6,5 3,2
NN3021-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 2,68 105 160 41 2 146
NNU4922-S-K-M-SP 2,01 110 150 40 1,1 123 6,5 3,2
NN3022-AS-K-M-SP 3,61 110 170 45 2 155 6,5 3,2
NN3022-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 3,41 110 170 45 2 155
NNU4924-S-K-M-SP 2,78 120 165 45 1,1 134,5 6,5 3,2
NN3024-AS-K-M-SP 3,94 120 180 46 2 165 6,5 3,2
NN3024-D-K-TVP-SP-XL 3,72 120 180 46 2 165
NNU4926-S-K-M-SP 3,81 130 180 50 1,5 146 6,5 3,2
NN3026-AS-K-M-SP 5,78 130 200 52 2 182 9,5 4,8
NNU4928-S-K-M-SP 4,04 140 190 50 1,5 156 6,5 3,2
NN3028-AS-K-M-SP 6,22 140 210 53 2 192 9,5 4,8
NNU4930-S-K-M-SP 6,1 150 210 60 2 168,5 6,5 3,2
NN3030-AS-K-M-SP 7,59 150 225 56 2,1 206 9,5 4,8
NNU4932-S-K-M-SP 6,46 160 220 60 2 178,5 6,5 3,2
NN3032-AS-K-M-SP 9,23 160 240 60 2,1 219 9,5 4,8
NNU4934-S-K-M-SP 6,9 170 230 60 2 188,5 6,5 3,2
NN3034-AS-K-M-SP 12,5 170 260 67 2,1 236 9,5 4,8
NNU4936-S-K-M-SP 9,96 180 250 69 2 202 9,5 4,8
NN3036-AS-K-M-SP 16,4 180 280 74 2,1 255 12,2 6,3
NNU4938-S-K-M-SP 10,6 190 260 69 2 212 9,5 4,8
NN3038-AS-K-M-SP 17,3 190 290 75 2,1 265 12,2 6,3
NNU4940-S-K-M-SP 14,7 200 280 80 2,1 225 12,2 6,3
NN3040-AS-K-M-SP 22,2 200 310 82 2,1 282 12,2 6,3
NNU4944-S-K-M-SP 16,3 220 300 80 2,1 245 12,2 6,3
NN3044-AS-K-M-SP 29,1 220 340 90 3 310 15 8
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 198.
The bearings are also available with a cylindrical bore (without suffix K),
ordering example: NN3020-D-TVP-SP-XL.
2) Axial displacement of outer ring from central position.
3) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

216 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


000155E3

00094616
Axial displacement Mounting dimensions

Axial Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Limiting speeds


displacement2)
s da Da ra1 dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil3)
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. N N min1 min1
2 112 129 1,1 128 000 255 000 5 300 6 300
2,6 115 140 1,5 147 000 243 000 5 300 6 300
2,5 115 139,8 1,5 169 000 235 000 7 000 8 000
2 117 134 1,1 130 000 260 000 5 300 6 300
2,6 120 149 2 192 000 310 000 4 800 5 600
2,6 120 149 2 226 000 310 000 6 300 7 500
2 122 139 1,1 132 000 270 000 5 000 6 000
2,9 127 158 2 220 000 360 000 4 500 5 300
2,9 127 158,3 2 260 000 360 000 6 000 7 000
2,3 133,4 154,5 1,1 175 000 340 000 4 500 5 300
3,1 137 168 2 232 000 390 000 4 300 5 000
3,1 137 168,4 2 275 000 390 000 5 600 6 700
2,7 144,7 166 1,5 188 000 385 000 4 000 4 800
3,1 150 186 2 295 000 500 000 3 800 4 500
2,7 155,1 176 1,5 190 000 400 000 3 800 4 500
3,4 160 196 2 300 000 520 000 3 600 4 300
2,7 167,2 196,5 2 330 000 650 000 3 600 4 300
3,8 172 210 2,1 335 000 590 000 3 400 4 000
2,7 177,2 206,5 2 335 000 680 000 3 400 4 000
4,3 183 224 2,1 375 000 670 000 3 200 3 800
2,7 187,2 216,5 2 340 000 700 000 3 200 3 800
4,6 196 241 2,1 450 000 800 000 3 000 3 600
3,2 200,5 232 2 405 000 860 000 3 000 3 600
4,8 209 260 2,1 570 000 1 000 000 2 800 3 400
3,2 210,5 242 2 410 000 880 000 2 800 3 400
4,8 219 271 2,1 580 000 1 040 000 2 600 3 200
4,3 223 259 2,1 490 000 1 040 000 2 600 3 200
5,7 232 288 2,1 660 000 1 190 000 2 400 3 000
4,3 243 279 2,1 510 000 1 140 000 2 400 3 000
5,7 254 317 2,5 810 000 1 450 000 2 200 2 800

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 217


Super precision

00016CA5

00016CA6
cylindrical
roller bearings
Double row

NN30 NNU49

Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm


Designation1) Mass Dimensions

m d D B r1 E F ns ds

kg min.
NNU4948-S-K-M-SP 17,1 240 320 80 2,1 265 12,2 6,3
NN3048-AS-K-M-SP 31,5 240 360 92 3 330 15 8
NNU4952-S-K-M-SP 30,4 260 360 100 2,1 292 15 8
NN3052-AS-K-M-SP 46,2 260 400 104 4 364 15 8
NNU4956-S-K-M-SP 32,5 280 380 100 2,1 312 15 8
NN3056-AS-K-M-SP 49,7 280 420 106 4 384 15 8
NNU4960-S-K-M-SP 48,6 300 420 118 4 339 17,7 9,5
NN3060-AS-K-M-SP 68,5 300 460 118 4 418 17,7 9,5
NNU4964-S-K-M-SP 52,5 320 440 118 3 359 17,7 9,5
NN3064-AS-K-M-SP 73,8 320 480 121 4 438 17,7 9,5
NNU4968-S-K-M-SP 55,7 340 460 118 3 379 17,7 9,5
NN3068-AS-K-M-SP 99,3 340 520 133 5 473 17,7 9,5
NNU4972-S-K-M-SP 57,3 360 480 118 3 399 17,7 9,5
NN3072-AS-K-M-SP 104 360 540 134 5 493 17,7 9,5
NNU4976-S-K-M-SP 86,9 380 520 140 4 426 17,7 9,5
NN3076-AS-K-M-SP 110 380 560 135 5 513 17,7 9,5
NNU4980-S-K-M-SP 91 400 540 140 4 446 17,7 9,5
NN3080-AS-K-M-SP 143 400 600 148 5 549 17,7 9,5
NNU4984-S-K-M-SP 94,4 420 560 140 4 466 17,7 9,5
NN3084-AS-K-M-SP 150 420 620 150 5 569 17,7 9,5
NNU4988-S-K-M-SP 130,4 440 600 160 4 490 17,7 9,5
NN3088-AS-K-M-SP 172 440 650 157 6 597 23,5 12,5
NNU4992-S-K-M-SP 134 460 620 160 4 510 17,7 9,5
NN3092-AS-K-M-SP 197 460 680 163 6 624 23,5 12,5
NNU4996-S-K-M-SP 158 480 650 170 5 534 17,7 9,5
NN3096-AS-K-M-SP 208 480 700 165 6 644 23,5 12,5
NNU49/500-S-K-M-SP 163 500 670 170 5 554 17,7 9,5
NN30/500-AS-K-M-SP 214 500 720 167 6 664 23,5 12,5
1) Explanation of short designations, see page 198.
The bearings are also available with a cylindrical bore (without suffix K),
ordering example: NN3006-D-TVP-SP-XL.
2) Axial displacement of outer ring from central position.
3) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

218 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


000155E3

00094616
Axial displacement Mounting dimensions

Axial Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Limiting speeds


displacement2)
s da Da ra1 dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil3)
h12 H12 Cr C0r
max. N N min1 min1
4,3 263 299 2,1 530 000 1 210 000 2 200 2 800
6,1 274 337 2,5 840 000 1 580 000 2 000 2 600
5,4 289,4 334 2,1 750 000 1 690 000 2 000 2 600
6,6 300 372 3 1 070 000 2 010 000 1 900 2 400
5,4 309,4 354 2,1 770 000 1 790 000 1 900 2 400
6,9 320 392 3 1 090 000 2 090 000 1 800 2 200
6,3 336 389 3 1 040 000 2 380 000 1 700 2 000
7,5 346 427 3 1 270 000 2 400 000 1 600 1 900
6,3 356 409 3 1 070 000 2 550 000 1 600 1 900
8 366 447 3 1 330 000 2 600 000 1 600 1 900
6,3 376 429 3 1 100 000 2 650 000 1 500 1 800
8,8 393 483 4 1 640 000 3 250 000 1 400 1 700
6,3 396 449 3 1 130 000 2 800 000 1 500 1 800
8,8 413 503 4 1 670 000 3 350 000 1 400 1 700
7,2 422,6 482 4 1 440 000 3 600 000 1 400 1 700
9,1 433 523 4 1 700 000 3 500 000 1 300 1 600
7,2 442,6 502 4 1 490 000 3 800 000 1 300 1 600
9,5 459 560 4 2 150 000 4 450 000 1 200 1 500
7,2 462,6 522 4 1 530 000 4 000 000 1 300 1 600
10 479 580 4 2 140 000 4 450 000 1 200 1 500
6,8 486,8 558 4 2 040 000 5 200 000 1 200 1 500
10,2 501 609 5 2 430 000 5 100 000 1 100 1 400
6,8 506,8 578 4 2 110 000 5 500 000 1 100 1 400
10,9 524 636 5 2 600 000 5 400 000 1 100 1 400
7,2 530,6 606 5 2 350 000 6 100 000 1 100 1 400
11,2 544 656 5 2 700 000 5 800 000 1 000 1 300
7,2 550,6 626 5 2 330 000 6 100 000 1 000 1 300
11,7 564 677 5 2 700 000 5 800 000 1 000 1 300

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 219


Axial angular contact ball bearings
Axial bearings, double direction 2344
Axial bearings BAX
Axial angular contact ball bearings

Page
Product overview Axial angular contact ball bearings ......................................... 222

Features Designs.................................................................................. 223


Sealing................................................................................... 225
Lubrication............................................................................. 225
Cages..................................................................................... 225
Bearing designations.............................................................. 226
Marking of bearings................................................................ 227

Dimension tables Axial angular contact ball bearings, double direction............... 228
Axial bearings BAX.................................................................. 230

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 221


Product overview Axial angular contact ball bearings

Double direction 2344

000156F3
Axial bearings BAX BAX

00094CBD

222 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Axial angular contact ball bearings

Features

Axial bearings 2344 Double direction axial angular contact ball bearings of series 2344
are highly rigid, axially preloaded super precision bearings with
restricted tolerances to class SP for the bearing arrangements of
precision spindles in machine tools.
These bearings without self-retention comprise solid shaft locating
washers, a spacer ring, a housing locating washer and ball and cage
assemblies with solid cages. The bearing parts are matched to each
other and can be mounted separately, but must not be interchanged
with parts from bearings of the same size.
Due to the contact angle of 60, they can support high axial forces.
In bearing arrangements of main spindles, the axial angular contact
ball bearing is combined with a double row cylindrical roller bearing
with a tapered bore, which supports the radial forces.

Axial bearings BAX The bearing arrangement of main spindles in machine tools are sub-
jected to high demands. They must have high load carrying capacity
and must at the same time also be suitable for high spindle speeds.
Increased load carrying capacity normally brings with it a reduction
in the maximum speed. Through the use of the new axial
bearings BAX, it is now possible to unify both requirements.
The axial bearings:
can support high axial loads
have the speed capacity of main spindle bearings
have high rigidity
can support axial loads only.
The axial bearings BAX conform to the accuracy class P4S and are
in principle supplied as ready-to-fit sets in the arrangement DB.
Axial bearings BAX correspond in their dimensions to bearings
of size 70. They are thus matched to the diameters of cylindrical
roller bearings N10 and NN30.
The outside diameter tolerance is designed to give a loose fit when
the seats of the axial angular contact ball bearing and the cylindrical
roller bearing are machined together.
Axial bearings BAX are available with a contact angle of 30 and,
for even higher rigidities, also with a contact angle of 40.

Designs
Axial bearings 2344, This series has the same nominal outside diameter as the cylindrical
double direction roller bearings NN30. The outside diameter tolerance is designed
to give a loose fit when the seats of the axial angular contact ball
bearing and the cylindrical roller bearing are machined together.
The design 2344 is available by agreement in the accuracy class UP.

Axial bearings BAX The axial bearings BAX are available in two preload classes, L (light)
and M (medium).
Axial bearings BAX are available in two contact angle variants:
contact angle 30 (suffix F)
contact angle 40 (suffix H).

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 223


Axial angular contact ball bearings

Design of bearing arrangements Bearing combination and arrangement:


one double direction axial angular contact bearing and
two double row cylindrical roller bearings, Figure 6
two axial bearings and two double row cylindrical roller bearings,
Figure 7.

Cylindrical roller bearing NN30


Double direction
axial angular contact ball bearing 2344
Cylindrical roller bearing NN30

Figure 1
Bearing arrangement

00016B3B
with axial angular contact
ball bearing 2344

Cylindrical roller bearing NN30


Axial bearing BAX
Cylindrical roller bearing NN30

Figure 2

00016B3C
Bearing arrangement
with axial bearings BAX

224 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Sealing Axial angular contact ball bearings of the designs 2344 and BAX are
available without seals.

Lubrication The bearings can be lubricated with oil or grease.

Axial bearings 2344 The housing locating washers are designed with a lubrication groove
and lubrication holes in the centre. Due to the substantial displace-
ment effect, the bearings require considerably larger quantities of oil
than any adjacent cylindrical roller bearings.
The design must be such that the oil leaving the axial angular contact
ball bearings does not enter the adjacent cylindrical roller bearings.
When selecting a lubricant, the operating temperature of the lubri-
cant must be taken into consideration.

Cages
Axial bearings 2344 Each row of rolling elements has a ball-guided solid brass cage.
The cage is indicated by the suffix M.

Axial bearings BAX The bearings are designed with a cage made from laminated fabric
(suffix T).

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 225


Axial angular contact ball bearings

Bearing designations The diagram shows the structure of the short designation for axial
bearings of the design 2344, Figure 3.

Figure 3

0009A10E
Bearing designation
of axial bearings 2344

The structure for axial bearings BAX is shown in Figure 4.

Figure 4
0009A117

Bearing designation
of axial bearings BAX

226 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Marking of bearings Marking of the bearings on the end faces of the bearing rings is
shown in Figure 5.

Trademark
Short designation (bearing designation)
Country of manufacture
Internal code

00016B5B
Figure 5
Marking of bearings

The marking on the end face of the axial bearing BAX is shown in
Figure 6.

Symbol indicating the load direction


of the outer ring
Trademark
Short designation (bearing designation)
Symbol for the largest wall thickness
of the inner ring
Data matrix code
Actual value code for the bore

Figure 6
00097128

Bearing marking
of axial bearing BAX

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 227


Axial angular contact
ball bearings
Double direction

108 232

108 233
2344 Mounting dimensions
 = 60

Dimension table Dimensions in mm


Designation Mass Dimensions

m d D B C d1 B1 r r1 ds ns

kg min. min.
234406-M-SP 0,29 30 55 32 16 47 8 1 0,15 3,2 4,8
234407-M-SP 0,38 35 62 34 17 53 8,5 1 0,15 3,2 4,8
234408-M-SP 0,463 40 68 36 18 58,5 9 1 0,15 3,2 4,8
234409-M-SP 0,579 45 75 38 19 65 9,5 1 0,15 3,2 4,8
234410-M-SP 0,629 50 80 38 19 70 9,5 1 0,15 3,2 4,8
234411-M-SP 0,944 55 90 44 22 78 11 1,1 0,3 3,2 6,5
234412-M-SP 1,01 60 95 44 22 83 11 1,1 0,3 3,2 6,5
234413-M-SP 1,08 65 100 44 22 88 11 1,1 0,3 3,2 6,5
234414-M-SP 1,49 70 110 48 24 97 12 1,1 0,3 3,2 6,5
234415-M-SP 1,57 75 115 48 24 102 12 1,1 0,3 3,2 6,5
234416-M-SP 2,16 80 125 54 27 110 13,5 1,1 0,3 3,2 6,5
234417-M-SP 2,25 85 130 54 27 115 13,5 1,1 0,3 4,8 9,5
234418-M-SP 2,92 90 140 60 30 123 15 1,5 0,3 4,8 9,5
234419-M-SP 3,04 95 145 60 30 128 15 1,5 0,3 4,8 9,5
234420-M-SP 3,17 100 150 60 30 133 15 1,5 0,3 4,8 9,5
234421-M-SP 4,07 105 160 66 33 142 16,5 2 0,6 4,8 9,5
234422-M-SP 5,19 110 170 72 36 150 18 2 0,6 4,8 9,5
234424-M-SP 5,56 120 180 72 36 160 18 2 0,6 4,8 9,5
234426-M-SP 8,28 130 200 84 42 177 21 2 0,6 6,3 12,2
234428-M-SP 8,78 140 210 84 42 187 21 2,1 0,6 6,3 12,2
234430-M-SP 10,8 150 225 90 45 200 22,5 2,1 0,6 8 15
234432-M-SP 12,9 160 240 96 48 212 24 2,1 0,6 8 15
234434-M-SP 17,7 170 260 108 54 230 27 2,1 0,6 8 15
234436-M-SP 23,4 180 280 120 60 248 30 2,1 0,6 8 15
234438-M-SP 24,7 190 290 120 60 258 30 2,1 0,6 8 15
234440-M-SP 31,5 200 310 132 66 274 33 2,1 0,6 8 15
234444-M-SP 41,7 220 340 144 72 304 36 3 1,1 9,5 17,7
234448-M-SP 43,8 240 360 144 72 322 36 3 1,1 9,5 17,7
234452-M-SP 64,5 260 400 164 82 354 41 4 1,5 9,5 17,7
234456-M-SP 69 280 420 164 82 374 41 4 1,5 9,5 17,7
1) The lift-off force is the force at which the row of balls released from load by an axial force
acting concentrically on the bearing becomes free of load.
2) The values are valid up to an axial force equal to 2,2% of the basic dynamic load rating Ca.
3) Minimal quantity oil lubrication.

228 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Mounting dimensions Basic load ratings Limiting speeds Preload Lift-off Axial
force force1) rigidity2)
da Da ra ra1 dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil3) Fv KaE ca
h12 H12 Ca C0a
max. max. N N min1 min1 N N N/m
40,5 50,5 1 0,15 15 300 36 000 11 000 16 000 108 308 276
46,5 57 1 0,15 18 900 47 000 9 500 14 000 134 382 316
51,5 63,5 1 0,15 22 900 59 000 8 500 12 000 160 456 354
57,5 70 1 0,15 25 000 67 000 7 500 10 000 180 514 387
62,5 75 1 0,15 26 000 72 000 7 000 9 500 183 522 410
69 84,5 1,1 0,3 36 500 99 000 6 300 8 500 260 743 458
74 89,5 1,1 0,3 36 000 98 000 6 000 8 000 255 728 455
79 94,5 1,1 0,3 38 500 111 000 5 600 7 500 275 785 506
86,5 103,5 1,1 0,3 46 000 134 000 5 300 7 000 325 926 552
91,5 108,5 1,1 0,3 47 500 144 000 5 000 6 700 340 969 589
98,5 117 1,1 0,3 56 000 175 000 4 500 6 000 400 1 140 640
103,5 122 1,1 0,3 57 000 181 000 4 500 6 000 400 1 140 655
110,5 130,5 1,5 0,3 66 000 213 000 4 000 5 300 465 1 326 708
115,5 135,5 1,5 0,3 66 000 219 000 4 000 5 300 465 1 326 724
120,5 140,5 1,5 0,3 67 000 226 000 3 800 5 000 685 1 956 843
128 150 2 0,6 74 000 250 000 3 600 4 800 530 1 511 775
134,5 160 2 0,6 98 000 325 000 3 400 4 500 695 1 983 853
144,5 170 2 0,6 101 000 345 000 3 200 4 300 960 2 736 996
159 188 2 0,6 128 000 440 000 2 800 3 800 900 2 570 978
169 198 2,1 0,6 132 000 470 000 2 600 3 600 930 2 649 1 034
181 211,5 2,1 0,6 142 000 520 000 2 600 3 600 1 320 3 764 1 183
192,5 226 2,1 0,6 168 000 600 000 2 400 3 400 1 180 3 362 1 149
206,5 245 2,1 0,6 207 000 740 000 2 200 3 200 1 847 5 270 1 362
221 263 2,1 0,6 235 000 840 000 2 000 3 000 1 660 4 733 1 315
231 273 2,1 0,6 244 000 900 000 1 900 2 800 2 110 6 021 1 495
245 291,5 2,1 0,6 285 000 1 060 000 1 800 2 600 2 000 5 704 1 449
269 318 3 1 340 000 1 330 000 1 600 2 200 2 400 6 848 1 629
289 338 3 1 350 000 1 420 000 1 500 2 000 2 500 7 134 1 729
317,5 374,5 4 1,5 400 000 1 680 000 1 400 1 900 2 900 8 257 1 814
337,5 394,5 4 1,5 415 000 1 790 000 1 300 1 800 3 000 8 542 1 920

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 229


Axial bearings BAX

000169D9
Dimension table Dimensions in mm
Designation Mass Dimensions Contact Mounting dimensions
angle
m d D B r r1  da Da ra ra1
h12 H12
kg min. max.
BAX50-F-T-P4S-DBL 0,5 50 80 28,5 0,6 0,6 30 57 73 0,6 0,6
BAX50-H-T-P4S-DBL 0,5 50 80 28,5 0,6 0,6 40 57 73 0,6 0,6
BAX55-F-T-P4S-DBL 0,74 55 90 33 0,6 0,6 30 63,5 81,5 0,6 0,6
BAX55-H-T-P4S-DBL 0,74 55 90 33 0,6 0,6 40 63,5 81,5 0,6 0,6
BAX60-F-T-P4S-DBL 0,8 60 95 33 0,6 0,6 30 68,5 86,5 0,6 0,6
BAX60-H-T-P4S-DBL 0,8 60 95 33 0,6 0,6 40 68,5 86,5 0,6 0,6
BAX65-F-T-P4S-DBL 0,84 65 100 33 0,6 0,6 30 73,5 91,5 0,6 0,6
BAX65-H-T-P4S-DBL 0,84 65 100 33 0,6 0,6 40 73,5 91,5 0,6 0,6
BAX70-F-T-P4S-DBL 1,18 70 110 36 0,6 0,6 30 80,5 99,5 0,6 0,6
BAX70-H-T-P4S-DBL 1,18 70 110 36 0,6 0,6 40 80,5 99,5 0,6 0,6
BAX75-F-T-P4S-DBL 1,24 75 115 36 0,6 0,6 30 85,5 104,5 0,6 0,6
BAX75-H-T-P4S-DBL 1,24 75 115 36 0,6 0,6 40 85,5 104,5 0,6 0,6
BAX80-F-T-P4S-DBL 1,68 80 125 40,5 0,6 0,6 30 91 113,5 0,6 0,6
BAX80-F-T-P4S-DBL 1,68 80 125 40,5 0,6 0,6 40 91 113,5 0,6 0,6
BAX85-F-T-P4S-DBL 1,98 85 130 40,5 0,6 0,6 30 96 118,5 0,6 0,6
BAX85-F-T-P4S-DBL 1,98 85 130 40,5 0,6 0,6 40 96 118,5 0,6 0,6
BAX90-F-T-P4S-DBL 2,3 90 140 45 0,6 0,6 30 102 128 0,6 0,6
BAX90-H-T-P4S-DBL 2,3 90 140 45 0,6 0,6 40 102 128 0,6 0,6
BAX95-F-T-P4S-DBL 2,4 95 145 45 0,6 0,6 30 107 133 0,6 0,6
BAX95-H-T-P4S-DBL 2,4 95 145 45 0,6 0,6 40 107 133 0,6 0,6
BAX100-F-T-P4S-DBL 2,58 100 150 45 0,6 0,6 30 112 138 0,6 0,6
BAX100-H-T-P4S-DBL 2,58 100 150 45 0,6 0,6 40 112 138 0,6 0,6

230 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


000169E4

000169E5
Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Basic load ratings Limiting speeds Preload force Lift-off force Axial rigidity
Fv KaE ca
dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil L M H L M H L M H
Ca C0a
kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
20 400 38 000 13 000 18 000 84 416 241 1 213 123 216
25 000 50 000 11 000 15 000 107 595 303 1 708 200 361
24 200 46 000 11 000 16 000 88 436 252 1 267 129 226
30 000 61 000 9 500 14 000 144 741 410 2 128 229 401
24 700 49 000 11 000 15 000 110 517 313 1 504 143 247
30 500 64 000 9 000 13 000 143 747 406 2 146 235 415
26 000 54 000 10 000 14 000 120 554 342 1 606 148 253
31 500 70 000 8 500 12 000 155 792 440 2 269 242 424
30 500 64 000 9 000 13 000 149 661 426 1 917 164 276
37 000 84 000 7 500 11 000 194 944 552 2 703 269 462
31 000 67 000 8 500 12 000 149 668 426 1 935 168 284
37 500 88 000 7 500 10 000 194 955 552 2 734 277 477
40 000 87 000 8 000 11 000 217 903 620 2 618 195 322
49 000 114 000 6 700 9 500 297 1 323 846 3 791 327 545
41 000 91 000 7 500 11 000 220 922 629 2 671 202 333
50 000 119 000 6 300 9 000 297 1 332 843 3 816 336 561
49 500 109 000 7 000 10 000 300 1 181 856 3 427 221 358
61 000 142 000 6 000 8 500 406 1 700 1 156 4 871 369 602
51 000 114 000 6 700 9 500 296 1 188 847 3 454 235 383
62 000 149 000 5 600 8 000 400 1 711 1 139 4 910 391 643
52 000 119 000 6 300 9 000 299 1 206 854 3 503 242 396
63 000 156 000 5 600 8 000 404 1 740 1 150 4 991 403 665

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 231


Axial bearings BAX

000169D9
Dimension table (continued) Dimensions in mm
Designation Mass Dimensions Contact Mounting dimensions
angle
m d D B r r1  da Da ra ra1
h12 H12
kg min. max.
BAX105-F-T-P4S-DBL 3,2 105 160 49,5 1 1 30 119,5 145,5 1 1
BAX105-H-T-P4S-DBL 3,2 105 160 49,5 1 1 40 119,5 145,5 1 1
BAX110-F-T-P4S-DBL 4,12 110 170 54 1 1 30 125,5 154,5 1 1
BAX110-H-T-P4S-DBL 4,12 110 170 54 1 1 40 125,5 154,5 1 1
BAX120-F-T-P4S-DBL 4,42 120 180 54 1 1 30 135,5 164,5 1 1
BAX120-H-T-P4S-DBL 4,42 120 180 54 1 1 40 135,5 164,5 1 1
BAX130-F-T-P4S-DBL 6,54 130 200 63 1 1 30 147,5 182,5 1 1
BAX130-H-T-P4S-DBL 6,54 130 200 63 1 1 40 147,5 182,5 1 1
BAX140-F-T-P4S-DBL 6,96 140 210 63 1 1 30 157,5 192,5 1 1
BAX140-H-T-P4S-DBL 6,96 140 210 63 1 1 40 157,5 192,5 1 1
BAX150-F-T-P4S-DBL 8,2 150 225 67,5 1,1 1,1 30 169 206 1,1 1,1
BAX150-H-T-P4S-DBL 8,2 150 225 67,5 1,1 1,1 40 169 206 1,1 1,1
BAX160-F-T-P4S-DBL 10,6 160 240 72 1,1 1,1 30 180,5 219,5 1,1 1,1
BAX160-H-T-P4S-DBL 10,6 160 240 72 1,1 1,1 40 180,5 219,5 1,1 1,1
BAX170-F-T-P4S-DBL 13,4 170 260 81 1,1 1,1 30 192,5 237,5 1,1 1,1
BAX170-H-T-P4S-DBL 13,4 170 260 81 1,1 1,1 40 192,5 237,5 1,1 1,1
BAX180-F-T-P4S-DBL 17,8 180 280 90 1,1 1,1 30 204 255,5 1,1 1,1
BAX180-H-T-P4S-DBL 17,8 180 280 90 1,1 1,1 40 204 255,5 1,1 1,1
BAX190-F-T-P4S-DBL 18,6 190 290 90 1,1 1,1 30 214 265,5 1,1 1,1
BAX190-H-T-P4S-DBL 18,6 190 290 90 1,1 1,1 40 214 265,5 1,1 1,1
BAX200-F-T-P4S-DBL 24 200 310 99 1,1 1,1 30 229 280,5 1,1 1,1
BAX200-H-T-P4S-DBL 24 200 310 99 1,1 1,1 40 229 280,5 1,1 1,1

232 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


000169E4

000169E5
Mounting dimensions Mounting dimensions

Basic load ratings Limiting speeds Preload force Lift-off force Axial rigidity
Fv KaE ca
dyn. stat. nG grease nG oil L M H L M H L M H
Ca C0a
kN kN min1 min1 N N N N N N N/m N/m N/m
53 000 125 000 6 000 8 500 297 1 216 851 3 539 253 416
64 000 163 000 5 300 7 500 396 1 737 1 126 4 985 418 695
64 000 151 000 5 600 8 000 380 1 495 1 089 4 351 278 451
79 000 197 000 4 800 7 000 524 2 178 1 492 6 253 466 760
66 000 164 000 5 300 7 500 392 1 554 1 122 4 519 296 481
81 000 214 000 4 500 6 300 543 2 275 1 546 6 530 496 811
90 000 215 000 4 800 7 000 603 2 235 1 728 6 510 338 538
111 000 280 000 4 000 6 000 850 3 280 2 420 9 421 570 907
94 000 235 000 4 500 6 700 621 2 317 1 778 6 743 360 573
115 000 305 000 3 800 5 600 865 3 372 2 463 9 679 604 965
101 000 260 000 4 300 6 000 674 2 494 1 929 7 255 375 596
124 000 335 000 3 600 5 300 938 3 623 2 670 10 397 630 1 003
112 000 290 000 4 000 5 600 752 2 764 2 151 8 038 404 641
137 000 380 000 3 400 4 800 1 052 4 028 2 994 11 558 681 1 080
142 000 365 000 3 800 5 300 1 016 3 609 2 910 10 501 448 701
174 000 475 000 3 200 4 500 1 447 5 305 4 120 15 229 758 1 185
178 000 455 000 3 400 5 000 1 329 4 610 3 809 13 418 498 775
219 000 590 000 3 000 4 300 1 910 6 798 5 437 19 520 846 1 310
182 000 475 000 3 400 4 800 1 082 4 261 3 095 12 375 477 773
223 000 620 000 2 800 4 000 1 503 6 245 4 276 17 913 801 1 306
184 000 500 000 3 200 4 500 1 089 4 312 3 115 12 518 490 796
226 000 650 000 2 600 3 800 1 501 6 286 4 269 18 024 822 1 343

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 233


Customer solutions
Customer solutions

Page
Spindle bearings Spring preloaded non-locating bearing units........................... 236
Thin dense chromium coating on outside diameter.................. 238
Open spindle bearings supplied greased ................................ 239

Cylindrical roller bearings Cylindrical roller bearings with cylindrical bore and
special radial internal clearance ............................................. 240

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 235


Customer solutions

The dimension tables in this catalogue cover spindle bearings


corresponding to the standardised design envelope.
The chapter Customer solution presents solutions with ordering
designations that allow these spindle bearing products to be
adapted as well as possible to the mounting situation on the
spindle. The products do not fall outside the standardised design
envelope. They can thus be used without any problems in new
designs with existing spindle configurations.
Due to the system of series designations, the bearing type from
which the product is derived is retained in the ordering designation.
This also takes account of the fundamental series philosophy under-
lying these special solutions, which stands for speed, flexibility and
security of supply.
Furthermore, any type of bearing design is available by agreement as
a special solution with a drawing number.

Spindle bearings
Spring preloaded Spring preloaded non-locating bearing units SPP,
non-locating bearing units Spring Preloaded, are standard spindle bearings in which
the outer ring is twice the width of the standard outer ring, Figure 1
and Figure 2, page 237. In addition, the bearing ring has holes
for flat spiral springs and an anti-rotation device. This gives a
ready-to-fit, spring preloaded unit. The preload can be individually
set by means of the adjustment and number of the springs.
The outer ring has a thin dense chromium coating. This ensures
good, secure sliding function in the housing for the long term.
The sliding function of the spring preloaded non-locating unit is also
supported by the outer ring with twice the width of the bearing.
The tolerances of these bearings correspond to P4S.
All spindle bearing designs, such as contact angle, hybrid, Cronidur,
steel, DLR, sealed and other application-specific product designs
can be ordered under the designation SPP.

236 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Figure 1

00016E74
Spring preloaded
non-locating bearing unit

Figure 2
00016E73

Sealed spring preloaded


non-locating bearing unit

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 237


Customer solutions

Thin dense chromium coating In order to prevent fretting corrosion on the outer ring, spindle bear-
on outside diameter ings with the ordering designation J24J have a thin dense chromium
coating on the outer ring, Figure 3. Due to this thin dense chromium
coating, the friction coefficient between the housing and outer ring
remains consistently low during operation.
Since the thin dense chromium coating is taken into consideration in
the manufacture of the outer rings, all tolerances conform to P4S.
The bandwidth of the outside diameter sort is maintained. As a
result, coated bearings can be used on existing spindles without
modification of the adjacent construction.

Ordering example HCB7014-E-T-P4S-J24J-UL

Figure 3

00016E77
Thin dense chromium coating
on outside diameter

238 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Open spindle bearings Open spindle bearings supplied filled with the optimum grease
supplied greased quantity can be ordered using the designations GA21, L298 and
L055.
The advantages of these designs are that greasing by the customer
is not required and the correct grease in the correct quantity for the
application is available at the correct position in the bearing without
losing any time during mounting.
If the grease is not retained in the bearing by adjacent parts, it is
recommended that sealed spindle bearings should be used.
When selecting bearings, the Application Engineering facilities
of Schaeffler Technologies should be contacted for assistance.

Ordering examples HCB7014-E-T-P4S-UL-GA21


HCB7014-E-T-P4S-UL-L298

Greased with Arcanol GA21

00016E78
Figure 4
Open spindle bearing

Greased with Arcanol L298


00016E79

Figure 5
Open spindle bearing

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 239


Customer solutions

Cylindrical roller bearings


Cylindrical bore and special Cylindrical roller bearings are also available by agreement with
radial internal clearance a cylindrical bore.
In the case of these bearings, there is no K in the short
designation, see examples in brackets:
N10..K-M1-SP (N10..-M1-SP)
N10..K-PVPA1-SP (N10..-PVPA1-SP)
N10..K-HS-PVPA1-SP (N10..-HS-PVPA1-SP)
HCN10..K-PVPA1-SP (HCN10..-PVPA1-SP)
N19..K-M1-SP (N19..-M1-SP).
If these bearings are planned for use at high speeds, the Application
Engineering facilities should be contacted for assistance in order to
achieve the correct design.
The radial internal clearance tables for cylindrical roller bearings
with a cylindrical bore contain standardised values. At high speeds,
it may be the case that if the interference of the inner ring required
to prevent the inner ring from lifting off the shaft is present,
the cylindrical roller bearing with a cylindrical bore will run with
preload after mounting. In this case, the radial internal clearance of
the cylindrical roller bearing must be redefined with the assistance
of Application Engineering.

Ordering example HCN1014-PVPA1-SP-R15-30NA

Cylindrical bore and


special radial internal clearance

Figure 6
00016E7A

Super precision
cylindrical roller bearings

240 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 241
Request for calculation of bearing arrangement

Schaeffler Technologies AG & Co. KG


Product Line Spindle Bearings

Design no.: Customer:


Drawing attached: yes no Contact:
Bearing arrangement (diagram, for example

): Application:
Drive system:

Rigid Shaft position: vertical


Spring-adjusted horizontal
Spring force swivelling

Bearing type(s) on working side (front): Bearing type(s) on drive side (rear):

Max. speed: min1 Lubrication: Nominal viscosity: mm2 s1

Load cycles
Forces Speed Time Tool diameter Boom Belt tension,
proportion drive
Fr Fa Ft a FR
kN kN kN min1 % mm mm kN

Special environmental influences, Assumptions:


operating conditions: /
Bearing operating temperature front/rear: T= C
T (inner ring/outer ring) front/rear: / K
Interference (shaft/inner ring) front/rear: / m

Bearing spacing I = mm, drive spacing b = mm, boom a = mm (see table)


00016FF8

Questions (please attach drawing if possible):

Contact: Date:

This form is also available in electronic form at www.fag.de.

242 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Checklist for mounting of spindle bearings

Milling spindle (example)

00016FF7
Bearing seat diameter d1, D1, d2, D2
Spindle  70 0,004 front d1 = + 0,002 rear d2 = 0
Housing  110 0,004 / +0,006 front d1 = + 0,003 rear d2 = + 0,003

Difference in length L between intermediate sleeves max.  0,002 actual: 0


Gap S before screw tightening nominal 0,01 to 0,03 actual: 0,02

Balancing of rotational parts OK


Spindle bearing front Part designation: HC7014-E-T-P4S-UL
Spindle bearing rear Part designation: HC7014-E-T-P4S-UL
Correct designation OK Other:
Special notes
Grease quantity per bearing 9,2 cm3 OK Other:
Nut tightening torque, initially three times value 219 Nm OK, loosen, then
Nut tightening torque, finally one times value 73 Nm OK

Grease distribution cycle completed OK

Continuous running completed, speed 10 000 min1 OK


Equilibrium temperature +44 C
Room temperature +24 C

Note The difference should (without cooling) not exceed +30 K.

Radial runout Rmax 0,002 Actual: 0,001


Axial runout Amax 0,002 Actual: 0,001

Machine: Machining centre customer Spindle: Drawing, serial number

Location: Date: Fitter:

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 243


Checklist for mounting of spindle bearings

Spindle name and application:

0009ACEE
Bearing seat diameter d1, D1, d2, D2
Spindle  front d1 = rear d2 =
Housing  front d1 = rear d2 =

Difference in length L between intermediate sleeves max. actual:


Gap S before screw tightening nominal to actual:

Balancing of rotational parts OK


Spindle bearing front Part designation:
Spindle bearing rear Part designation:
Correct designation OK Other:
Special notes

Grease quantity per bearing cm3 OK Other:


Nut tightening torque, initially three times value Nm OK, loosen, then
Nut tightening torque, finally one times value Nm OK

Grease distribution cycle completed OK

Continuous running completed, speed min1 OK


Equilibrium temperature C
Room temperature C

Note

Radial runout Rmax Actual:


Axial runout Amax Actual:

Machine: Spindle:

Location: Date: Fitter:

244 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Addresses

Worldwide Belarus Canada


You can find all the addresses Schaeffler Technologies AG & Co. KG Schaeffler Canada Inc.
and contacts for Schaeffler at Reprsentanz Weirussland 100 Alexis Nihon Suite 390
www.schaeffler.com Odoewskogo 117, office 317 Montral, QC H4M 2N8
220015 Minsk Tel. +(1) 514-748-5111
Argentina Tel. +(375) 17 336 94 81 Tel. 800-361-5841 Toll Free
Fax +(375) 17 336 94 82 Fax +(1) 514-748-6111
Schaeffler Argentina S.r.l. [email protected] [email protected]
Av. Alvarez Jonte 1938
C1416EXR Buenos Aires Schaeffler Canada Inc.
Tel. +(54) 11 / 40 16 15 00
Belgium 2871 Plymouth Drive
Fax +(54) 11 / 45 82 33 20 Schaeffler Belgium S.P.R.L./B.V.B.A. Oakville, ON L6H 5S5
[email protected] Avenue du Commerce, 38 Tel. +(1) 905-829-2750
1420 Braine LAlleud Tel. 800-263-4397 Toll Free
Tel. +(32) 2 3 89 13 89 Fax +(1) 905-829-2563
Armenia [email protected]
Fax +(32) 2 3 89 13 99
Schaeffler Ukraine GmbH [email protected] Schaeffler Canada Inc.
Zhylyanskaya Str. 75, 5. Stock, #106, 7611 Sparrow Drive
Businesscenter Eurasia Bolivia Leduc, AB T9E 0H3
01032 Kiew Tel. +(1) 780-980-3016
Ukraine Schaeffler Chile Ltda. Tel. 800-663-9006 Toll Free
Tel. +(380) 44 520 13 80 Jose Tomas Rider 1051 Fax +(1) 780-980-3037
Fax +(380) 44 520 13 81 Providencia [email protected]
[email protected] 7501037 Santiago
Chile
Australia Tel. +(56) 2 477 5000 Chile
Fax +(56) 2 2223 9941 Schaeffler Chile Ltda.
Schaeffler Australia Pty Ltd [email protected] Jose Tomas Rider 1051
Level 1, Bldg 8, Forest Central Providencia
Business Park Bosnia-Herzegovina 7501037 Santiago
49 Frenchs Forest Road Chile
Frenchs Forst, NSW 2086 Schaeffler Hrvatska d.o.o. Tel. +(56) 2 477 5000
Tel. +(61) 2 8977 1000 Ogrizovieva 28b Fax +(56) 2 2223 9941
Fax +(61) 2 9452 4242 10000 Zagreb [email protected]
[email protected] Croatia
Tel. +(385) 1 37 01 943
Schaeffler Australia Pty Limited Fax +(385) 1 37 64 473 China
Suite 14, Level 3 [email protected]
74 Doncaster Road Schaeffler Holding (China) Co., Ltd.
North Balwyn, VIC 3104 No. 1 Antuo Road
Tel. +(61) 3 9859 8020 Brazil (west side of Anhong Road)
Fax +(61) 3 9859 8767 AnTing, JiaDing District
Schaeffler Brasil Ltda. 201804 Shanghai
[email protected] Av. Independncia, 3500-A Tel. +(86) 21 3957 6666
Schaeffler Australia Pty Ltd Bairro den Fax +(86) 21 3957 6600
Unit 3, 47 Steel Place 18087-101 Sorocaba, SP [email protected]
Morningside, QLD 4170 Tel. +(55) 15 3335 1422
Tel. +(61) 7 3399 9161 Tel. 0800 11 10 29
Fax +(61) 7 3399 9351 Fax +(55) 1533 35 19 60 Colombia
[email protected] [email protected] Schaeffler Colmbia Ltda.
Cra. 10 N 97A 13 Torre A
Austria Bulgaria Ofic 209 Bogot Trade Center
Bogot
Schaeffler Austria GmbH Schaeffler Bulgaria OOD Tel. +(57) 1 621 53 00
Ferdinand-Plzl-Strae 2 Dondukov-Blvd. No 62 Fax +(57) 1 621 03 22
2560 Berndorf-St. Veit Eing. A, 6. Etage, App. 10 [email protected]
Tel. +(43) 2672 202-0 1504 Sofia
Fax +(43) 2672 202-1003 Tel. +(359) 2 946 3900
[email protected] +(359) 2 943 4008
Fax +(359) 2 943 4134
[email protected]

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 245


Addresses

Croatia Germany Latvia


Schaeffler Hrvatska d.o.o. Schaeffler Technologies AG & Co. KG Schaeffler Technologies
Ogrizovieva 28b Industriestrae 1 3 Reprsentanz Baltikum
10000 Zagreb 91074 Herzogenaurach Duntes iela 23a
Tel. +(385) 1 37 01 943 Tel. +(49) 9132 82-0 1005 Riga
Fax +(385) 1 37 64 473 Fax +(49) 9132 82-4950 Tel. +(371) 7 06 37 95
[email protected] [email protected] Fax +(371) 7 06 37 96
[email protected]
Schaeffler Technologies AG & Co. KG
Czech Republic Georg-Schfer-Str. 30
Schaeffler CZ s.r.o. 97421 Schweinfurt Lithuania
Prbn 74a Tel. +(49) (9721) 91-0 Schaeffler Technologies
100 00 Praha 10 Fax +(49) (9721) 91-3435 Reprsentanz Baltikum
Tel. +(420) 267 298 111 [email protected] Duntes iela 23a
Fax +(420) 267 298 110 FAG Aerospace GmbH & Co. KG 1005 Riga
[email protected] Georg-Schfer-Str. 30 Latvia
97421 Schweinfurt Tel. +(371) 7 06 37 95
Denmark Tel. +49 (0 97 21) 91-33 72 Fax +(371) 7 06 37 96
[email protected] [email protected]
Schaeffler Danmark ApS
Jens Baggesens Vej 90P Luxembourg
8200 Aarhus N Hungary
Tel. +(45) 70 15 44 44 Schaeffler Magyarorszg Ipari Kft. Schaeffler Belgium S.P.R.L./B.V.B.A.
Fax +(45) 70 15 22 02 Rtkz u.5 Avenue du Commerce, 38
[email protected] 1118 Budapest 1420 Braine LAlleud
Tel. +(36) 1 4 81 30 50 Belgium
Egypt Fax +(36) 1 4 81 30 53 Tel. +(32) 2 3 89 13 89
[email protected] Fax +(32) 2 3 89 13 99
Delegation Office [email protected]
Schaeffler Technologies
25, El Obour Buildings Floor 18 Flat 4 India
Salah Salem St.
Malaysia
FAG Bearings India Limited
11371 Cairo Maneja Schaeffler Bearings (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Tel. +(20) 2 24012432 Vadodara 390 013 5-2 Wisma Fiamma, No. 20 Jalan 7A/62A
Fax +(20) 2 22612637 Tel. +(91) 26 52 6426-51 Bandar Menjalara
[email protected] Fax +(91) 26 52 6388-04/-10 52200 Kuala Lumpur
[email protected] Tel. +(60) 3-6275 0620
Estonia Fax +(60) 3 6275 6421
[email protected]
Schaeffler Technologies Italy
Reprsentanz Baltikum Schaeffler Bearings (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Schaeffler Italia S.r.l. (Penang Branch)
Duntes iela 23a Via Dr. Georg Schaeffler, 7
1005 Riga No. B-02-28, 2nd Floor, Krystal Point
28015 Momo (Novara) 303, Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah
Latvia Tel. +(39) 3 21 92 92 11
Tel. +(371) 67 06 37 95 11900 Sungai Nibong
Fax +(39) 3 21 92 93 00 Tel. +(60) 4 642 3708/3781
Fax +(371) 67 06 37 96 [email protected]
[email protected] Fax +(60) 4 642 3724
Japan Mexico
Finland
Schaeffler Japan Co., Ltd. INA Mxico, S.A. de C.V. -
Schaeffler Finland Oy Schaeffler R&D Center Building,
Lautamiehentie 3 Rodamientos FAG, S.A. de C.V.
Yokohama Business Park, Henry Ford #141
02770 Espoo 134 Godo-cho, Hodogaya-ku,
Tel. +(358) 207 36 6204 Col. Bondojito
240-0005 Yokohama Deleg. Gustavo A. Madero
Fax +(358) 207 36 6205 Tel. +(81) 45 287 9001
[email protected] 07850 Mexico D.F.
Fax +(81) 45 287 9011 Tel. +(52) 55 5062 6085
[email protected] Fax +(52) 55 5739 5850
France [email protected]
Schaeffler France SAS Korea
93, route de Bitche, BP 30186 Schaeffler Korea Corporation
67506 Haguenau Guro Office
Tel. +(33) 3 88 63 40 40 A-501, 1258, Guro-dong, Guro-gu,
Fax +(33) 3 88 63 40 41 Seoul, 152-721
[email protected] Tel. +(82) 2 2625-8572
Fax +(82) 2 2611-6075

246 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


Netherlands Romania Slovenia
Schaeffler Nederland B.V. S.C. Schaeffler Romania S.R.L. Schaeffler Slovenija d.o.o.
Gildeweg 31 Aleea Schaeffler Nr. 3 Glavni trg 17/b
3771 NB Barneveld 507055 Cristian/Brasov 2000 Maribor
Tel. +(31) 342 40 30 00 Tel. +(40) 268 504816 Tel. +(386) 2 22 82 070
Fax +(31) 342 40 32 80 Fax +(40) 268 505848 Fax +(386) 2 22 82 075
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]

New Zealand Russia South Africa


Schaeffler New Zealand Schaeffler Russland GmbH Schaeffler South Africa (Pty.) Ltd.
(Unit R, Cain Commercial Centre) Leningradsky Prospekt 47, Bau 3 1 End Street Ext. Corner Heidelberg Road
20 Cain Road Business-Center Avion 2000 Johannesburg
1135 Penrose 125167 Moscow Tel. +(27) 11 225 3000
Tel. +(64) 9 583 1280 Tel. +(7) 495 7 37 76 60 Fax +(27) 11 334 1755
Fax +(64) 9 583 1288 Fax +(7) 495 7 37 76 61 [email protected]
[email protected] [email protected]
Spain
Norway Saudi Arabia Schaeffler Iberia, S.L.U.
Schaeffler Norge AS Schaeffler Middle East FZE Divisin Industria
Grenseveien 107B Road SE101, Schaeffler Building C/ Foment, 2
0663 Oslo Jebel Ali Free Zone Southside Polgono Ind. Pont Reixat
Tel. +(47) 23 24 93 30 Postbox 261808 08960 Sant Just Desvern Barcelona
Fax +(47) 23 24 93 31 Dubai UAE Tel. +(34) 93 4 80 34 10
[email protected] United Arab Emirates Fax +(34) 93 3 72 92 50
Tel. +(971) 4 81 44 500 [email protected]
Philippines Fax +(971) 4 81 44 601
[email protected] Sweden
Schaeffler Philippines Inc
5th Floor, Optima Building Serbia Schaeffler Sverige AB
221 Salcedo Street, Legaspi Village Charles gata 10
1229 Makati City Schaeffler Technologies 195 61 Arlandastad
Tel. +(63) 2 759 3583 Reprsentanz Serbien Tel. +(46) 8 59 51 09 00
Fax +(63) 2 779 8703 Branka Krsmanovica 12 Fax +(46) 8 59 51 09 60
[email protected] 11118 Beograd [email protected]
Tel. +(381) 11 308 87 82
Poland Fax +(381) 11 308 87 75 Switzerland
[email protected]
Schaeffler Polska Sp. z o.o. Schaeffler Schweiz GmbH
Budynek E Singapore Badstrasse 14
ul. Szyszkowa 35/37 8590 Romanshorn
02-285 Warszawa Schaeffler (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Tel. +(41) 71 4 66 66 66
Tel. +(48) 22 8 78 41 20 151 Lorong Chuan, #06-01 Fax +(41) 71 4 66 63 33
Fax +(48) 22 8 78 41 22 New Tech Park, Lobby A [email protected]
[email protected] 556741 Singapore
Tel. +(65) 6540 8600 Taiwan
Portugal Fax +(65) 6540 8668
[email protected] Schaeffler Taiwan Co. Ltd.
INA Rolamentos Lda. 23F, No.76, Sec. 2, Dunhua S. Rd.,
Arrbida Lake Towers Slovak Republic Daan Dist.
Rua Daciano Baptista Marques Torre C, Taipei 106
181, 2 piso Schaeffler Slovensko, spol. s r.o. Tel. +886 2 7730 1911
4400-617 Vila Nova de Gaia Ulica Dr. G. Schaefflera 1 Fax +886 2 2707 9964
Tel. +(351) 22 5 32 08 00 02401 Kysuck Nov Mesto [email protected]
Fax +(351) 22 5 32 08 60 Tel. +(421) 41 4 20 51 11
[email protected] Fax +(421) 41 4 20 59 18 Thailand
[email protected]
Schaeffler Portugal S.A. Schaeffler (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
Rua Estrada do Lavradio 25 Schaeffler Slovensko, spol. s r.o. 388 Exchange Tower 31st, 34th Floor,
2500-294 Caldas da Rainha Nevdzova 5 Unit 3103, 3403-3404 Sukhumvit Rd.,
Tel. +(351) 262 837000 821 01 Bratislava Klongtoey
Fax +(351) 262 837011 Tel. +(421) 2 43 294 260 Bangkok, 10110
Fax +(421) 2 48 287 820 Tel. +(66) 2697 0000
[email protected] Fax +(66) 2697 0001
[email protected]

Schaeffler Technologies SP 1 247


Addresses

Turkey United Arab Emirates Venezuela


Schaeffler Rulmanlari Ticaret Limited Schaeffler Middle East FZE Schaeffler Venezuela C.A.
Sirketi Road SE101, Schaeffler Building Urbanizacin San Jos de Tarbes
mer Faik Atakan cad. Saray Mah. Ylmaz Jebel Ali Free Zone - Southside Torre BOD, Piso 14, Oficina 14-1
Plaza No:3 Postbox 261808 Valencia
34768 Istanbul Dubai UAE Tel. +(58) 58 241 825 9250
Tel. +(90) 212 2 79 27 41 Tel. +971 4 81 44 500 Fax +(58) 58 241 825 9705
Fax +(90) 212 2 81 66 45 Fax +971 4 81 44 601 [email protected]
[email protected] [email protected]
Vietnam
Ukraine USA Schaeffler Vietnam Co., Ltd
Schaeffler Ukraine GmbH Schaeffler Group USA Inc. Ho Chi Minh Sales Office
Zhylyanskaya Str. 75, 5. Stock, 200 Park Avenue 6th Floor, TMS Building.
Businesscenter Eurasia P.O. Box 1933 172 Hai Ba Trung street, Da Kao Ward,
01032 Kiew Danbury, CT 06813-1933 District 1.
Ukraine Tel. +(1) 203 790 5474 Ho Chi Minh City
Tel. +(380) 44 520 13 80 Fax +(1) 203 830 8171 Tel. +(84) 8 22 20 2777
Fax +(380) 44 520 13 81 [email protected] Fax +(84) 8 22 20 2776
[email protected] [email protected]
The Barden Corporation
200 Park Avenue Schaeffler Vietnam Co., Ltd
United Kingdom P.O. Box 2449 Hanoi Sales Office
Schaeffler (UK) Ltd Danbury, CT 06813-2449 MIPEC Tower, 12th Floor No. 229
Forge Lane, Minworth Tel. +(1) 203 744 2211 Tay Son Street, Dong Da District
Sutton Coldfield B76 1AP Fax +(1) 203 744 3756 Ha Noi
Tel. +(44) 121 3 13 58 70 [email protected] Tel. +(84) 4 3556 0930
Fax +(44) 121 3 13 00 80 Fax +(84) 4 3556 0931
Schaeffler Group USA Inc. [email protected]
[email protected] 308 Springhill Farm Road
The Barden Corporation (UK) Limited Corporate Offices
Plymbridge Road, Estover Fort Mill, SC 29715
Plymouth, PL6 7LH Tel. +(1) 803 548 8500
Tel. +(44) 1752 73 55 55 Fax +(1) 803 548 8599
Fax +(44) 1752 73 34 81 [email protected]
[email protected] Schaeffler Group USA Inc.
5370 Wegman Drive
Valley City, OH 44280-9700
Tel. +(1) 800 274 5001
Fax +(1) 330 273 3522
[email protected]

248 SP 1 Schaeffler Technologies


MATNR 036884715-0000/SP 1/GB-D/2016061.5/Printed in Germany by mohn

Schaeffler Technologies Schaeffler Technologies


AG & Co. KG AG & Co. KG
Industriestrae 13 Georg-Schfer-Strae 30
91074 Herzogenaurach 97421 Schweinfurt
Germany Germany
Internet www.ina.com Internet www.fag.com
E-mail [email protected] E-mail [email protected]
In Germany: In Germany:
Phone 0180 5003872 Phone 0180 5003872
Fax 0180 5003873 Fax 0180 5003873
From other countries: From other countries:
Phone +49 9132 82-0 Phone +49 9721 91-0
Fax +49 9132 82-4950 Fax +49 9721 91-3435

You might also like